EX: Draco's Emergence

[Carrington388]

A Seemingly Normal Game of Checkers...
Dominant Team: None

Transmit the password to the Tajiri server to download a minigame. This minigame is called Draco Checkers. The goal is simple. It's a game of checkers, and you have to remove all of your opponent's pieces to win. You use the stylus to play the game. First, touch one of your pieces. The spaces that piece can move to will then flash blue. Touch one of those spaces and the piece will move. Then the opponent moves. The pieces in this game resemble Pokémon; your Pokémon are all Dratini, while the opponent's are all Swablu. When you manage to win a game, you'll be flashed two passwords. The first one is an enhanced password that allows you to download a version of the game with more options, such as three difficulty levels (Easy, Medium, Hard) and to allow a second player to download the game from the first player's DS to play a multiplayer game (player 2 will use the Swablu). The second one is a password that you'll be asked to use to continue the mission where you got the password from.

The Teal-Clad Team Hits Kanto
Dominant Team: Draco

(Note on Team Draco in general: Most of this team's grunts are female, but more than two-thirds of them brandish male Pokémon.)

Once you've won the game of Draco Checkers, transmit the second password the game gave you to the Tajiri server, followed by the same confirmation password you used to transmit the first part of the mission with the same game pak in the GBA slot on the DS. When you resume play, the screen will remain black, but there will be dialogue that reads, "So, you managed to win our game of checkers? Looks like you're more worthy than I thought. Time to prove it!" Then a battle will begin, and the battle sprite of another of the mysterious women in teal will scroll--but then a name will appear and you'll find out just who those mysterious women really were. Here's the team for this battle:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L37 Ekans, L37 Ekans, L37 Swablu

Once you win the battle, you'll find yourself back in your room in Pallet Town, face to face with the grunt! The grunt will congratulate you on the victory, but says that the invasion of Kanto will finish just as planned before walking out of the room. At this point, a cutscene will begin at the Vermillion City port. A ferry is shown arriving at the docks. Dralene, the head of Team Draco, will walk off of a boat and push the person usually there back into the water! Taking his spot, Dralene will call three more people off the ship; a woman named Rachel, a woman named Vikki, and a man named Murphy. He'll then ask Rachel to take the first-tier grunts, Vikki to take the second-tier grunts, and Murphy to take the third-tier grunts. A similar procession to the ones at the very start of the mission will take place between the admins and grunts; Rachel will walk away with numerous grunts, followed by Vikki and another grunt set, and then Murphy and a third grunt set. Each grunt set has mostly women, but also a few men are among them. Once the third grunt set walks off, Dralene will walk away from the scene, and the man who usually stands where people representing now eight teams have stood before climbs back onto the dock.

Once the cutscene has ended, head outside your house--only to find four more teal-clad Team Draco grunts wandering Pallet Town! One of those four is the first male Team Draco Grunt seen in this mission, and, before he'll battle you, he'll comment that, unlike how Farlie wouldn't let female Team Flora grunts into the mission, Dralene does allow the few male grunts on Team Draco onto the field during a mission and that the women assigned to Murphy's squad don't gripe about having to take orders from a man (unlike how the male Team Flora Grunts on Xenia's squad were griping about having to take orders from a woman). Here are the teams of the grunts on the streets of Pallet Town:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L38 Swablu, L38 Ekans
Team Draco Grunt(F): L39 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L38 Swablu, L38 Poochyena
Team Draco Grunt(M): L38 Ekans, L38 Zubat

Once those four grunts are defeated, they'll vanish and Prof. Oak will walk out of the lab, telling you that there's trouble in the Rock Tunnel. Head there to find it already brightly lit. There are grunts here that you must defeat, most of them griping on how Rock Tunnel is too dark to make a good base. Here are the teams of these grunts:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L37 Swablu, L37 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(M): L38 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L38 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L38 Sharpedo
Team Draco Grunt(F): L38 Golbat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L37 Ekans, L37 Ekans
Team Draco Grunt(F): L37 Poochyena, L37 Poochyena
Team Draco Grunt(M): L37 Zubat, L37 Zubat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L33 Swablu, L33 Ekans, L33 Poochyena, L33 Zubat, L33 Ekans, L33 Swablu

Once you've cleared Rock Tunnel of grunts, check any TV and you'll see that Team Draco has taken up a fossil operation at Mt. Moon! There's a grunt that won't battle you yet blocking the Cerulean side of the cave, so you'll have to go through from the Pewter side. Here are the teams of the grunts at Mt. Moon:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L39 Swablu, L39 Zubat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L39 Ekans, L39 Poochyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L39 Ekans, L39 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L39 Poochyena, L39 Zubat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L40 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L40 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L38 Swablu, L38 Swablu, L38 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(M): L38 Ekans, L38 Ekans, L38 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L38 Poochyena, L38 Poochyena, L38 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L38 Zubat, L38 Zubat, L38 Golbat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L40 Zubat, L40 Zubat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L40 Ekans, L40 Ekans
Team Draco Grunt(F): L40 Swablu, L40 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L40 Poochyena, L40 Poochyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L41 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(M): L41 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L41 Golbat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L41 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L37 Swablu, L37 Swablu, L37 Swablu, L37 Ekans, L37 Poochyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L37 Ekans, L37 Ekans, L37 Ekans, L37 Zubat, L37 Poochyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L37 Zubat, L37 Zubat, L37 Zubat, L37 Ekans, L37 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L39 Ekans, L39 Ekans, L39 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L39 Swablu, L39 Swablu, L39 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(M): L40 Ekans, L40 Ekans, L40 Ekans
Team Draco Grunt(F): L40 Poochyena, L40 Poochyena, L40 Poochyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L40 Swablu, L40 Swablu, L40 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L40 Zubat, L40 Zubat, L40 Zubat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L41 Swablu, L41 Ekans
Team Draco Grunt(F): L41 Swablu, L41 Poochyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L41 Swablu, L41 Zubat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L41 Ekans, L41 Poochyena
Team Draco Grunt(M): L41 Ekans, L41 Zubat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L41 Poochyena, L41 Zubat

Once you've beaten all of these grunts, exit through the Cerulean side. There, the grunt that had been keeping guard will be joined by another one, and both of them will battle you one after the other. Here are their teams:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L42 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L42 Arbok

Miror B. Strikes Again!
Dominant Teams: None

In this part of the mission, if you're in the same area as Miror B. is, Miror B.'s theme from XD: Gale of Darkness will play while you're in the area until you beat Miror B.

Once the two Team Draco Grunts at the exit of the Cerulean side of Mt. Moon have been defeated, Misty will walk up to you and tell you of trouble in Vermillion City. It appears that there have been some Pokémon robberies around that area, and that you should check. Head to where Vermillion City's port begins and you'll find five trainers there; Drew, Harley, Robert, Morrison, and Tyson. You've seen Drew, Harley, and Robert earlier in the mission, and this Tyson is not to be confused with the one from Team Rocket; this Tyson's signature Pokémon is the Meowth in boots (as compared to TR's Tyson's pair of Fearow). Anyway, all five of them will tell you that someone stole one of their Pokémon, and all of them vaguely describe someone who appears to be Miror B. Drew's Roselia, Harley's Cacturne, Robert's Milotic, Morrison's Metang, and Tyson's Meowth were all stolen, and each of them wants you to get it back. They'll also each give you a special key item; Roselia's Ball from Drew, Cacturne's Ball from Harley, Milotic's Ball from Robert, Metang's Ball from Morrison, and Meowth's Ball from Tyson. They'll wait in various places in Vermillion waiting for their Pokémon to return.

Now, it's time to watch the TV. There will be a report about "a weirdo in an afro" causing a scene at the Saffron Maze Game. Head to Saffron City. For some odd reason, you'll find a male Team Draco Grunt blocking the door to Silph Co., he won't battle you...yet. Anyway, at the Maze Game, the receptionist will tell you that she recognized her former boss but told him that he had to get in like everybody else, but he didn't listen and walked right through as if he still owned the place. Afterward, you'll be told that the maze Miror B. walked into was an unfinished maze, and that Miror B.'s the only person inside. You'll be let inside the maze.

Here, you'll find very few walls, and lots of tape. This tape marks out what the maze should look like once it's finished. Once you find Miror B., he'll battle you using 6 Pokémon of the team below in a 2-on-2 battle. When he lets out Meowth, use the ball Tyson gave you to recover it. Miror B. will send out at least one Ludicolo and the stolen Meowth, but the other 4 he'll use are chosen at random.

Wanderer Miror B.(M): L40 Ludicolo, L40 Ludicolo, L40 Ludicolo, L40 Shiftry, L40 Sudowoodo, L40 Jumpluff, L40 Electrode, L42 Meowth (Tyson's)
The Meowth in this battle has a special sprite. This Meowth wears a pair of boots and a hat as seen in the anime.

If Miror B. goes down and you haven't recovered the Meowth, he'll appear at a random gym for a rematch. He'll keep doing this until you recover the Meowth.

Once you've recovered the Meowth, you'll be shown out of the work zone. Head back to Vermillion City and find Tyson standing just outside the gym. Return his Meowth to him and he'll give you a TM42 before heading for the ferry terminal.

Your next target is Cacturne. Another TV broadcast will appear, this time a report about the same "weirdo in an afro" breaking into the Safari Zone without paying. Head for the Safari Zone and pay to enter. Head for the house where you got HM03 from to find Miror B. there. Once you find him, he'll battle you using 6 Pokémon of the team below in a 2-on-2 battle. When he lets out Cacturne, use the ball Harley gave you to recover it. Miror B. will send out at least one Ludicolo and the stolen Cacturne, but the other 4 he'll use are chosen at random.

Wanderer Miror B.(M): L42 Ludicolo, L42 Ludicolo, L42 Ludicolo, L42 Shiftry, L42 Sudowoodo, L42 Jumpluff, L42 Electrode, L<ca+1> Cacturne (Harley's)
<ca+1> denotes one more than the level Harley's Cacturne was upon escaping from the Rocket Battleship earlier in this data. If this variable would equal 101, the Cacturne will instead be at level 100.

If Miror B. goes down and you haven't recovered the Cacturne, he'll appear at a random gym for a rematch. He'll keep doing this until you recover the Cacturne.

Once you've recovered the Cacturne, finish your time in the Safari Zone and head back to Vermillion City afterward. Find Harley standing just outside Diglett's Cave. Return his Cacturne to him and he'll give you a TM09 before heading for the ferry terminal.

Target number three is Milotic. Another TV broadcast will appear, this time a report about Miror B. threatening to re-renovate Celadon Gym again unless Erika agrees to hire a male gym trainer, preferably someone from Vastfield. Head back to Celadon Gym to find Miror B. making threats against Erika using E10+-rated dialogue, including the closest you can get to sexual suggestions without invoking a T rating. Once Miror B. recognizes you, he'll battle you using 6 Pokémon of the team below in a 2-on-2 battle. When he lets out Milotic, use the ball Robert gave you to recover it. Miror B. will send out at least one Ludicolo and the stolen Milotic, but the other 4 he'll use are chosen at random.

Wanderer Miror B.(M): L44 Ludicolo, L44 Ludicolo, L44 Ludicolo, L44 Shiftry, L44 Sudowoodo, L44 Jumpluff, L44 Electrode, L<mi+1> Milotic (Robert's)
<mi+1> denotes one more than the level Robert's Milotic was upon escaping from the Rocket Battleship earlier in this data. If this variable would equal 101, the Milotic will instead be at level 100.

If Miror B. goes down and you haven't recovered the Milotic, he'll appear at a random gym, including Celadon, for a rematch. He'll keep doing this until you recover the Milotic.

Once you've recovered the Milotic, head back to Vermillion. Find Robert at the Pokémon Fan Club. Return his Milotic to him and he'll give you a TM18 before heading for the ferry terminal.

Target number four is Metang. Another TV broadcast will appear, this time a report about Miror B. breaking into Prof. Oak's lab and searching frantically for what turned out to be what Megathug had stolen earlier. Head back to Prof. Oak's lab and you'll find Miror B. standing in the spot where the Pokéball Megathug stole once sat. Talk to him to fight him. He'll battle you using 6 Pokémon of the team below in a 2-on-2 battle. When he lets out Metang, use the ball Morrison gave you to recover it. Miror B. will send out at least one Ludicolo and the stolen Metang, but the other 4 he'll use are chosen at random.

Wanderer Miror B.(M): L45 Ludicolo, L45 Ludicolo, L45 Ludicolo, L45 Nosepass, L45 Shiftry, L45 Sudowoodo, L45 Jumpluff, L45 Electrode, L45 Metang (Morrison's)

If Miror B. goes down and you haven't recovered the Metang, he'll appear at a random gym for a rematch. He'll keep doing this until you recover the Metang.

Once you've recovered the Metang, head back to Vermillion. Find Morrison inside the Pokémon Mart. Return his Metang to him and he'll give you a TM47 before heading for the ferry terminal.

The last Pokémon you have yet to recover is Roselia. Another TV broadcast will appear, this time a report about Miror B. threatening to destroy the Berry Forest to build a large dance hall. Take the ferry to Boon Island and head to the Berry Forest. Use Cut on every patch of grass you see until you cut out Miror B. Once Miror B. is out of the grasses, he'll battle you using 6 Pokémon of the team below in a 2-on-2 battle. When he lets out Roselia, use the ball Drew gave you to recover it. Miror B. will send out at least one Ludicolo and the stolen Roselia, but the other 4 he'll use are chosen at random.

Wanderer Miror B.(M): L47 Ludicolo, L47 Ludicolo, L47 Ludicolo, L47 Nosepass, L47 Shiftry, L47 Sudowoodo, L47 Jumpluff, L47 Electrode, L<ro+1> Roselia (Drew's)
<ro+1> denotes one more than the level Drew's Roselia was upon escaping from the Rocket Battleship earlier in this data. If this variable would equal 101, the Roselia will instead be at level 100.

If Miror B. goes down and you haven't recovered the Roselia, he'll appear at a random gym for a rematch. He'll keep doing this until you recover the Roselia.

Once you've recovered the Roselia, sail back to Vermillion. Drew will meet you at the ferry terminal. Return his Roselia to him and he'll give you a TM22 before boarding the ferry.

Now that you've done some charity work, let's return to the task at hand, shall we?

Retaking Silph
Dominant Team: Draco

Apparently, while you were busy retrieving other people's Pokémon from Miror B., Team Draco seized the opportunity to invade Saffron full-scale. After facing Miror B. at the Maze Game, the team constructed large teal gates blocking the entrance to every building except the Pokémon Center, Pokémon Mart, Fighting Dojo, and Silph Co. There's nobody outside except for the same grunt that was there when you came to take back the stolen Meowth from Miror B. Talk to the grunt blocking entrance to Silph Co. He'll battle you with this team:

Team Draco Grunt(M): L45 Arbok

Once he's defeated, he'll move to one side and tell you that he's the last Team Draco male you'll face until you meet Murphy. Sure enough, Silph Co. is once again under siege, with female Team Draco Grunts flooding the entire place. They're all over every floor, and you must beat them all before you can face Murphy. Here are the teams of the grunts:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L44 Arbok, L44 Poochyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L44 Altaria, L44 Zubat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L45 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L45 Golbat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L42 Swablu, L42 Ekans, L42 Ekans, L42 Poochyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L45 Swablu, L45 Ekans
Team Draco Grunt(F): L45 Swablu, L45 Zubat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L45 Ekans, L45 Zubat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L45 Swablu, L45 Poochyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L45 Ekans, L45 Poochyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L45 Poochyena, L45 Zubat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L46 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L46 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L46 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L46 Golbat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L44 Poochyena, L44 Ekans, L44 Zubat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L44 Poochyena, L44 Swablu, L44 Zubat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L46 Altaria, L46 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L46 Golbat, L46 Golbat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L46 Arbok, L46 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L46 Mightyena, L46 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L45 Altaria, L45 Mightyena, L45 Golbat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L45 Arbok, L45 Mightyena, L45 Golbat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L45 Mightyena, L45 Altaria, L45 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L45 Golbat, L45 Altaria, L45 Arbok

Once all of these grunts have fallen, head back to where you faced Giovanni for the second time. You'll find the one male Team Draco Admin, Murphy, talking to the President about space equipment. Murphy will ask for a rocket when he notices you. Once he walks up to you, you'll have to battle him using this team:

Draco Admin Murphy(M): L55 Charizard, L54 Mightyena, L56 Altaria, L55 Grovyle, L54 Banette, L55 Kingdra

Once you defeat Murphy, he'll admit that you only got past a small portion of Team Draco, and that higher admins are more of a threat than he is, before leaving. He'll drop an item ball containing a TM02. At this point, all of Silph Co. will return to normal, as will Saffron City itself.

After beating Murphy, find a TV and watch this broadcast. Trust me, it ain't pretty:

"We've recieved shocking news from GLENDALE CITY. In an apparently violent burglary spree, the burglars have cut GLENDALE CITY's total population by more than half. The GLENDALE GYM LEADER, AERIS, and her gym trainers were out of town when the incident occured. We'll have more as it breaks."

Apparently, we can't let this go unignored, right? Head back to Vermillion and sail to either Knot, Boon, or Kin Islands. Use Fly to catch the currents and head to Glendale.

The Carnage of Glendale City
Dominant Teams: None

You arrive in a mess. The buildings have visible damage on the outside, there are people that appear to be standing on their sides (you'll find out what this means shortly), and all but one of the regular houses are locked. You were asked to remember the number 31 when you came here the first time; the only people alive that are currently in the city are the nurse, the three Pokémon Center 2F receptionists, one other person downstairs in the Pokémon Center, the owner of the Pokémon Mart, the person inside the unlocked house, and two people walking around outside. This totals 9. Aeris and her five gym trainers were out of town when the burglars struck, thus the new total population of Glendale City is 15, which is one-half of a person less than half of 31. The people that appear to be standing on their sides are dead. The sign on the building that should have the Snowboard Game's Game Master instead reads "The SNOWBOARD GAME is closed until a new GAME MASTER can be found. The position is open." This means that the Game Master was among the killed.

If you head for the gym, whose door was locked before, you'll suddenly find it unlocked. Inside, you'll find the burglars responsible for this mess! The burglars are using the gym for a hideout! The last one will tell you that this is unrelated to Team Draco. Here are their teams:

Burglar Harry(M): L50 Arcanine, L50 Ninetales
Burglar Marv(M): L50 Golduck, L50 Tentacruel
Burglar Ernest(M): L50 Raichu, L50 Electabuzz
Burglar Nate(M): L50 Parasect, L50 Exeggutor
Burglar Bill(M): L50 Magneton, L50 Forretress
Burglar Xavier(M): L50 Fearow, L50 Crobat

Once you've beaten all 6, they'll agree to turn themselves in and apologize to the survivors for the mess they caused in Glendale City. Once all 6 of them vanish, the dead people outside will also vanish and the building damage will be fixed. The locked doors will remain locked, though. Make sure you heal your Pokémon now.

Use Fly and try to head anywhere other than Glendale. Before you can land, though, a cutscene will start involving a Dratini weather balloon using what appears to be an Outrage attack. This attack will blow you off-course and you'll land on...

Where's the Landing Site?
Dominant Teams: None

...a DESERTED ISLAND. You can't use Fly since the Town Map doesn't know where you are; this is why you should have healed back in Glendale City before leaving. You've landed on the southern half of the island, and it looks deserted from this side with sand everywhere. All of the water is blocked by rocks. If you head on north, though, you'll find nine other people on the island! Turns out you're not alone after all. Each of them are itching to battle after being stranded with each other for so long; here are their teams:

[PK][MN] Trainer Rainer(M): L56 Vaporeon
[PK][MN] Trainer Sparky(M): L56 Jolteon
[PK][MN] Trainer Pyro(M): L56 Flareon
[PK][MN] Trainer Mikey(M): L56 Eevee
Tea Sister Sumono(F): L56 Vaporeon
Tea Sister Sasuki(F): L56 Jolteon
Tea Sister Kome(F): L56 Flareon
Tea Sister Sakura(F): L55 Espeon, L55 Beautifly
Tea Sister Tameo(F): L56 Umbreon

Once you've beaten one of them, they'll curse out Team Draco. You'll find out from the four brothers (Rainer, Sparky, Pyro, and Mikey) that Team Draco attacked them around the time Miror B. showed up in Kanto for the third time, the time that had some stolen Pokémon, and dropped them here on an island with five others.

You'll find out from four of the five sisters (Sumono, Sasuki, Kome, and Tameo; Sakura's the last sister) that all five of them (including Sakura) were attacked by Team Draco's small specialty ground force shortly before the teal probe arrived at the Space Station, and that they've been on this island ever since.

From Sakura, you'll find out that all nine of them have tried to contact passing aircraft, but to no avail. Even a message that Sakura herself constructed on the south beach (reading "SOS GET MISTY"), asking that a pilot find Misty for assistance, got blown away during a windstorm with no response.

Once you've talked to everyone after beating them, start checking the rocks that line the perimiter of the island. One of them should list a code of two long bars with corresponding colors. The bars should read (top bar on left, bottom bar on right):

Column 1: Blue-Blue
Column 2: Blue-Pink
Column 3: Yellow-Blue
Column 4: Yellow-Pink
Column 5: Red-Blue
Column 6: Red-Pink
Column 7: Brown-Blue
Column 8: Purple-Pink
Column 9: Black-Pink

After checking the bars, you'll be brought to a screen where you can input nine characters. Using your knowledge of the bars, you'll need to input the nine-character password based on the nine other people on the island. Use uppercase where the second bar was blue, use lowercase where the second bar was pink. The code is: RsSsPkMst. If you can't enter it correctly, talk to Mikey or Sakura for a hint. This is how the bars are supposed to be deduced as:

Column 1: The bottom bar stands for gender, while the top bar stands for Eevee-line Pokémon. Two blues in a column means a male with Vaporeon, namely Rainer. Males are entered in uppercase, thus the character is the uppercase R.
Column 2: Using the same bar deduction, a blue on top and a pink below signals a female with Vaporeon. That would be Sumono. Females are entered in lowercase, thus the character is the lowercase s.
Column 3: Yellow on top, blue on bottom. Male with Jolteon. That's Sparky, the character is uppercase S.
Column 4: Yellow on top, pink on bottom. Female with Jolteon. That's Sasuki, the character is lowercase s.
Column 5: Red on top, blue on bottom. Male with Flareon. That's Pyro, the character is uppercase P.
Column 6: Red on top, pink on bottom. Female with Flareon. That's Kome, the character is lowercase k.
Column 7: This column has the only brown on the board; it's on top with blue on bottom. This indicates a male with Eevee. That's Mikey, the character is uppercase M.
Column 8: This column has the only purple on the board; it's on top with pink on bottom. This indicates a female with Espeon. That's Sakura, the character is lowercase s.
Column 9: This column has the only black on the board; it's on top with pink on bottom. This indicates a female with Umbreon. That's Tameo, the character is lowercase t.

Upon entering the code correctly, a cutscene will begin with three helicopters flying over the deserted island. The helicopters will see people on the island, and all three will land. On the island, the pilots of these helicopters will emerge from their craft; they are Lance, Misty, and Shingo. Lance will talk to you and will promise that everyone will get off safely. He'll mark your spot on the Town Map (center column of top row of the third page). He'll tell you that the helicopters can only carry a pilot and three others at a time, so there's not enough room for you. At this point, the others will start boarding the helicopters. Rainer, Pyro, and Sparky get aboard Shingo's helicopter; Sumono, Sasuki, and Kome get aboard Lance's helicopter; Mikey, Sakura, and Tameo get aboard Misty's helicopter. Once everyone's aboard a helicopter, they'll fly away. Once the helicopters are gone, you'll regain control. Since you now know where you are, you can fly away from this island yourself; fly to either Floe or Chrono Islands from here and sail back to Vermillion.

Back to Crushing the Dracos
Dominant Team: Draco

Now that you're finally back in mainland Kanto, it's time to find where Team Draco went next. Watch a TV to find out that Team Draco has attacked Celadon City full-scale. Team Draco is concentrated in Celadon so much that you can't even Fly there. Fly to Saffron City and head to Celadon from there.

You'll find 20 Team Draco Grunts outside. Here are their teams:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L54 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L54 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L54 Crobat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L54 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L52 Altaria, L52 Altaria, L52 Golbat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L52 Altaria, L52 Altaria, L52 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(M): L52 Altaria, L52 Altaria, L52 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L52 Arbok, L52 Arbok, L52 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L52 Arbok, L52 Arbok, L52 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L52 Arbok, L52 Arbok, L52 Golbat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L52 Mightyena, L52 Mightyena, L52 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L52 Mightyena, L52 Mightyena, L52 Golbat
Team Draco Grunt(M): L52 Mightyena, L52 Mightyena, L52 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L52 Golbat, L52 Golbat, L52 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L52 Golbat, L52 Golbat, L52 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L52 Golbat, L52 Golbat, L52 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(M): L53 Altaria, L53 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L53 Altaria, L53 Crobat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L53 Altaria, L53 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L53 Mightyena, L53 Arbok

Once you've beaten all 20 of these grunts, you'll find out that the remaining grunts in Celadon are either at the gym or at the Rocket Hideout. Head to the gym first. In addition to the normal gym trainers, who will comment that Team Draco has some taste for the finer things, unlike Team Flora. One of them will say that Team Flora should be ashamed to call themselves Grass-type Pokémon trainers! Another of them, though, thinks Team Draco brought too many men on this mission. (Cheapskate.) There's 10 Team Draco Grunts here, here are their teams:

Team Draco Grunt(M): L53 Crobat, L53 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L53 Mightyena, L53 Crobat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L53 Arbok, L53 Crobat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L49 Swablu, L49 Swablu, L49 Swablu, L49 Swablu, L49 Swablu, L49 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L52 Altaria, L52 Altaria, L52 Golbat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L49 Ekans, L49 Ekans, L49 Ekans, L49 Ekans, L49 Ekans, L49 Ekans
Team Draco Grunt(M): L52 Arbok, L52 Arbok, L52 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L49 Zubat, L49 Zubat, L49 Zubat, L49 Zubat, L49 Zubat, L49 Zubat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L54 Castform
Team Draco Grunt(F): L49 Poochyena, L49 Poochyena, L49 Poochyena, L49 Poochyena, L49 Poochyena, L49 Poochyena

Once you've beaten these grunts, Erika will come back in to find the grunts! One of the male grunts will tell Erika that this place just needs a different smell and it would be perfect for Team Draco; Erika will tell this grunt that he has some taste and that he's not like "that awful Team Flora". At this point, you can leave the gym.

Your last stop here is the Rocket Hideout. The remaining 30 grunts in Celadon are here, utilizing the various traps this place has to offer. Here are their teams:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L56 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L56 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(M): L56 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L56 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L56 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L56 Crobat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L56 Crobat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L56 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(M): L55 Altaria, L55 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L55 Altaria, L55 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L55 Altaria, L55 Crobat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L55 Arbok, L55 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L55 Mightyena, L55 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L55 Crobat, L55 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(M): L55 Arbok, L55 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L55 Arbok, L55 Crobat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L55 Crobat, L55 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L55 Mightyena, L55 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L55 Crobat, L55 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L55 Mightyena, L55 Crobat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L55 Altaria, L55 Milotic
Team Draco Grunt(F): L55 Arbok, L55 Milotic
Team Draco Grunt(F): L55 Mightyena, L55 Milotic
Team Draco Grunt(F): L55 Crobat, L55 Milotic
Team Draco Grunt(M): L55 Milotic, L55 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L55 Milotic, L55 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L55 Milotic, L55 Crobat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L55 Milotic, L55 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L56 Milotic
Team Draco Grunt(M): L51 Feebas, L51 Feebas, L51 Feebas, L51 Feebas, L51 Feebas, L51 Feebas

Once you've beaten these grunts, head to where you first met Giovanni. There, you'll face one of two female Team Draco Admins. This admin will introduce herself as Vikki before battling you with this team:

Draco Admin Vikki(F): L62 Crobat, L62 Mightyena, L63 Altaria, L64 Flygon, L61 Seviper, L61 Sceptile

Once Vikki's been defeated, she'll chew you out (using E10+-rated dialogue) for getting by the entire second tier of Team Draco, but she'll tell you that the first tier is not a pushover in any sense of the word. She'll vanish after the battle, as will every Team Draco Grunt in Celadon City.

Once Team Draco's gone from Celadon, watch any TV and you'll find out that a flying fortress has suddenly appeared over a location in the Sevii Islands. Before the broadcast reveals the location, though, the broadcast changes to another breaking bulletin involving gym leaders and certain other trainers having had their Pokémon stolen! Guess the flying fortress can wait, we're going afro-hunting once again.

(For the record, if you have the Cid Field Enigma Island active, the flying fortress will already be airborne in its location. However, the door to it will be locked until you get a key item that will allow you to reach the fortress without resorting to Cid Field.)

M:B:IV
Dominant Teams: None

Head to the Indigo Plateau. Don't head inside the building, though. Outside, you'll find 12 people there. Brock, Misty, Lt. Surge, Erika, Koga, Sabrina, and Blaine have all gathered here along with five others: Liza, Sonrisa, Trixie, Mikey, and Sakura. Turns out Miror B. stole a Pokémon from each of them, and each of you wants you to get it back. Brock will ask you to retrieve Golem, Misty will ask you to retrieve Starmie, Lt. Surge will ask you to retrieve Raichu, Erika will ask you to retrieve Bellossom, Koga will ask you to retrieve Venomoth, Sabrina will ask you to retrieve Alakazam, Blaine will ask you to retrieve Magmar, Liza will ask you to retrieve Charla (her Charizard), Sonrisa will ask you to retrieve Sunny (her Sunflora), Trixie will ask you to retrieve Azumarill, Mike will ask you to retrieve Eevee, and Sakura will ask you to retrieve Espeon. Blaine will comment that, when Miror B. ripped off his Magmar, he dropped a list of locations. Blaine will mark these locations with Miror B.'s face on the Town Map. Here are the locations:

Knot Island (Ember Spa)
Boon Island (Cape Brink)
Floe Island (main island)
Chrono Island (Resort Gorgeous)
Chrono Island (Memorial Pillar)
Fortune Island (Outcast Island)
Fortune Island (Dotted Hole)
Quest Island (Trainer Tower, Lobby)
Quest Island (Tanoby Ruins)
Lavender Town (Pokémon Tower)
Pallet Town (main city)
Indigo Plateau (Pokémon League Gate)

Once Blaine marks the locations, you'll get the 12 items necessary to recover the Pokémon; Golem's Ball, Starmie's Ball, Raichu's Ball, Bellossom's Ball, Venomoth's Ball, Alakazam's Ball, Magmar's Ball, Charizard's Ball, Sunflora's Ball, Azumarill's Ball, Eevee's Ball, and Espeon's Ball.

Again, if you're in a location that Miror B. is also in, Miror B.'s theme from Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness will play in the background. Unlike the previous robbery scheme, you can visit the locations in any order you choose. Miror B. will use these 12 teams in order. The first six times you'll face him, he will use 6 Pokémon out of the listed, including the stolen Pokémon and at least one Ludicolo; the rest are randomly chosen. The last six times you'll face him, he will use 6 Pokémon out of the listed, including the stolen Pokémon and at least two Ludicolo; the rest are randomly chosen. All 12 of these battles are 2-on-2 battles. When Miror B. sends out the stolen Pokémon, use the matching ball to recover it. Here are the teams in the order you'll face them:

Wanderer Miror B.(M): L50 Ludicolo, L50 Ludicolo, L50 Ludicolo, L50 Nosepass, L50 Shiftry, L50 Sudowoodo, L50 Jumpluff, L50 Electrode, <stolen Pokémon>
Wanderer Miror B.(M): L51 Ludicolo, L51 Ludicolo, L51 Ludicolo, L51 Nosepass, L51 Shiftry, L51 Sudowoodo, L51 Jumpluff, L51 Electrode, <stolen Pokémon>
Wanderer Miror B.(M): L52 Ludicolo, L52 Ludicolo, L52 Ludicolo, L52 Nosepass, L52 Shiftry, L52 Sudowoodo, L52 Jumpluff, L52 Electrode, <stolen Pokémon>
Wanderer Miror B.(M): L53 Ludicolo, L53 Ludicolo, L53 Ludicolo, L53 Nosepass, L53 Shiftry, L53 Sudowoodo, L53 Jumpluff, L53 Electrode, L53 Dragonair, <stolen Pokémon>
Wanderer Miror B.(M): L54 Ludicolo, L54 Ludicolo, L54 Ludicolo, L54 Nosepass, L54 Shiftry, L54 Sudowoodo, L54 Jumpluff, L54 Electrode, L54 Dragonair, <stolen Pokémon>
Wanderer Miror B.(M): L55 Ludicolo, L55 Ludicolo, L55 Ludicolo, L55 Nosepass, L55 Shiftry, L55 Sudowoodo, L55 Jumpluff, L55 Electrode, L55 Dragonite, <stolen Pokémon>
Wanderer Miror B.(M): L56 Ludicolo, L56 Ludicolo, L56 Ludicolo, L56 Ludicolo, L56 Nosepass, L56 Shiftry, L56 Sudowoodo, L56 Jumpluff, L56 Electrode, L56 Dragonite, <stolen Pokémon>
Wanderer Miror B.(M): L57 Ludicolo, L57 Ludicolo, L57 Ludicolo, L57 Ludicolo, L57 Nosepass, L57 Shiftry, L57 Sudowoodo, L57 Jumpluff, L57 Electrode, L57 Dragonite, <stolen Pokémon>
Wanderer Miror B.(M): L58 Ludicolo, L58 Ludicolo, L58 Ludicolo, L58 Ludicolo, L58 Nosepass, L58 Shiftry, L58 Sudowoodo, L58 Jumpluff, L58 Electrode, L58 Dragonite, <stolen Pokémon>
Wanderer Miror B.(M): L59 Ludicolo, L59 Ludicolo, L59 Ludicolo, L59 Ludicolo, L59 Ludicolo, L59 Nosepass, L59 Shiftry, L59 Sudowoodo, L59 Jumpluff, L59 Electrode, L59 Dragonite, <stolen Pokémon>
Wanderer Miror B.(M): L60 Ludicolo, L60 Ludicolo, L60 Ludicolo, L60 Ludicolo, L60 Ludicolo, L60 Nosepass, L60 Shiftry, L60 Sudowoodo, L60 Jumpluff, L60 Electrode, L60 Dragonite, <stolen Pokémon>
Wanderer Miror B.(M): L61 Ludicolo, L61 Ludicolo, L61 Ludicolo, L61 Ludicolo, L61 Ludicolo, L61 Nosepass, L61 Shiftry, L61 Sudowoodo, L61 Jumpluff, L61 Electrode, L61 Dragonite, <stolen Pokémon>

Here's the stolen Pokémon for each location:

Ember Spa: L50 Golem (Brock's)
Cape Brink: L52 Starmie (Misty's)
Floe Island: L55 Raichu (Lt. Surge's)
Resort Gorgeous: L55 Bellossom (Erika's)
Memorial Pillar: L58 Venomoth (Koga's)
Outcast Island: L60 Alakazam (Sabrina's)
Dotted Hole: L65 Magmar (Blaine's)
Trainer Tower: L50 Charizard (a.k.a. Charla) (Liza's)
Tanoby Ruins: L50 Sunflora (a.k.a. Sunny) (Sonrisa's)
Pokémon Tower: L50 Azumarill (Trixie's)
Pallet Town: L56 Eevee (Mikey's)
Indigo Plateau: L56 Espeon (Sakura's)

Once you beat Miror B. in one location, he'll vanish from that location. If you failed to recover the stolen Pokémon from that location, you'll find Miror B. atop Celadon Department Store where you can rematch Miror B. using the same team as the most recent battle where you can recover any missed stolen Pokémon.

Once you recover one of the stolen Pokémon, find its owner to return it. A gym leader can be found at their gym; anyone who's not a gym leader will leave the location after you return their Pokémon and claim your reward. Here are the locations of the others:

Liza: Just outside the Seafoam Island cave on the Cinnabar side
Sonrisa: Outside near the Name Rater's house in Lavender Town
Trixie: Near the water in Pallet Town
Mikey and Sakura: Standing next to each other where Giovanni once stood in the Viridian Gym

Here are the rewards you get for returning each Pokémon:

Brock: TMe1
Misty: TMe8
Lt. Surge: TMe3
Erika: TMeB
Koga: TMeA
Sabrina: TMe7
Blaine: TMe4
Liza: TMe2
Sonrisa: TMe6
Trixie: TMe9
Mikey: TMe5
Sakura: TMe0

Once you've returned all 12 stolen Pokémon to their owners, Sakura will walk up to you (provided she's not already standing in front of you, which can happen provided you return the Espeon last), saying that she's about to embark on a trip to the flying fortress, telling you the location you didn't find out in the process of finding out about Miror B.'s robberies. The fortress is in the airspace somewhere between Floe and Chrono Islands. Once you know the location of the fortress, you'll recieve the GLIDER.

There are two ways to get to the flying fortress. One is to have the Cid Field Enigma Island active. Head into the sky zone and make your way to the Floe-Chrono Skyway. You'll see a structure in the middle of the route; enter through the door. The other way is to head to either the main port of either Floe Island or Chrono Island and use the Glider; you'll automatically appear inside the fortress. Whichever way you chose, welcome to the FLYING FORTRESS.

Team Draco's Flying Fortress
Dominant Team: Draco

To exit the fortress at anytime, head back to the entrance square and use either Fly or the Glider. You can only use Fly if the Cid Field Enigma Island is active, and using Fly will put you back onto Floe-Chrono Skyway. Using the Glider will allow you to return to the Pokémon Center on either Floe Island or Chrono Island.

Upon entering, you'll find Sakura waiting for you. She'll comment that the grunts here vary greatly in difficulty before running off deeper into the fortress. Follow Sakura's lead. You'll face these grunts in the entrance hallway (battles are unavoidable):

Team Draco Grunt(F): L11 Zubat, L11 Poochyena, L11 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L11 Swablu, L11 Ekans
Team Draco Grunt(F): L13 Poochyena, L13 Zubat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L13 Poochyena, L13 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L15 Ekans, L15 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L17 Feebas

Once you've made it through the entrance hallway, you'll enter the main hub on the south side. The hub is a maze. There is a block glowing on all four sides in the center of the room. This block is similar to the ones Team Rocket used in Fuschia City, which means you should use the Taser on it. Taser it on the south side and a door will open just east of where you entered from.

The door will lead you into the southeast maze. The other door is in the northwest area of the room. Here's the first five grunts you'll face here:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L20 Mightyena, L20 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L21 Feebas, L21 Dratini
Team Draco Grunt(F): L21 Mightyena, L21 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L17 Swablu, L17 Swablu, L17 Horsea, L17 Bagon, L17 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L21 Dratini, L21 Dratini

After beating the fifth grunt here, you'll find Sakura, who's struggling in battle against a male Team Draco Grunt. Talk to Sakura; she'll have Espeon use Psychic against the opposing Swablu, and the Swablu will faint. Once Sakura wins, she'll tell you that there have been some gates constructed in this fortress similar to the ones other teams used to block off areas of Kanto. They are the same ones blocking access to the legendary Pokémon on Navel Rock and Birth Island; if you still have access to them, though, those gates are already gone. At the end of the conversation, Sakura will give you a TEAL GATE KEY that she found shortly before the grunt jumped her. After that, she'll head deeper into the fortress. Keep going through the maze and you'll find these grunts:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L20 Poochyena, L20 Feebas, L20 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L21 Horsea, L21 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L19 Poochyena, L19 Poochyena, L19 Mightyena, L19 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L20 Bagon, L20 Horsea, L20 Horsea

Once you've beaten these grunts, you'll have reached the northwest door. Go through it to enter the east side of the main hub. There are three grunts on the way to the block, though, so here are their teams:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L23 Zubat, L23 Ekans, L23 Golbat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L23 Ekans, L23 Zubat, L23 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L25 Seviper, L24 Gyarados, L29 Arbok

After beating the grunts, return to the glowing block and Taser the east side of it. Once that's done, you'll hear a scraping noise. It appears that nothing's opened in here, so return to the maze you just left.

...Wait, wasn't this the northwest corner of this maze? A wall must have opened, revealing the northeast maze and joining it with the southeast one. Go through this one as well, to the new northwest door fending off these grunts along the way:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L25 Swablu, L25 Swablu, L25 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L26 Horsea, L26 Feebas
Team Draco Grunt(F): L23 Swablu, L23 Swablu, L23 Poochyena, L23 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L25 Poochyena, L25 Poochyena, L25 Poochyena, L25 Swablu, L25 Ekans
Team Draco Grunt(F): L33 Milotic
Team Draco Grunt(F): L26 Charmeleon, L26 Horsea, L26 Seadra, L26 Charmander

Go through the northwest door to enter a rather large maze. This is the north side maze; it's bigger than three of Saffron City put together from west to east. You've entered from the east door. You'll have to make it through here to a door on the west side. You'll fight these grunts on your way to the center:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L33 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L25 Altaria, L25 Swablu, L25 Swablu, L25 Swablu, L25 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L29 Trapinch, L29 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L26 Bagon, L26 Seadra, L26 Seadra, L26 Horsea
Team Draco Grunt(F): L28 Charmander, L28 Treecko, L28 Charmeleon
Team Draco Grunt(F): L28 Ekans, L28 Swablu, L28 Trapinch
Team Draco Grunt(F): L29 Dratini, L29 Feebas
Team Draco Grunt(F): L33 Grovyle
Team Draco Grunt(F): L29 Dratini, L29 Dragonair
Team Draco Grunt(F): L25 Treecko, L25 Charmeleon, L25 Charmander, L25 Horsea, L25 Seadra

Once you've made it to the center of the room, you'll once again find Sakura. She'll comment that there's a rotation switch near the west side of the block--before a Team Draco Admin drops in! After introducing herself as Rachel, she'll grab Sakura and vanish from the scene! You're on your own for awhile. Continue your trek through the north maze and face these grunts:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L28 Swablu, L28 Swablu, L28 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L29 Trapinch, L29 Trapinch
Team Draco Grunt(F): L26 Mightyena, L26 Swablu, L26 Altaria, L26 Poochyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L29 Grovyle, L29 Shelgon
Team Draco Grunt(F): L29 Zubat, L29 Golbat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L26 Mightyena, L26 Arbok, L26 Altaria, L26 Horsea
Team Draco Grunt(F): L28 Seadra, L28 Horsea, L28 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L29 Bagon, L29 Grovyle
Team Draco Grunt(F): L28 Treecko, L28 Horsea, L28 Charmeleon
Team Draco Grunt(F): L28 Altaria, L28 Feebas, L28 Milotic

By the time you've beaten all of these grunts, you'll have made it to the west door. Use it to enter the west maze of the fortress. This is a dark room, so you'd better have Flash. There's a door in the southeast corner of the room to reach, and these grunts to get by to get there:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L28 Feebas, L28 Bagon, L28 Dratini
Team Draco Grunt(F): L29 Charmander, L29 Horsea
Team Draco Grunt(F): L33 Dragonair
Team Draco Grunt(F): L28 Mightyena, L28 Mightyena, L28 Milotic
Team Draco Grunt(F): L29 Grovyle, L29 Seadra
Team Draco Grunt(F): L32 Trapinch, L32 Feebas, L32 Vibrava
Team Draco Grunt(F): L37 Altaria, L41 Kingdra, L35 Grovyle, L37 Charizard
Team Draco Grunt(F): L45 Altaria, L50 Altaria, L44 Sceptile, L45 Charizard, L42 Kingdra
Team Draco Grunt(F): L37 Trapinch, L37 Vibrava
Team Draco Grunt(F): L35 Poochyena, L35 Golbat, L35 Zubat, L35 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L38 Swablu, L38 Swablu, L38 Altaria

Once you've beaten these grunts and made it to the southeast corner of the room, head through into the west room of the main hub. Five grunts, including the first male ones you're able to battle in this fortress, block your progress to the block; here are their teams:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L48 Poochyena, L48 Bagon, L48 Shelgon
Team Draco Grunt(M): L48 Ekans, L48 Haunter, L48 Haunter
Team Draco Grunt(F): L49 Horsea, L49 Seadra
Team Draco Grunt(M): L49 Magikarp, L49 Magikarp
Team Draco Grunt(F): L48 Dratini, L48 Dratini, L48 Dragonair

Once these five grunts are defeated, use the Taser on the switch on the west side. Once that's done, a switch will appear--but a grunt will come down before you can use it. Here's her team:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L49 Milotic, L49 Milotic

Once she's beaten, she'll vanish. Use the switch to rotate the block so that the glowing area is now on the west side (it had been on the north side before). Use the Taser on the block here and the block will vanish. You can now easily access almost every area of the fortress. It's recommended you return to a Pokémon Center and heal before going north from the main hub.

Once you're ready, head to the area to the north the block was blocking. There's a staircase here, go up it. A grunt will jump you immediately, here's his team:

Team Draco Grunt(M): L52 Shelgon, L53 Arbok, L54 Gengar

Once this grunt is defeated, go up and you'll find Rachel once again! Rachel will tell you that she's hidden Sakura in a place where you can't reach her, before going behind what looks to be a door to a battleship. The door will close behind her--and a cell with Sakura inside will drop right above it! Three grunts will drop down in front of what appear to be switches. Here are their teams:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L53 Altaria, L54 Seadra, L55 Gyarados
Team Draco Grunt(F): L46 Treecko, L46 Sableye, L46 Grovyle, L46 Charmander, L46 Charmeleon
Team Draco Grunt(F): L48 Shelgon, L48 Altaria, L48 Mightyena

Once these grunts are defeated, activate all three switches. The cell will open and Sakura will jump down and walk up to you, thanking you for rescuing her. As thanks, she'll wish to allow you to battle with her side-by-side. Say yes and the Pokémon in the fourth, fifth, and sixth slots will automatically be sent to your PC. (If you say no, Sakura will tell you that you can accept her offer anytime. You can use this opportunity to rearrange your lineup and even go back to a Pokémon Center to switch out Pokémon. Once you're ready to accept, Sakura will still be in the same place she was before.) Sakura will start following you and fight alongside you when you encounter an enemy. Here's Sakura's team when she joins:

Tea Sister Sakura(F): L64 Espeon, L64 Beautifly, L64 Ninetales

Once you have Sakura in tow, an item ball will appear in front of the door to the battleship. This is the TEAL SHIP KEY. Use it on the door and go through it. Welcome to the DRACO BATTLESHIP.

Draco Battleship
Dominant Team: Draco

Only your character can use a PC in this area; this is a safeguard against you depositing one of Sakura's Pokémon into the PC for you to use.

Once you and Sakura are aboard, the door will lock behind you! Then you'll hear a ship's whistle followed by a loud splash--the ship has detached from the Flying Fortress, landed in the water, and is setting sail! If you try to use the door again, you'll find out that you don't have the key for it; check the Key Items Pocket and you'll find that your Teal Ship Key is no longer there. Anyway, you and Sakura are in a small room with a PC, a Healing Station, and a staircase at the south side of the room leading downstairs. You won't be able to return to Floe Island or Chrono Island, or anywhere else on the map for that matter, for quite awhile, so better get comfortable. Use the PC to rearrange your lineup just in case the wrong Pokémon got sent over. (As was the case with Drew, Robert, and Harley on the Rocket Battleship, you can't transfer any of Sakura's Pokémon into your boxes.)

The Draco Battleship has four levels, each one rather large; think of stacking 6 copies of Celadon City on each floor in a 3x2 grid, that's how big each floor is. Also, this battleship has a maze that requires all 7 standard HM moves available in FireRed/LeafGreen (Dive is the only numbered HM that's not available in FireRed/LeafGreen). Cut trees, Fly tiles with switches on the ceiling that open doors (same as on the Snagem Battleship), water that you can Surf on, Strength rocks, dark rooms that require Flash, Rock Smash rocks, and Waterfalls are all present. Luckily enough, Sakura comes with three of the seven HM moves in move slots not meant for battle; she's packed Flash on Espeon, Cut on Beautifly, and Strength on Ninetales to help out. You'll have to bring the other four; it's recommended that you have an HM slave Dragonite or Smeargle with the other four moves at the ready.

There are also 20 Team Draco Grunts on each floor other than the fourth, which has 18 grunts. You must beat all of the grunts on a floor to gain access to the next; the floor transitions are small rooms with the door to the chamber you just left to the top of one side and a staircase leading downstairs on the bottom of the same side, with a Healing Station. Here's the list of grunts you'll face on 1F:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L57 Milotic
Team Draco Grunt(F): L57 Milotic
Team Draco Grunt(F): L55 Altaria, L55 Altaria, L55 Milotic
Team Draco Grunt(F): L55 Mightyena, L55 Mightyena, L55 Milotic
Team Draco Grunt(M): L55 Arbok, L55 Arbok, L55 Milotic
Team Draco Grunt(F): L55 Crobat, L55 Crobat, L55 Milotic
Team Draco Grunt(F): L57 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(M): L57 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L57 Crobat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L57 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L56 Milotic, L56 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(M): L56 Milotic, L56 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L56 Milotic, L56 Crobat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L56 Milotic, L56 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L56 Altaria, L56 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(M): L56 Arbok, L56 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L56 Mightyena, L56 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L56 Crobat, L56 Crobat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L56 Milotic, L56 Milotic
Team Draco Grunt(F): L53 Swablu, L53 Ekans, L53 Golbat, L53 Poochyena, L53 Feebas

Here's the list of grunts you'll face on B1F:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L58 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(M): L58 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L58 Milotic
Team Draco Grunt(F): L58 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L56 Milotic, L56 Milotic, L56 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(M): L56 Arbok, L56 Arbok, L56 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L56 Crobat, L56 Crobat, L56 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L56 Mightyena, L56 Mightyena, L56 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L57 Altaria, L57 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L57 Altaria, L57 Crobat
Team Draco Grunt(M): L57 Altaria, L57 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L57 Altaria, L57 Milotic
Team Draco Grunt(F): L58 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L58 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L55 Swablu, L55 Swablu, L55 Altaria, L55 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L55 Swablu, L55 Poochyena, L55 Altaria, L55 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L55 Swablu, L55 Golbat, L55 Altaria, L55 Crobat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L55 Swablu, L55 Feebas, L55 Altaria, L55 Milotic
Team Draco Grunt(M): L55 Swablu, L55 Ekans, L55 Altaria, L55 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L54 Swablu, L54 Swablu, L54 Feebas, L54 Ekans, L54 Altaria

Here's the list of grunts you'll face on B2F:

(All of the Arbok on this floor know Dragon Dance. The reason why is explained later.)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L59 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(M): L59 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L59 Milotic
Team Draco Grunt(F): L59 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L57 Milotic, L57 Milotic, L57 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L57 Altaria, L57 Altaria, L57 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L57 Crobat, L57 Crobat, L57 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L57 Mightyena, L57 Mightyena, L57 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L58 Arbok, L58 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(M): L58 Arbok, L58 Crobat
Team Draco Grunt(M): L58 Arbok, L58 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L58 Arbok, L58 Milotic
Team Draco Grunt(F): L59 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L59 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L57 Ekans, L58 Swablu, L59 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L57 Ekans, L58 Ekans, L59 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L57 Ekans, L58 Poochyena, L59 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L57 Ekans, L58 Feebas, L59 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(F): L57 Ekans, L58 Golbat, L59 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(M): L55 Ekans, L55 Ekans, L55 Poochyena, L55 Golbat, L55 Arbok

Here's the list of grunts you'll face on B3F:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L60 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L60 Crobat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L60 Crobat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L60 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L59 Mightyena, L59 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(M): L59 Mightyena, L59 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(M): L59 Crobat, L59 Crobat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L59 Crobat, L59 Crobat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L59 Mightyena, L59 Crobat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L59 Crobat, L59 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L58 Poochyena, L59 Poochyena, L60 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L58 Golbat, L59 Golbat, L60 Crobat
Team Draco Grunt(M): L58 Golbat, L59 Golbat, L60 Crobat
Team Draco Grunt(M): L58 Poochyena, L59 Poochyena, L60 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L58 Poochyena, L59 Golbat, L60 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L58 Poochyena, L59 Golbat, L60 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L58 Golbat, L59 Poochyena, L60 Crobat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L58 Golbat, L59 Poochyena, L60 Crobat

Once you've beaten all 18 grunts on B3F, a teleporter tile will appear. You'll appear just outside the room you boarded the battleship from. Head inside and heal your Pokémon, then save your game. Once you're ready, a new path on the east side of 1F will lead upstairs onto a deck. 2 grunts stand between you and Rachel. Here are the teams of the grunts:

Team Draco Grunt(M): L61 Arbok, L61 Milotic
Team Draco Grunt(F): L61 Altaria, L61 Milotic

Once you've beaten both of these grunts, Rachel will ask that the grunts leave, then she'll challenge you herself. Here's her very powerful team:

Draco Admin Rachel(F): L69 Altaria, L68 Dragonite, L68 Kingdra, L68 Flygon, L67 Mightyena, L67 Crobat

Once you've defeated Rachel, she'll gasp in shock that you've managed to get by the entire top tier of Team Draco! However, she's not content with letting you just get away from the battleship--which is why she pushes a button to blow up the boiler, then proceeds to fly away, leaving an item ball (containing TMeS, a new transmittable TM that teaches Dragon Dance) in the process! The game will automatically save at this point. You have just 2 minutes to get back to the room where you entered the battleship from, or else you'll sink along with the battleship (the cutscene will show the battleship sinking beneath the waves, with a text box displaying the last phrase that is normally displayed whenever you lose a battle will come up, and you'll have to start the whole escape again from where you faced Rachel from with 2 minutes left to go and half of your money gone). The bushes and rocks are all gone and the doors are open, but you'll still need Surf, Flash, and Waterfall to escape the maze. In the room where you first boarded the battleship from, there's now a teleporter tile that leads to another part of the top deck, this time with a Fly tile. Use the Fly tile to trigger a cutscene. This cutscene will show your character and Sakura flying away from the battleship, then of the battleship sinking beneath the waves.

Once the cutscene is finished, another cutscene will begin. This one is of the Flying Fortress blowing up over Floe Island, with debris scattering everywhere just to the west of the island.

After that cutscene finishes, the map will come up. Choose either Floe Island or Chrono Island. You and Sakura will return to the Pokémon Center on the island you chose. Lance will then fly onto the scene and thank you for getting rid of the Team Draco threat in the seas and skies. He'll then trade your Teal Gate Key for a TM02, then asks Sakura if she wants a ride back to Johto, where her sisters have already returned. Sakura will accept the ride, thank you for helping her take down the Team Draco threat, then leave with Lance. Once Sakura's left, you can once again have 6 Pokémon in your party, so you can now withdraw the Pokémon you sent to the PC into your party.

Beating Rachel has unlocked the last maze at the Saffron Maze Game. This is the maze that you fought Miror B. on when Miror B. had the stolen Meowth, this time in its finished form. Here are the details on that maze:

18th Maze: Maze with Multi-Sided Taser Blocks and Rotation Switches
Origin: Taser Blocks, FR/LG DS-transmittable data, Route 12; Rotation Switches, FR/LG DS-transmittable data, Flying Fortress

Once you've cleared the 18th maze, you'll be able to continue challenging the mazes in the same order again, maze 1 coming after maze 18, but the opponents (and, in mazes 11 and 17, the wild Pokémon) become tougher to beat as you keep going. If you faint in a maze from here on out, you'll be able to start the game again from the first maze on the initial difficulty.

You can unlock TMeS in Ruby/Sapphire/Emerald, Colosseum, or XD: Gale of Darkness by trading it to one of those games. If you've unlocked it in Ruby/Sapphire/Emerald or FireRed/LeafGreen, you can buy more for 10,000 a pop provided you have the HMe; in XD: Gale of Darkness, you can buy more for 10,000 a pop provided you've unlocked TMeS. If you forgot to grab the one on the battleship, Lance will drop another one upon leaving the scene.

The admins may have fallen, but you haven't yet fully sent Team Draco packing. Time to find and challenge the boss.

The Last Showdown
Dominant Team: Draco

This is it. The most powerful Team Draco Grunts are all that stand between you and Dralene, the leader of Team Draco. Finding the grunts isn't as easy as it seems.

The first grunt is on Cinnabar Island. Specifically, the Cinnabar Gym. The grunt has locked herself in Blaine's room and put new questions in the quiz machines. You have to answer the question correctly to unlock the door; if you answer it incorrectly, you'll be booted out of the gym and have to start over. Here are the questions on the quiz machines:

"Which country has more female GYM LEADERS than male ones?
Choices: Kanto, Johto, Hoenn, None
Correct Answer: Both Hoenn and None will be accepted.
Reason: Kanto's ratio is either 5-3 favoring male or an even 4-4 depending on era. The 5-3 count is based on Red/Blue/Yellow and FireRed/LeafGreen, while the 4-4 count is based on Gold/Silver/Crystal. The Kanto Aeris is not included in either count, thus Kanto is considered a wrong answer. Johto's ratio is always 5-3 favoring male, thus Johto is considered a wrong answer. If you choose Hoenn, the machine will count Tate & Liza as two separate people, but will only count Sootopolis once and will not count Jason. This leaves Hoenn at a ratio of 5-4 favoring female, thus Hoenn is considered a correct answer. However, if you choose None, the machine will again count Tate & Liza as two separate people and again will not count Jason, but this time it will count Sootopolis twice, once for Wallace and once for Juan, coming up with a ratio of an even 5-5 for Hoenn, thus None is considered a correct answer as well.

"Which country has a STEEL-type GYM?"
Choices: Kanto, Johto, Hoenn, None
Correct Answer: Johto
Reason: Jasmine's gym is the only Steel-type gym in the first three generations. Jasmine is a gym leader from Johto.

"Which country are you in right now?
Choices: Kanto, Johto, Hoenn, None
Correct Answer: Kanto
Reason: This is a piece of transmittable data for FireRed/LeafGreen, games that take place in Kanto.

"Which country lacks a SAFARI ZONE?"
Choices: Kanto, Johto, Hoenn, None
Correct Answer: Johto
Reason: There is no Safari Zone in Johto. Both Kanto and Hoenn have one.

"NORMAN originally hails from which country?"
Choices: Kanto, Johto, Hoenn, None
Correct Answer: Johto
Reason: It's explained in Ruby/Sapphire/Emerald that Norman moved his family, including the main character from that series, to Hoenn from Johto.

"Which country has the move DIVE as an HM move?"
Choices: Kanto, Johto, Hoenn, None
Correct Answer: Hoenn
Reason: Dive is a move that originated in the third generation and is available as an HM in Ruby/Sapphire/Emerald, the games that take place in Hoenn. Dive, however, is not obtainable as an HM in FireRed/LeafGreen, games that take place in Kanto. The move wasn't around in Gold/Silver/Crystal, the games that take place in Johto.

Once you've made it past all of the quiz machines, you'll face the the grunt. Here's her team:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L64 Altaria, L64 Milotic, L64 Mightyena

The grunt will give a clue to the next location before vanishing. This clue is: "This path takes you between CERULEAN and VERMILLION by going under SAFFRON." The clue will lead you to the Underground Path between Cerulean and Vermillion.

In the middle of that Undergound Path, you'll find the next grunt in line. Here's her team:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L64 Crobat, L64 Altaria, L64 Arbok

The grunt will give you a clue to the next location before vanishing. This clue is: "I sure hope CRONO and his gang don't find out about this place..." This clue requires some thinking. What island sounds too much like an entry in a series that originated with a certain SNES RPG?

If you've figured out that the "certain SNES RPG" is Chrono Trigger, you'll know where to go. Chrono Island. Head to Vermillion and sail there. Walk into the main area of the island and you'll spot a grunt somewhere in the area. She'll battle you with this team:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L67 Altaria, L67 Altaria, L67 Milotic, L67 Milotic

The grunt will give a clue to the next location before vanishing. This clue is: "The gathering place of lost POKéMON souls." It should be obvious where the next location is.

That's right, the Pokémon Tower. Sail back to Vermillion and fly to Lavender. Enter the Pokémon Tower and search for a grunt, who will battle you with this team:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L67 Altaria, L67 Altaria, L67 Crobat, L67 Crobat

The grunt will give a clue to the next location before vanishing. This clue is: "Midway between VERMILLION and FUSCHIA." Well, it's obvious that it can't be a straight line since no route runs that way. You'll have to think of some other routes. It's either Route 13 or Celadon...

...and it's not Celadon. Head to Route 13 and you'll find the grunt somewhere. He'll mention that he's the last man on Team Draco that you will face, before battling you with this team:

Team Draco Grunt(M): L67 Altaria, L67 Altaria, L67 Arbok, L67 Arbok

The grunt will give you a clue to the next location before vanishing. This clue is: "Is this place more impressive than ECLO CANYON?" Not much to work with, but you'll probably work out something.

Obviously, the Orre location was given to help you try to find a Sevii Island one, Sevault Canyon. Sail to Quest Island and make your way to Sevault Canyon. It's here that you'll find the last grunt, who will battle you with this team:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L67 Altaria, L67 Altaria, L67 Mightyena, L67 Mightyena

The grunt will give you a clue to the last location before vanishing. This clue is: "Where it all began." Such an easy clue for the last one, yet it might confuse some.

The place is your own house in Pallet Town. Head up into your room and "talk" to the SNES. An image of Kefka from Final Fantasy VI will appear on the TV. In fact, it's the same image seen when a Team Aqua Grunt was playing with the machine back at the very beginning of the data! After a brief pause, a cutscene will occur downstairs. Dralene will walk into the house, knock your character's mother unconcious, then head into your room! Dralene will walk up next to you and say an E10+-rated line from Final Fantasy VI (a different line than the one said by the Team Aqua Grunt that used your SNES earlier). At this point, the image will vanish from the TV and you'll turn toward Dralene. Dralene will start talking about, using E10+-rated dialogue, how you've ruined her plans for Kanto, before battling you with this team:

Draco Leader Dralene(F): L73 Mightyena, L73 Crobat, L74 Kingdra, L74 Flygon, L74 Dragonite, L75 Altaria

Once you've beaten Dralene, she'll chew you out (again using E10+-rated dialogue) for not only ruining her plans for Kanto but also for besting her in battle! Dralene will try to escape--only for Lance, Clair, and Drake (the HE4 one) to arrive on the scene! Lance will tell Dralene that using Dragon-type Pokémon for criminal purposes goes against the Dragon-type user honor code. Clair will add in the fact that Dragon-type Pokémon aren't found all that easily, and using them for crime will really hurt the image of the Dragon type. Finally, Drake will tell Dralene that she's not setting a good precedent in using Dragon-type Pokémon for all the wrong things, which doesn't make for a good role model. Before Dralene can say anything more, she'll claim that she's not yet finished, that Giovanni's XD003 plan in Orre needs their touch and says she hopes to get there on time, then vanish from the scene. Lance will tell you that Dralene got her signals crossed and that Team Draco's already too late to join Giovanni--the other teams withdrew from the XD003 plan before invading the Space Station. Clair will add that Farlie hasn't been the same since the XD003 plan, that the way he's treated the women of Team Flora recently is not like him at all. Drake will wonder what could have possibly come over Farlie for him to treat the women of his own team the way he does. At that point, Lance, Clair, and Drake will leave and credits will roll.

Peace at Last
Dominant Team: None

After the credits roll, you'll once again be back in your room in Pallet Town. Almost everything is back to the way it was before this whole mess started, including the NES being back in its place. The Saffron Maze Game is still there, but other than that, the landscape is exactly the same as it was before. 13 new people have arrived in Glendale City, including a new Game Master for the Snowboard Game, bringing back most of the life Glendale City had before the burglars struck.

However, there is a person waiting at the Pokémon Center in Viridian City. He'll tell you more about Orre's Marathon Battles. Normal battles can only have up to 6 Pokémon in the same battle (unless there's an illegal swap). Marathon Battles can have 12, 18, or even 24 Pokémon used in one battle. While there are no level or entry restrictions, trainers often tend to bring 24 different species for more variety in strategy. However, he can envision a Marathon Battle with 24 Ludicolo in it. He'll then give you a password.

Fire that password up on the Tajiri server, followed by the confirmation password "C4F-4M0-Vxx", where xx denotes a two-letter version identifier; CO for Colosseum, or XD for XD: Gale of Darkness. This will shift Marathon Battle to the one that the person in Viridian was talking about. Each Ludicolo has been tagged with a lowercase Greek letter for easy identification; these are not part of the name. Here's the battle:

Wanderer Miror B.(M): ("Cipher Admin Miror B." in Colosseum)
Teams: 4
First Team: L71 Ludicolo (α), L71 Ludicolo (β), L72 Ludicolo (γ), L72 Ludicolo (δ), L73 Ludicolo (ε), L73 Ludicolo (ζ)
Second Team: L72 Ludicolo (η), L72 Ludicolo (θ), L73 Ludicolo (ι), L73 Ludicolo (κ), L74 Ludicolo (λ), L74 Ludicolo (μ)
Third Team: L73 Ludicolo (ν), L73 Ludicolo (ξ), L74 Ludicolo (ο), L74 Ludicolo (π), L75 Ludicolo (ρ), L75 Ludicolo (σ)
Fourth Team: L74 Ludicolo (τ), L74 Ludicolo (υ), L75 Ludicolo (φ), L75 Ludicolo (χ), L76 Ludicolo (ψ), L76 Ludicolo (ω)

And here's a breakdown:

Team 1: All six Ludicolo on this team have the Rain Dish ability. Alpha is the fastest of the team, while Zeta is the slowest. The strategy here is to keep recovering HP while in the driving rain, all six know Rain Dance. Offense consists of mainly Grass-type moves. Alpha, Gamma, and Zeta use Razor Leaf, Beta and Epsilon use Giga Drain, and Delta uses Petal Dance (transimittable TMeJ). Don't try Flying-types on them, since all 6 of these Ludicolo know Thunderpunch. Beta and Zeta are the only two who use Water-type attacking moves in this group; Beta has Dive, while Zeta has Water Pulse. Alpha's last move is Ice Beam, Gamma's last move is Toxic, Delta's last move is Brick Break, and Epsilon's last move is Silver Wind (transmittable TMeD).
Team 2: All six Ludicolo on this team have the Swift Swim ability. All six Ludicolo have equal Speed. Here, the Ludicolo use the rain to increase their speeds and use hard-hitting Water-type moves. Again, all six Ludicolo known Rain Dance. Theta, Kappa, and Mu know Surf; Eta and Lambda know Hydro Pump, and Iota knows Hydro Cannon (transmittable TMeX2). Don't try a Grass-type Defense since all six Ludicolo here know Ice Beam. The last move for each is: Eta knows Bullet Seed, Theta and Lambda know Role Play, Iota and Mu know Focus Punch, and Kappa knows Petal Dance (transmittable TMeJ).
Team 3: Nu, Xi, and Omicron have Swift Swim; Pi, Rho, and Sigma have Rain Dish. Nu is the fastest of the team, Xi is the slowest. Miror B. switches it all up here. All six Ludicolo have Sunny Day, as well as Solarbeam and Fire Punch to take advantage of it. The Swift Swim Speed boost remains throughout the turn if it was raining at the start, which will allow Xi a cheap Sunnybeam. Considering how both of Ludicolo's possible abilities involve rain, a Sunnybeam strategy seems weird on a Ludicolo. Careful when Omicron or Sigma comes out, since their last move is Fake Out! Nu and Pi have Whirlpool as their last move, while Xi has Ice Beam and Rho has Secret Power.
Team 4: Tau, Phi, and Psi have Rain Dish; Upsilon, Chi, and Omega have Swift Swim. The Rain Dish ones are faster than the Swift Swim ones. Tau and Upsilon continue the Sunnybeam strategy with Sunny Day, Solarbeam, and Fire Punch; Tau's last move is Ice Beam, while Upsilon's last move is Dive. However, when Phi comes in, it all changes once again; Phi brings Rain Dance, Hydro Cannon (transmittable TMeX2), Thunderpunch, and Ice Beam! Chi doesn't bring any weather move or any move to take advantage of it; its moveset is Frenzy Plant (transmittable TMeX3), Dynamicpunch, Silver Wind (transmittable TMeD), and Dragon Dance (transmittable TMeS). Psi's moveset is Petal Dance (transmittable TMeJ), Surf, Ice Beam, and Thunderpunch. Finally, Omega's moveset is Rain Dance, Hydro Cannon (transmittable TMeX2), Frenzy Plant (transmittable TMeX3), and Refresh (transmittable TMeO).

 

[Carrington388]

Transmit the passwords on all eight teams' Farmers and all eight teams' Transceivers to the Tajiri server, and make sure there's a Wi-Fi connection streaming to a Gamecube with a Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness disc in it. You must have completed both the Final Fantasy VII mission and the Anime Mission in XD: Gale of Darkness to partake in this mission and snagged all of the Shadow Pokémon from each mission.

The events of this mission will take place over a series of days and nights. The daytime portions of the mission will occur in a place other than Trainers' City, while the nighttime portions of the mission will occur in Trainers' City. If your last save point is anywhere other than Trainers' City, head back to either Gateon Port or Citadark Island to begin the mission; otherwise, the mission will begin at the last save point.

Day 1: Trouble at the Poké Spots
Locations: Pyrite Town, Rock Poké Spot, Oasis Poké Spot, Cave Poké Spot, Citadark Island, Cipher Key Lair

The mission will start with an e-mail from Pofty. This e-mail will ask you to head to ONBS and get some very crucial information from several people.

Once you hit ONBS, you must talk to four people there; Nett, Ancha, Pofty, and Detro.

Nett will talk about the rockslide created by XD002, and will talk about how that the boulders that blocked the land path to Trainers' City are unstable and that any attempt to move them would probably destroy Trainers' City and/or other places on the Orre mainland due to effects similar to a Rollout attack, and that every plan that people think would safely remove the boulders involves a snag that would still destroy civilian property. These plans involve things ranging from quarter-pipe ramps to blasting a canal that would separate the blockage from Trainers' City and then move the boulders into the canal.

Pofty will also talk about the XD002 rockslide, but this time will talk about the impact it has on ONBS. The only way one can reach Trainers' City is to sail there from Gateon Port, and it takes about half a day to get there and half a day to get back. This explains why Trainers' City in XD: Gale of Darkness can only be visited at night while it's daytime everywhere else. Pofty will also mention that the transportation time between Gateon Port and Trainers' City is way too long to be convenient to ONBS and that's why ONBS has never sent a cameraman, much less a reporter, to Trainers' City in person. (Remember that the video of XD002, a.k.a. the shadow Ho-Oh, was an amateur video that didn't even air on ONBS.)

Detro will talk about how to better use special Poké Snacks, such as the Jewel or Freak Snacks. You can only lay up to 10 of any combination of them at any Poké Spot at a time. To lay out different combinations, hold the Z button and use the C Stick to switch between snacks, lay out that amount, then lay out more by using the same trick.

Ancha has the biggest scoop. She'll tell you that a weird signal is causing problems at the Poké Spots in mainland Orre and that the wild Pokémon configuration has been messed around with, but doesn't know if there are problems with Trainers' City's Poké Spots. Simply put, Pokémon that are supposed to be rare are appearing more commonly, Pokémon that are supposed to be uncommon are appearing more rarely, and that Pokémon that are supposed to be common aren't appearing at all, and a fourth species has started appearing uncommonly at each Poké Spot. Here's a rundown on what the interference has done to the Poké Spots:

Rock Poké Spot:
Sandshrew: Doesn't appear during this mission (usually Common)
Gligar: Rare during this mission (usually Uncommon)
Trapinch: Common during this mission (usually Rare)
Rhyhorn: Uncommon during this mission (usually doesn't appear)

Oasis Poké Spot:
Hoppip: Doesn't appear during this mission (usually Common)
Phanpy: Rare during this mission (usually Uncommon)
Surskit: Common during this mission (usually Rare)
Yanma: Uncommon during this mission (usually doesn't appear)

Cave Poké Spot:
Zubat: Doesn't appear during this mission (usually Common)
Aron: Rare during this mission (usually Uncommon)
Wooper: Common during this mission (usually Rare)
Onix: Uncommon during this mission (usually doesn't appear)

Ancha will ask you for a favor, to catch each of the Pokémon that wasn't appearing before but are now. Simply put, she'll ask for one Rhyhorn, one Yanma, and one Onix. Once you show all three to her, she'll suspect that the weird signal is coming from somewhere rather far away, suspecting Citadark Island, Cipher Key Lair, and even Trainers' City. Ancha will ask that you investigate those places, but also that you take Marcia's cameraman, Cameran, with you. Talk to Cameran and he'll start following you.

Head to Citadark first and head for the room where the glass wall once was. You'll see nothing odd, though, and neither will Cameran.

Now head to Cipher Key Lair and back to the voltage switch. Again, you'll see nothing odd, and neither will Cameran.

Finally, head to Gateon Port and the Robo Kyogre. There, Cameran will tell you that he won't do a night shoot. Marcia will walk onto the scene and agree with Cameran, telling you that they'll stay in Gateon until nightfall, then leave for Trainers' City around the same time you arrive there. Board the Robo Kyogre and head for your first night.

Night 1: The Choking Blackout

Upon arriving in Trainers' City, you'll immediately find something's wrong. You can't see anything on the screen (not even Michael). Not even reflections of stars or moonlight. On top of that, your P*DA will signal that your shadow Jirachi in the Purify Chamber is ready for purification...until you realize that you haven't even seen a shadow Jirachi, much less snagged one. Apparently it's the signal that's messing up the Poké Spots that caused this miscommunication. Take just one step in any direction and a light will shine on you. This light appears to have a gray haze to it, and you can't see every detail on you. Silva will walk up to you, and confess that he stowed away aboard Robo Kyogre because he believes something's wrong in Trainers' City other than the weird signal messing up the Poké Spots. It appears that someone's unleashing a barrage of Smokescreens on Trainers' City, during a blackout no less. Combined with the fact that it's nighttime, makes it practically impossible to see without a FLASHLIGHT. Silva will tell you he brought a spare and will give it to you. He'll then head for the Pokémon Center to wait for Marcia.

At this point, you'll recieve an e-mail from Secc. This e-mail tells you that Marcia just departed from Gateon Port en route to Trainers' City, but also shows concern since no ONBS reporter has ever visited Trainers' City and that there could be more trouble besides a weird signal messing up the Poké Spots.

Use your flashlight to find the Pokémon Center. Once you shine light on its door, a woman in teal will jump out in front of you and battle you with this team:

????(F): L24 Swablu, L24 Swablu
The blackout and haze combo has even extended to the battlefield.

After defeating her, she'll reveal that she is a grunt of an organization called Team Draco, and that they are here to terrorize Trainers' City while Giovanni completes the XD003 project. You'll explain to her, using "<your name> explained GIOVANNI's defeat to the GRUNT.", where <your name> is the name you gave your character, that Giovanni completed the XD003 project and was subsequently defeated by you and whoever was with you during the Anime Mission. At this point, she'll feel ashamed that Team Draco showed up late again, but that they can at least try to succeed on one element of Giovanni's plan. At this point, she'll run off to tell their boss the bad news. Head into the Pokémon Center.

It appears that Silva was right about the blackout. While there's only haze outdoors, the darkness and lack of power extend to indoors as well. You need your flashlight to see what's in front of you, but you'll see every detail of a visible object while indoors. The Heal Machine is not working, but the nurse has an endless supply of Max Revives, Full Restores, and Max Elixirs, and will use those to heal your Pokémon. The PC is not working. The only person normally there that says their normal line(s) is the Ultra Trainer Challenge Exposer (apparently the blackout hasn't gotten to him). Everybody else (except Silva) will talk about either the blackout or the haze outside. Silva will still talk about waiting around for Marcia.

Back outside, the streets of Trainers' City are littered with Team Draco Grunts. To face them, all you have to do is shine your flashlight on either them or where they drop down in ambush. This means that you could be standing right next to one, but if your flashlight is pointed in a different direction, they won't battle you. Here are their teams:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L23 Swablu, L23 Swablu, L23 Poochyena (Standing near Pokémon Lab)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L23 Zubat, L23 Zubat, L23 Poochyena (Standing near History Center)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L25 Mightyena (Standing near Dance Hall)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L24 Golbat, L24 Swablu (Ambushes near Trainers' Colosseum)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L22 Swablu, L22 Swablu, L22 Poochyena, L22 Poochyena (Ambushes near TM Shop)
Team Draco Grunt(M): L25 Altaria (Standing near Pokémon Circus)
Team Draco Grunt(M): L23 Swablu, L23 Zubat, L23 Poochyena (Ambushes near Pokémon Dojo)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L25 Golbat (Standing near Poké Snack Shop)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L24 Charmander, L24 Treecko (Ambushes near Greenhouse)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L23 Swablu, L23 Swablu, L23 Altaria (Standing near Trainers' Hotel)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L24 Altaria, L24 Mightyena (Standing near Battle Hall)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L20 Swablu, L20 Swablu, L20 Swablu, L20 Swablu, L20 Swablu, L20 Swablu (Ambushes halfway between Robo Kyogre's dock and Pokémon Center)

Beating all of the grunts clears the streets of them for now. At this point, you can check out what the blackout did to the other Trainers' City facilities.

There's nobody dancing in the darkened Dance Hall. Not even Floreia can get a groove on without a solid source of light. Everybody inside will talk about the blackout and how it's hard to dance in one.

In the Pokémon Dojo, nobody's interested in a battle in the dark, not even Shingo. All everyone inside will do is talk about the weird people in teal clothing and suspect that they might have something to do with the haze and/or the blackout.

The Pokémon Circus was hit hard. Every piece of equipment is currently in storage, and there's nobody performing in the dark. Not even Trixie wants to perform unless she can see the crowd. The Street Performers and Roller Boy will talk about the haze and how it's choking the city. Whatever crowd is left will talk about the blackout. Trixie, on the other hand, will tell you that she's faced the team in teal before, while she was aboard the Space Station over Mossdeep City, and even had her Golduck ripped off by three grunts for an experiment involving the Cloud Nine ability only for the grunts to later find out that the Golduck had Damp, not Cloud Nine. She'll also tell you that women outnumber men on Team Draco.

The Pokémon Lab was also hit hard. Their Poké Snack machine can't work without electricity, thus you can't blend any special Poké Snacks right now. Each professor will talk about something different; Oak will talk about the blackout and how he suspects Team Draco might have stolen the main fuse for Trainers' City. Ivy will talk about the weird signal affecting the mainland's Poké Spots, but doesn't know whether the signal affects Trainers' City's spots. Elm will talk about the haze, and how only an evolved Pokémon can unleash a Smokescreen attack this choking, and since Team Draco's involved, he believes it's a mess of Kingdra doing this. Birch will talk about how, while he can do research under the moon and stars, even he can't see through the haze.

The Poké Snack Shop is still selling stuff like it normally does. However, the shop case leading to the City Poké Spot won't open without electricity or a key, and Duplica will explain that.

The History Center also operates as it should, you can still look up any reference available. Again, the bookshelves leading to both the Ancient Forest and Ancient Sea Poké Spots won't open without electricity or a pair of keys, and Harrison will explain that.

The Greenhouse is dark, and Sonrisa is worried that the haze will block out enough sunlight even during daytime that the plants inside may die.

Trainers' Hotel is still working normally in the dark. The only difference is that you can't see anything out of flashlight range.

The Battle Hall isn't even open right now. The door to it is locked. "Talk" to the door and you'll find out that the Battle Hall is closed until the blackout ends.

The TM Shop, like the Poké Snack Shop, is still selling its wares, even without the lights.

Trainers' Colosseum is hit hard. Every challenge, except for the Miror B. Peon Challenge, is not currently in operation while the blackout rages on. You can only enter the Miror B. Peon Challenge if you have shadow Pokémon from other pieces of DS-transmittable data you have yet to snag, it will operate as normal, except the battlefield will be covered by both blackout and haze.

Once you've checked out every facility, head for the Robo Kyogre's dock but don't board the Robo Kyogre. Instead, shine your flashlight onto the sea. If you aim it just right, you'll startle a Kingdra enough that it will stop with the Smokescreen. At this point, a man will walk up to you and sees a Kingdra not using Smokescreen. He'll command the Kingdra to use Smokescreen, then battle you. Here's his team:

Draco Admin Murphy(M): L31 Altaria, L30 Mightyena, L30 Crobat

Once Murphy is defeated, he'll agree to call off the Kingdra and remove the haze from Trainers' City, but he'll tell you that he doesn't know where the fuse controlling Trainers' City's electricity is! He'll vanish from the scene, leaving behind the SNACKCASE KEY. This is the key to the shop case in the Poké Snack Shop that leads to the City Poké Spot. Head there. However, you won't find anything different there except for the fact that there's no electricity (the Pokémon configurations are the same). Time to head back to the mainland and break the news to Ancha.

Day 2: Draco Hits the Mainland
Locations: Pyrite Town, Cipher Lab, Agate Village

Upon your return to Gateon Port, you'll recieve an e-mail from Marcia, telling you that she and Cameran made it to Trainers' City safely. Head back to ONBS and talk to Ancha concerning Trainers' City's City Poké Spot. Upon hearing that it wasn't affected, Ancha might think that Poké Spot's composition might cause the signal to bounce off it, and that you should check out one of the other two Trainers' City Poké Spots in order to fully determine whether or not the signal is affecting Trainers' City's Poké Spots.

Now talk to the female Bodybuilder in the room next to Marcia's. She'll explain that Marcia found her will to travel to Trainers' City only after Cameran decided to go, that she, too, wasn't willing to take the long ride to Trainers' City at first. Finally, talk to Secc, who will mention that he thought it would be Marcia that would finally take the plunge and be the first ONBS reporter to go to Trainers' City. At this point, you'll get an e-mail with an attachment from Marcia, saying that sending the footage via e-mail is much faster than taking a day's round trip to ONBS with the footage and back to Trainers' City to cover more, in turn asking you to give the footage attached in the e-mail to Secc. Watch the footage yourself with A. The footage is comprised of four interviews with denizens of Trainers' City talking about last night's haze, the ongoing blackout, and Team Draco. The interviews are with Floreia, Shingo, Harrison, and Duplica. Upon leaving the screen with the message, you'll automatically give the footage to Secc, who tells you that he'll give the footage, the first ever filmed in Trainers' City to be aired by ONBS, to Ancha for airing. Time to leave ONBS...

...and into trouble. Six Team Draco Grunts, five female and one male, have come to Duel Square and attacked the normal Dual Square trainers, knocking them unconcious. Each one of them will battle you. Here are their teams, you can fight them in any order you wish:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L27 Swablu, L27 Poochyena (Attacked Raling)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L26 Swablu, L26 Swablu, L26 Poochyena (Attacked Labet)
Team Draco Grunt(M): L28 Altaria (Attacked Finol)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L27 Poochyena, L27 Poochyena (Attacked Dert)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L24 Swablu, L24 Swablu, L24 Zubat, L24 Zubat, L24 Poochyena (Attacked Doby)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L27 Zubat, L27 Poochyena (Didn't attack anyone)

After defeating three of the grunts, Pofty's cameraman will appear in the center of Duel Square. After defeating all 6, the grunts will vanish with the Duel Square trainers in tow, and Pofty's cameraman will head back into ONBS. Watch the TV and you'll be treated to a long broadcast; you'll first see the four interviews, then a segment about Team Draco being sighted in Duel Square and your driving them off.

Once you've drive off the six grunts, talk to Nett and he'll immediately set off to research more about Team Draco. After talking to Nett, a mysterious woman will appear on the first floor of ONBS. She'll introduce herself as Rachel, and ask you to help her drive off a threat at the Cipher Lab. At this point, the three Pokémon in slots 4, 5, and 6 of your party will be sent to your PC, and you'll have Rachel and her three Pokémon join the party. Here's what Rachel starts with:

Shady Lady Rachel(F): L30 Dragonair, L30 Vibrava, L30 Swablu

You can't deposit any of Rachel's Pokémon into the PC, but you can reorder her party (by default, Dragonair will be sent out along with your first Pokémon). With Rachel in tow, head for the Cipher Lab. There's nobody outside, all the danger is inside. All of the trainers you fought here initially except Naps and Lovrina are here, and all have grown stronger and are willing to challenge you again. You'll be taking the initial path you took to save Prof. Krane (as opposed to Wes and Rui's path from Colosseum to face Ein, a path used in some pieces of DS-transmittable data for XD: Gale of Darkness but not this piece). Here's the teams you'll take on with Rachel at your side:

Cipher Peon Corla(F): L46 Dusclops, L46 Delcatty
Cipher Peon Javion(M): L45 Dodrio, L46 Swellow
Cipher R&D Mesak(M): L45 Anorith, L45 Lileep
Cipher Peon Nexir(F): L46 Piloswine, L45 Banette, L47 Ledian
Cipher Peon Solax(M): L47 Gardevoir, L48 Electrode, L48 Shelgon, L41 Sharpedo
Cipher Peon Digor(M): L47 Alakazam, L48 Milotic, L48 Hariyama, L47 Machamp
Cipher Peon Crink(M): L46 Glalie, L46 Whiscash
Cipher R&D Morbit(M): L48 Grumpig, L46 Ludicolo, L46 Starmie
Cipher Peon Meda(F): L48 Xatu, L46 Ninjask, L47 Wailord, L46 Shedinja
Cipher R&D Elrok(M): L49 Altaria, L48 Wobbuffet, L47 Corsola
Cipher Peon Coffy(M): L46 Dustox, L49 Pelipper, L48 Pineco, L47 Qwilfish
Cipher Peon Cabol(M): L42 Camerupt, L47 Magneton, L47 Golduck, L48 Octillery
Cipher Peon Nopia(F): L47 Wigglytuff, L49 Chimecho, L48 Dunsparce
Cipher R&D Klots: L48 Granbull, L48 Kecleon, L42 Heracross
Cipher R&D Tekot(M): L45 Huntail, L45 Crawdaunt, L46 Crobat

Once you've defeated everyone, Rachel will thank you for getting rid of the Cipher threat and leave. You can once again have 6 Pokémon in your party, so you can use the PC to withdraw the 3 Pokémon that were sent to the PC when Rachel joined you.

Once you leave the Cipher Lab, though, you'll get an e-mail from Nett. While you were with Rachel at the Cipher Lab, Team Draco attacked Agate Village full-scale. He's estimating at least double the number of grunts than were in Trainers' City last night. No nook or cranny is safe. Here are the teams and locations of all the grunts, as well as who they'll abduct upon leaving if applicable:

Outside:
Team Draco Grunt(M): L30 Mightyena (abducts Cida)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L25 Swablu, L25 Swablu, L25 Swablu, L25 Swablu, L25 Swablu, L25 Swablu (abducts Dosk)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L28 Swablu, L28 Zubat, L28 Golbat (abducts Belish)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L29 Swablu, L29 Poochyena (abducts Clerr)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L30 Golbat (abducts Hebon)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L29 Swablu, L29 Zubat

Cave with the Move Tutor:
Team Draco Grunt(F): L29 Swablu, L29 Zubat

Combusken's House:
Team Draco Grunt(F): L30 Altaria (abducts the Combusken)

Senilor's House:
Team Draco Grunt(F): L29 Poochyena, L29 Poochyena (abducts Senilor)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L29 Swablu, L29 Zubat (abudcts Senilor's Wobbuffet)

Pokémon Mart:
Team Draco Grunt(F): L28 Swablu, L28 Swablu, L28 Zubat

Eagun's House:
Team Draco Grunt(M): L29 Swablu, L29 Mightyena (abducts Beluh)

Pokémon Center:
Team Draco Grunt(F): L30 Golbat

Day Care Center:
Team Draco Grunt(F): L30 Mightyena (abducts Name Rater)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L29 Swablu, L29 Altaria (abducts retired Day-Care Lady)
Team Draco Grunt(M): L28 Altaria, L28 Golbat, L28 Mightyena (abducts current Day-Care Lady)

Path to Relic Stone:
Team Draco Grunt(F): L29 Swablu, L29 Golbat (abducts Gorps)
Team Draco Grunt(M): L30 Altaria (abducts Joles)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L29 Zubat, L29 Poochyena (abducts Ladi)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L27 Swablu, L27 Poochyena, L27 Swablu, L27 Zubat (abducts Cron)

Relic Stone:
Team Draco Grunt(F): L30 Swablu, L30 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L29 Zubat, L29 Zubat, L29 Poochyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L31 Mightyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L30 Golbat, L30 Poochyena
Team Draco Grunt(F): L28 Swablu, L28 Swablu, L28 Zubat, L28 Zubat

Once you've defeated all 25 of these grunts, head to the Relic Stone if you're not already there. There, you'll meet up with someone covered in shrubs, asking you to meet them tonight in Trainers' City. When you inquire about the abducted villagers as well as the missing trainers from Duel Square in Pyrite, the figure in the shrubs will run away from the scene. At this point, Pofty runs up to the scene and asks you about the moving shrub (she'll ask whether you think the moving shrub is associated with Team Draco). After answering the question (either response will do), Pofty will tell you that she's prepared a piece for the news and that she's heading back to ONBS to get it on the air, then leaves the area.

Head back to any TV to watch the broadcast explaining the villagers being abducted from Agate Village by Team Draco, and also bringing up a rumor of a possible XD004. Once you've viewed that broadcast, Nett will send you an e-mail with more information about Team Draco, and he wants to tell you in person. Head back to ONBS and talk to Nett. Nett will tell you about Team Draco: They're a group of people who abandoned a very profitable Swablu ranch on a remote tropical island to embark on their boss's plan to misuse Rayquaza's power, operating from outer space, but their Space Station plan and a later raid on Kanto were both quashed by different people, both of them who had sent the seven other teams packing before Team Draco even arrived. It also appears that the mission in Orre that Giovanni masterminded was supposed to involve eight teams, but Team Draco never showed up.

Once Nett is finished, you're duties for day 2 are done. Head back to Trainers' City for your second night on the clock.

Night 2: Who's Behind the Shrubs?

Anyone who talked about the haze last night will talk about Murphy and how he created the haze.

Anyway, the blackout is still ongoing, but at least you can see every detail of Trainers' City with the flashlight, which is once again on tonight. You can also see a basic outline of the city under the starlight and moonlight.

You'll find Marcia and Cameran in the lobby of the Trainers' Hotel. Talk to Marcia (you have to do it the old-fashioned way, shining light on Marcia won't trigger the conversation) and she'll reveal that Team Draco's not finished with Trainers' City. According to a piece of paper Murphy dropped, Team Draco was supposed to provide a distraction by abducting the Duel Square trainers while Team Flora raided ONBS during the XD003 incident, in addition to abducting the residents of Agate Village and replacing them with their own members while Team Rocket worked in the background during the same incident, and--here's the real kicker--your trip to Trainers' City to pick up a Master Ball was supposed to be marred by Team Draco's blackout-haze combo. Unfortunately, Marcia doesn't have enough video to make a good news piece around this plan, especially since getting said video would involve a day's round trip to the mainland and back. You'll then tell Marcia about what happened in Agate, and she'll gasp in shock that Team Draco's actually trying to continue to carry out Giovanni's plan without Giovanni! In addition, Marcia will ask Cameran to follow you in your search to find the figure in the shrubs, especially since you have a light and they don't. Cameran will once again begin following you.

Head first to the Poké Snack Shop, and the City Poké Spot from there. You'll find a shrub figure there. Approach it, shine light on it, and...it will fall apart. There's a shining object there, which turns out to be the BOOKSHELF KEY LFT. This is the key to the left bookshelf at the History Center.

Next, head to the History Center and use your key on the left bookshelf. It will open. Head into the Ancient Forest Poké Spot. You'll find another shrub figure here, but this one also falls apart. Worse, this one doesn't leave any shining object. It appears that you're at a dead end. If you check out the Pokémon distribution of the Ancient Forest Poké Spot, it, like the City Poké Spot, will not have changed.

If you have any Shadow Pokémon from a previous piece of DS-transmitted data you have yet to snag, tonight is your last chance to take the Miror B. Peon Challenge during this piece of data. It will close at dawn.

Now head into Trainers' Colosseum. Talk to the receptionist and ask for a regular challenge that's always available provided there's power (Johto, Hoenn, Cloud, or Cid). The receptionist will tell you that a shrub figure went into the Colosseum, and that it's probably still there, and will open the door. Head onto the battlefield.

A cutscene will begin with you shining light on the shrub. The leaves will fall, revealing a female Team Draco Admin! She'll curse you out, saying she wanted to battle you while she was still in the shrub disguise. However, she'll still offer a battle one against two. That is, until Trixie shows up. Followed by Shingo, Floreia, Harrison, Duplica, Gary, Sonrisa, and Ritchie. Each of them will enter into your flashlight beam. The admin will do a count...one against ten! Finally, Prof. Oak will enter, followed by Prof. Birch, Prof. Ivy, and finally Prof. Elm! Everyone will surround the admin, who will then count one against fourteen, and will demand to be let out! (A 14-on-1 battle ain't exactly fair.) The admin will jump right over Duplica and run away from the scene! Once the admin's away from the scene, Marcia will finally enter, asking Cameran if he got enough footage. Cameran will admit that he does have enough footage for a story, giving you the NIGHT2 TAPE and ask you deliver it to Secc. Marcia will hand you a NIGHT2 TRANSCRIPT, which she asks you give to Ancha to read when the tape is broadcast.

If you talk to Silva after the admin flees, he'll tell you that he'll try to find a flashlight to give to Marcia, telling you it's not right for her to depend on someone else's flashlight.

With nothing more to do tonight, it's time to head back to the mainland for the third day of this hectic mission.

Day 3: Confronting the Admin
Locations: Pyrite Town, Snagem Hideout, Agate Village

Head back to Pyrite Town and deliver the tape and transcript to Secc and Ancha, respectively. Once that's done, watch any working TV and you'll see a broadcast about how Trainers' City rallied to drive a Team Draco Admin out of town.

Now it's time to confront said admin without any clues to her whereabouts. The place you seek to go is the Snagem Hideout, and specifically, the place where the large Snag Machine was five years earlier. There, you'll find the admin, but she'll run off before a battle can take place.

Once the admin runs, you'll recieve an e-mail from...Lovrina? As strange as it may be, this is indeed the case. The e-mail claims that the admin you're seeking has run off to Agate Village, the scene of yesterday's main attack. Now to see whether or not this is a trap...

...which it's not. Apparently everyone's come back, but they don't act normal, not even the ones that weren't abducted during the events yesterday. For starters, why does the Curmudgeon that gives you berries have a Murkrow instead of a Taillow? Why does that same Curmudgeon now give Spelon, Pamtre, Watmel, Durin, Belue, and Liechi berries instead of his normal slate? Why does Belish have an Ekans instead of a Poochyena? Why does the woman who has a Lotad normally now have a Feebas? Why is anyone who normally wants a battle not wanting one? Why is the shopkeeper standing outside the Pokémon Mart and not letting anybody inside, same with the nurse and the Pokémon Center? Why are Combusken and Senilor's Wobbuffet talking? How can Eagun be at home and at the Orre Colosseum at the same time? Why has the current Day-Care Lady suddenly started accepting shadow Pokémon (it works similar to the Colosseum version of the Day Care)? Perhaps this is the replacement scheme that Team Draco was supposed to perform while Team Rocket worked in the background at work? Anyway, make your way back to the Relic Stone, where you'll find Lovrina confronting the admin you've been tailing! After several minutes' worth of Lovrina and the Draco Admin exchanging E10+-rated dialogue, the Draco Admin will finally notice you. She'll try to flee again, but Snattle arrives on the scene and blocks her exit! Without a means of escape, the Draco Admin has no choice but to battle you with this team:

Draco Admin Vikki(F): L36 Altaria, L36 Vibrava, L36 Crobat, L36 Mightyena

Vikki will vanish after the battle. Snattle will come up to you and tell you that not everything about the attack on the Cipher Lab was as it seemed, and remind you not to be decieved by appearances. After that, he and Lovrina will leave the area.

Now, there won't be another attack until night 5. To pass until then quickly, head back to Gateon Port and sail Robo Kyogre to Trainers' City. This will make it night 3. Make two more round trips from Trainers' City to either Gateon Port or Citadark Isle; the first round trip will make it night 4, the second will make it night 5. If you visit the Trainers' Colosseum on either night 3 or night 4 and "talk" to the door, you'll hear voices coming from the direction of the field, but you still can't participate in any challenges.

Night 5: Return of the Haze

When you arrive in Trainers' City on night 5, you'll immediately cough. After coughing, your P*DA will tell you that your Celebi in the Purify Chamber is ready for purification. Problem is, you haven't even seen a shadow Celebi, much less snagged one, which means the weird signal's at work once again. Once again, you can't see anything without your flashlight, and even with your flashlight you'll see the same gray haze you saw on night 1! The people who talked about the haze on night 1 will talk about whether or not Murphy's back with his mess of Kingdra. You'll find Marcia and Cameran, the only ones currently in Trainers' City that weren't here on night 1, in the audience of the Pokémon Circus, and both of them will talk about how they can't do a report in this thick haze. Floreia will talk about some weird people at the Trainers' Colosseum and that she thinks either three or all five of them are crossdressers, similar to what 14 female Team Flora Grunts had to do in other pieces of transmittable data from this series of sets (three on the Space Station and 11 in Kanto and the Sevii Islands).

Anyway, if you go to the Trainers' Colosseum and head inside, you'll find what look like the Duel Square trainers, but they don't speak like they should. If you shine light on one for 15 seconds without removing it, that person will drop a disguise and battle you. Here are their teams:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L38 Swablu, L38 Poochyena (disguised as Raling)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L39 Altaria (disguised as Labet)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L36 Swablu, L36 Zubat, L36 Swablu, L36 Poochyena (disguised as Finol)
Team Draco Grunt(M): L40 Mightyena (disguised as Doby)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L38 Golbat, L38 Golbat (disguised as Dert)

Once you've beaten all five of them, they'll all vanish. Check the door again and you'll hear coughing from behind the door. Team Draco's hiding something on the battlefield, and they don't want you to know what it is, that's for sure.

At this point, everybody appears to be gone. However, the haze is still there. You're going to have to get rid of the Kingdra yourself. To do that, shine your flashlight on the city's perimiter. If there's a Kingdra right above where the beam touches, you'll automatically move your beam onto the Kingdra. The Kingdra will become angry, causing it to stop using Smokescreen, and you'll battle it. The Kingdra will battle in a 1-on-1 battle without the assistance of a trainer and will be at level 40. However, you can't catch any of them since the Kingdra are not shadow Pokémon and you're not at a Poké Spot. There are 15 Kingdra you must get rid of, including two at the Robo Kyogre's dock. Every time you beat a Kingdra, the haze will thin by a little bit, meaning the haze will become less gray and more detail can be seen by the flashlight beam.

Once you've beaten all 15 Kingdra, a cutscene that plays inside the Agate Village Pokémon Center will begin. There are four grunts, three female and one male, huddled at the PC. A woman's face will pop up on the PC screen, then ask about the progress of the weird signals. The male grunt, who refers to the woman on the PC screen as Dralene, tells Dralene that the signal's strong enough but it's not in the right position, since Trainers' City's Poké Spots weren't affected by the signal. Dralene will then tell the grunts to build a "deblinder", which will remove any blind spots near the transmitter. A female grunt will tell Dralene the situation about the hostages from Pyrite Town and Agate Village being held at the transmitter site, using "The second GRUNT told DRALENE about the hostage situation in TRAINERS' CITY" so as not to spoil any details. Dralene will also tell the grunts to construct a tarp over the hostages so as not to let them choke under the Smokescreen, saying that, while she wants to wreak havoc using the replacements, she doesn't want the originals to die. The cutscene ends there.

After the cutscene ends, Marcia and Cameran, the former holding a flashlight, will come up to you. Marcia will thank you for getting rid of the Kingdra causing the haze and will ask you to come by the Greenhouse. Head back toward the Greenhouse to find it lit. Head inside and Sonrisa will tell you that she's found a way to get the electricity in the Greenhouse working so that the plants aren't affected by an upcoming total solar eclipse. Watch the TV for a breaking news flash from Trainers' City about you defeating the Kingdra that had been causing a second haze outbreak in the city. Before a picture of you is to come up, however, the power cuts out and the broadcast is cut off. Sonrisa will worry that something happened to the Magnemite that was providing power, and will run outside and check. Head outside to see Sonrisa confronting a female Team Draco Grunt. Sonrisa will ask the grunt if she did power cut-off stunts back on the Swablu ranch where Team Draco's originally from. The grunt will then tell Sonrisa that she was never a ranchhand, that she joined Team Draco on the Space Station shortly after defecting from Team Plasma. Only at this point does she notice you and will battle you using this team:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L40 Altaria, L40 Mightyena, L40 Golbat, L32 Magnemite

The grunt will vanish after the battle, taking the stolen Magnemite with her. After the grunt vanishes, Sonrisa will tell you that the solar eclipse is scheduled to happen in about 8½ days and will be a total eclipse in the southern half of Orre, about from the Cipher Lab southward. She fears that Team Draco might be plotting something big to take place during the eclipse.

At this point, you're done for night 5. Head back to the mainland for day 6.

Day 6: Agate or not Agate?
Locations: Agate Village, Gateon Port, HQ Lab

If you approach any TV during this day, you'll see the entire broadcast of the news story you watched in the Greenhouse, including the part that got cut off when the power was cut off.

Anyway, head for Agate Village and talk to "Hebon". A disguise will come off and reveal...

Team Draco Grunt(F): L43 Swablu, L43 Poochyena

The grunt will vanish after the battle. If you talk to various other "residents", they'll shed disguises and battle you as well. Defeating the one disguised as the shopkeeper will allow you to enter the Pokémon Mart, which is perfectly normal (no grunts inside). Defeating the one disguised as the nurse will allow you to enter an empty Pokémon Center. Here's their teams and the disguises they remove, a Pokémon in orange is an overworld Pokémon that will vanish with its trainer:

Outside:
Team Draco Grunt(M): L44 Altaria (disguised as Cida)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L43 Ekans, L43 Mightyena (disguised as Belish)
Team Draco Grunt(M): L43 Feebas, L43 Golbat (disguised as the woman with the Lotad)
Team Draco Grunt(M): L44 Crobat (disguised as Dosk)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L42 Swablu, L42 Swablu, L42 Poochyena (disguised as Clerr)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L44 Mightyena (disguised as the Curmdgeon near the Combusken's house)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L44 Golbat (disguised as the shopkeeper)
Team Draco Grunt(M): L43 Swablu, L43 Poochyena (disguised as the nurse)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L42 Swablu, L42 Swablu, L42 Mightyena (disguised as the Casual Guy near Eagun's house)
Team Draco Grunt(F)*: L43 Mightyena, L43 Mightyena, L43 Murkrow (disguised as the Curmudgeon with the Taillow)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L44 Swablu (disguised as the Rich Boy near the Pokémon Center)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L43 Poochyena, L43 Crobat (disguised as the guard to the cave leading to the Relic Stone)
*--Drops a Liechi Berry upon vanishing.

Move Tutor's Cave:
Team Draco Grunt(F): L43 Altaria, L43 Poochyena (disguised as the Move Tutor)

Combusken's House:
Team Draco Grunt(F): L44 Mightyena (disguised as Combusken's owner)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L41 Swablu, L41 Swablu, L41 Poochyena, L41 Zubat (disguised as Combusken)

Senilor's House:
Team Draco Grunt(F): L43 Swablu, L43 Mightyena (disguised as Senilor)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L43 Poochyena, L43 Golbat (disguised as Senilor's son)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L44 Golbat (disguised as Senilor's Wobbuffet)

Eagun's House:
Team Draco Grunt(F): L10 Swablu, L20 Swablu, L30 Swablu*, L40 Swablu, L50 Altaria (disguised as Eagun)
Team Draco Grunt(M): L10 Poochyena, L20 Poochyena, L30 Poochyena, L40 Poochyena, L50 Mightyena (disguised as Beluh)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L10 Zubat, L20 Zubat, L30 Zubat, L40 Golbat, L50 Crobat (does not wear a disguise**)
*--Is where Pikachu was while the real Eagun was home.
**--You caught the grunt before she could put on a disguise. Before she vanishes, she'll confess that she was trying to disguise herself as Rui, but you entered the room before she could do so.

Day Care Center:
Team Draco Grunt(F)*: L43 Altaria, <deposited> (disguised as current Day-Care Lady)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L42 Swablu, L42 Swablu, L42 Crobat (disguised as Name Rater)
Team Draco Grunt(M): L43 Golbat, L43 Mightyena (disguised as retired Day-Care Lady)
*--Any Pokémon you left with her between day 3 and day 5, denoted by <deposited>, will be used by this grunt during this battle. That Pokémon will rejoin your party upon the trainer vanishing if there's room in your party; otherwise, it will return to your PC. If this Pokémon is a shadow Pokémon, it's still a shadow Pokémon but you can't resnag it; you'll still get it back at the end of the battle. You will not have to pay for the grunt's services if you get your Pokémon back in this way.

Path to Relic Stone:
Team Draco Grunt(F): L43 Swablu, L43 Golbat (disguised as Gorps)
Team Draco Grunt(M): L44 Altaria (disguised as Joles)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L43 Golbat, L43 Mightyena (disguised as Ladi)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L41 Swablu, L41 Poochyena, L41 Swablu, L41 Golbat (disguised as Cron)

Once you've beaten every Team Draco Grunt in town, Agate Village is now empty except for the Pokémon Mart. Once Agate Village is empty except for the shop, you'll recieve an e-mail from the real Eagun talking about a shady figure at Gateon Port and wants you to talk to Acri.

Head to Gateon Port and talk to Acri. She'll tell you that the shady figure, a woman, is currently in Verich's VIP suite at the Krabby Club. Head to the Krabby Club; the mooches and Miror B. will all talk about a shady woman that reminds them nothing of Verich in his room. If you enter Verich's VIP suite, you'll find Rachel, the same woman who helped you at the Cipher Lab. However, she removes a disguise--and reveals herself to be a Team Draco Admin! Rachel will tell you that, using a disguise and her real name, that she tricked you into joining her at the Cipher Lab while Vikki's squad attacked Agate! At this point, Rachel will battle you. Careful--depending on how Rachel's Pokémon levelled up at the Cipher Lab, this battle can range from easy to difficult!

Draco Admin Rachel(F): L<dr+15> Dragonair, L<vi+15> Flygon, L<sw+15> Altaria, L44 Seadra, L43 Mightyena
<dr+15> denotes 15 levels higher than the level of Rachel's Dragonair when Rachel left your party after the Cipher Lab in this piece of data. If this variable is 55 or higher, Dragonair will have evolved into Dragonite for this battle.
<vi+15> denotes 15 levels higher than the level of Rachel's Vibrava when Rachel left your party after the Cipher Lab in this piece of data.
<sw+15> denotes 15 levels higher than the level of Rachel's Swablu when Rachel left your party after the Cipher Lab in this piece of data.

Once you've defeated Rachel, she'll chew you out (using E10+-rated dialogue) about how Team Draco's not finished with their plans for Orre yet and will run down the stairs. Once Rachel's gone, pick up a MASTER POLE where Rachel had stood.

With Master Pole in hand, it's time to find out where it really came from. Head to the HQ Lab. You'll find Dr. Kaminko somewhere in the front yard of his house. Talk to him with Master Pole in hand and he'll tell you that it's a one-of-a-kind Poké Pole painted in Master Ball colors! He had entrusted it to a shady woman named Rachel. Once he finds out that Rachel was really a Team Draco Admin, he'll gasp in shock that he got tricked by Team Draco! He'll let you keep the Master Pole.

Head back to Gateon Port. Now, you'll find a Casual Guy where Rachel had stood. He'll tell you that he can make you filthy rich provided you make good deals in rare items. The first item he wants you to find is "a pole that is painted to look like a MASTER BALL". Talk to him again to show him your Master Pole. He'll tell you that the Master Pole is what he seeks. He'll ask you how much you paid for it; you'll tell him that you found it where he's standing and Dr. Kaminko let you keep it without paying a dime. He'll tell you that you made an excellent deal--it's a one-of-a-kind item worth 5000 in Orre's currency! You'll recieve the 5000 once you give him the Master Pole, and the guy will reveal himself as a collector of rare and valuable artifacts.

The collector will tell you the next item he wants. He wants "a hardbound edition of the POKéGEAR's operation manual". Head back to the HQ Lab and you'll find Pryce inside the secret room below where you got the Snag Machine. Pryce will comment on how he has a rare book that he'd like to sell for the right price. He'll offer his book for a price of 10,000 in Orre's currency. Buy the HARDBOUND BOOK and take it back to the collector. He'll ask you how much you paid for it; you'll tell him 10,000. He'll tell you that you made a slightly bad deal--it's only worth 9000 in Orre's currency, a 1000 loss. You'll recieve the 9000 once you give him the Hardbound Book.

The collector will tell you the next item he wants. He wants "the last bottle of a rare weedkiller no longer marketed in Orre". That item is in Trainers' City. Use the Robo Kyogre to sail to Trainers' City for night 6.

Night 6: Finding the Weedkiller

Talk around Trainers' City. Upon hearing of the weedkiller you're after, people will tell you to talk to various sources. Some will say Floreia, others will say Duplica, and still others will say Harrison. If you talk to Floreia, Duplica, or Harrison, they'll tell you that Sonrisa owns the only bottle of the rarest weedkiller in Orre. Talk to Sonrisa. She'll first mention not yet finding a replacement Magnemite to restore the power, but once you mention the weedkiller, she'll mention that she's got a bottle of it, but she won't part with it easy--she'll require 24,000 in Orre's currency to sell it to you. Buy the RARE WEEDKILLER from her. You'll find the BOOKSHELF KEY RGT taped to the bottom of the can. This is the key to the right bookshelf at the History Center.

Next, head to the History Center and use your key on the right bookshelf. It will open. Head into the Ancient Sea Poké Spot. If you check out the Pokémon distribution of the Ancient Sea Poké Spot, it, like the City and Ancient Forest Poké Spots, will not have changed.

Time to sail back to Gateon Port and get the figure for the weedkiller.

Day 7: The Artifact Quest Continues
Locations: Gateon Port, Phenac City, Oasis Poké Spot, Cipher Key Lair

If you talk to the people at Gateon Port today, you'll learn that the eclipse is just one week away. They'll refer to it as a partial eclipse, and they're right since Gateon Port is too far north to be in range of the total eclipse.

Take the Rare Weedkiller back to the collector. He'll ask you how much you paid for it; you'll tell him 24,000. He'll tell you that you made a somewhat good deal--it's worth 38,000 in Orre's currency, a gain of 14,000. You'll recieve the 38,000 once you give him the Rare Weedkiller.

The collector will tell you the next item he wants. He wants "a rare drill bit from a far away land". There are two ways to get it, and both involve Phenac City. One involves using the Trade Machine. When the Trade Machine prompts you to connect to a GBA Pokémon game pak, attempt to connect to Drill Dozer instead. The connection will start to fail, but then start up again upon hearing of a rare drill bit. Once a connection is established, Jill (the main character of Drill Dozer) will appear on the GBA screen and offer the rare drill bit for 20,000 in Orre's currency. Accept using A on the GBA and you'll get the GOLD DRILLBIT in XD: Gale of Darkness; in Drill Dozer, you'll get 2000 units of the currency used in that game. The other method involves Phenac Stadium. There, search for 16 posters advertising Drill Dozer. Once you've found all 16, head back outside and Jill will walk up to you, again wanting to sell the drill bit for 20,000 in Orre's currency. Accept and you'll get the Gold Drillbit. Once you have the Gold Drillbit, take it back to the collector. He'll ask how much you paid for it; you'll tell him 20,000. He'll tell you that you made a so-so deal--it's worth 20,500 in Orre's currency, a profit of just 500. You'll recieve the 20,500 once you give him the Gold Drillbit.

The collector will tell you the next item he wants. He wants "the shadow aura from XD001". Head for the Oasis Poké Spot and you'll find a shady guy who introduces himself as Blacsix. "Blacsix" says he has the essence of XD001 in a bottle and will sell it to you for 3500 in Orre's currency. Buy the SHADOW ESSENCE and take it back to the collector. He'll ask you how much you paid for it; you'll tell him you paid a guy named Blacsix 3500 for it. He'll first tell you that the person is not really a Hexagon Brother since there are six already, then tell you that you made a terrific deal--it's worth 40,000 in Orre's currency, a 36,500 profit! You'll recieve the 40,000 once you give him the Shadow Essence.

The collector will tell you the next item he wants. He wants "the sword CLOUD is never without". Head to the Cipher Key Lair and you'll find Gorigan there. However, Gorigan's not interested in a battle. He says he's got a rare sword he wants to sell you, a sword he calls the BUSTER SWORD. He'll offer 10,000 in Orre's currency for it. Buy the sword, but it's not what Gorigan advertised; instead of the Buster Sword, you'll instead get a MYTHRIL SABER. Sensing you've just been gypped, take it back to the collector. He'll ask you how much you paid for what Gorigan gave you; you'll tell him you paid 10,000 on a bad deal. The collector will tell you that the deal wasn't just bad--it was a terrible deal! The Mythril Saber is worth just 100 in Orre's currency, a loss of 9900! You'll recieve the 100 once you give him the Mythril Saber.

The collector will tell you the next item he wants. He wants "the rarest POKé SNACK ever made, only one sample has ever existed". Stay at Gateon Port and you'll find Duplica outside near Emili's house. Duplica will tell you that she came to the mainland with a rarity in hand, and will offer it to you for 55,000 in Orre's currency. Buy the ILLUMINATE SNACK and take it back to the collector. He'll ask you how much you paid for it; you'll tell him 55,000. He'll tell you that you made an OK deal--it's worth 55,000 in Orre's currency, which means you broke even on this one. You'll recieve the 55,000 once you give him the Illuminate Snack.

The collector will tell you the next item he wants. He wants "a dress for his older cousin to wear to a wedding". That item is in Trainers' City. Use the Robo Kyogre to sail to Trainers' City for night 7.

Night 7: A Piece of History?

Talk around Trainers' City to find out about a shady character that's been recently seen around the Pokémon Circus. Look around the Pokémon Circus. In the darkest place outside the building, you'll find a female Team Flora Grunt in hiding. The grunt will ask that you not turn her in to Farlie, and will tell you that Farlie's been acting weird lately. Simply put, the grunt will tell you that Farlie wasn't always like he was during the Space Station invasion and the Kanto invasion that followed. She believes that, sometime after the Anime Mission ended, Farlie came down with something that's causing him to act weird, and that ailment is causing him to not think straight, including laying off half of the female workforce on Team Flora, then not letting the remaining females, except for Xenia in the Kanto invasion, onto those two missions in question. This grunt will also tell you that Team Draco is way late to this party, since the Anime Mission took place before the Space Station invasion yet this one takes place after the Kanto invasion that followed.

Once she's gotten her suspicions about Farlie into the open, she'll offer you what she believes is a rare artifact. She'll say that she'll sell you the very dress that the first lady to President James Buchanan wore to the President's Inagural Ball in 1857. Such an artifact carries a hefty price tag, and she'll offer 80,000 for the dress. Buy the FIRST LADY'S DRESS from the grunt, and she'll then vanish. Reboard Robo Kyogre and sail back to Gateon Port.

Day 8: The Ultimate Artifact
Locations: Gateon Port, Outskirt Stand, Realgam Tower

Take the First Lady's Dress back to the collector. He'll ask you how much you paid for it; you'll tell him it's a rare artifact that you bought for 80,000 but you think is worth more. He'll tell you the bad news: the dress is fake. The stitching is too modern to have been around in 1857. The fabric appears to date back to 2004, not 1857. And then he'll tell you the real kicker: President Buchanan, a lifelong bachelor, didn't even have a first lady. He'll tell you that the dress is worth only 50 units of Orre's currency, which puts you at a 79,950 loss. You'll recieve the 50 once you give him the fake dress, but the collector will tell you that the dress, while not a real artifact, is the perfect dress for his cousin.

The collector will tell you the next item he wants. He wants "the schematic sheet to ROBO KYOGRE". Head for the Outskirt Stand. Inside the shop, near the jukebox, you'll find a generic Surfer. (That class is the one belonging to Davey, the only trainer at Trainers' City's Dance Hall to not be a Hula Dancer. This Surfer is someone different.) Talk to him and he'll tell you that he found a very valuable schematic sheet and will sell it to you--for 150,000 in Orre's currency. After getting gypped by that Team Flora Grunt, say no and he'll lower the offer to 100,000. You can't lower it beyond 100,000, so you'll have to buy it once he lowers the offer to 100,000. Buy the SCHEMATIC SHEET and take it back to the collector. He'll ask you how much you paid for it; you'll tell him either 100,000 or 150,000, depending on which offer you took. He'll tell you that you made a deal so awful it makes that dress look like a good deal. He'll tell you that the schematic sheet, which is not at all valuable, is worth just 100, which puts you at a loss of either 99,900 (if you took the 100,000 offer) or 149,900 (if you took the 150,000 offer). You'll recieve the 100 once you give him the Schematic Sheet.

The collector will then tell you the last item he wants. He wants "a very rare statue of a bird that belonged to an ancient queen". It should be noted that the statue was what belonged to the ancient queeen, not the bird. Head to Realgam Tower. In one of the domes, you'll find a Rich Boy who says he has the most valuable object in Orre and that he wants to sell it, but he won't take a price that isn't hefty. He has a statue that he calls "the ARTICUNO STATUE of CLEOPATRA". Cleopatra, of course, was the Egyptian queen who romanced two prominent figures in ancient Rome. The price the Rich Boy names is very steep; it's the most expensive object ever sold in the history of Pokémon games, the going price is 1,750,000 in Orre's currency. If you can't afford it right now, use the Realgam Colosseum to make some quick cash. Once you have the money, buy the ARTICUNO STATUE and take it back to the collector. He'll ask you how much you paid for it; you'll tell him 1,750,000. He'll tell you that you made an excellent deal, then reveal the figure one digit at a time from left to right, with a new digit appearing every second. The final amount he'll show you for the item's value is 2,250,000 in Orre's currency, which means you made a 500,000 profit on this rare artifact. You'll recieve the 2,250,000 once you give him the Articuno Statue.

Finally, the collector will give you something for helping him find the artifacts. That object is a Diamondshell, which would go for 25,000 a pop at a Pokémon Mart if one sold them, before he leaves. Time to return to Trainers' City for night 8.

Night 8: The Messed-Up Trainers' City Poké Spots

You're once again met by a P*DA message. This time, it's telling you that your Lucario in the Purify Chamber is ready for purification. Problem is, Lucario's a fourth-generation Pokémon, XD: Gale of Darkness is a third-generation game, and Lucario has no role in XD: Gale of Darkness, therefore it can't possibly have been made into a shadow Pokémon! However, there's no haze this time, so it might be trouble at the Poké Spots...

...which it is. Looks like Team Draco's transmitter's blind spots are no more, and Trainers' City's three Poké Spots are now messed up. Here's how each of Trainers' City's three Poké Spots changed:

City Poké Spot:
Magnemite: Doesn't appear during the remainder of this mission (usually Common)
Slowpoke: Rare during this mission (usually Uncommon)
Snorlax: Common during this mission (usually Rare)
Beldum: Uncommon during this mission (usually doesn't appear)

Ancient Forest Poké Spot:
Relicanth: Doesn't appear during the remainder of this mission (usually Common)
Lileep: Rare during this mission (usually Uncommon)
Anorith: Common during this mission (usually Rare)
Wynaut: Uncommon during this mission (usually doesn't appear)

Ancient Sea Poké Spot:
Aerodactyl: Doesn't appear during the remainder of this mission (usually Common)
Omanyte: Rare during this mission (usually Uncommon)
Kabuto: Common during this mission (usually Rare)
Bagon: Uncommon during this mission (usually doesn't appear)

Looks like you're going to have to get another shopping list for Ancha. Nab yourself a Beldum, a Wynaut, and a Bagon. Once you have all three, talk to Marcia about the messed-up Poké Spots in Trainers' City. Marcia will tell you she'll have the piece ready by dawn and will send it to your P*DA ready to give to Secc. Time to head back to the mainland for day 9.

(To be continued in next post...)

 

[Carrington388]

Day 9: Breaking It to Ancha
Location: Pyrite Town

Head back to ONBS with the Beldum, Wynaut, and Bagon you caught in Trainers' City still in hand. Talk to Ancha again and show her the three Pokémon. Ancha wants to see the matching news piece Marcia taped to go along with this new development; Marcia will send you an e-mail with the news piece as the attachment at this point. You can watch the piece if you want, but make sure you give the news piece to Secc.

Once Secc has this new news piece, head for any TV to watch Ancha's report on the Trainers' City Poké Spots being messed up. Once you've seen this news piece, you're done for day 9; head back to Trainers' City for night 9.

Night 9: Overhearing from the Roof

Tonight, you have only one thing to do, and that's to overhear a conversation. Walk up to the Trainers' Colosseum. Upon approaching it, a cutscene that takes place on the roof will begin involving Murphy and a female Team Draco Grunt. A female Team Draco Grunt will finish installing the tarp to cover the Trainers' Colosseum roof. A conversation between Murphy and the grunt will begin. They'll first talk about Dralene's new plan to mess up wild Pokémon distribution worldwide, something Giovanni would never have let Team Draco do had Team Draco showed up on time. Murphy will point out that their three transmitters, based from Trainers' City, Citadark Island, and the Cipher Key Lair, will all be fired toward a satelite near the Space Station as soon as the eclipse is over. From that satelite, the signals will be beamed toward communications satelites all over the world, and onto the unsuspecting world below from there. Pokémon distribution will change drastically; Spearow running rampant on Route 1 yet very rare on Route 22, Feebas becoming the most common fishing target on Route 119 and Magikarp becoming the least common, and much more. The grunt will bring up five shadow Pokémon Giovanni alotted Team Draco are missing, but Murphy doesn't want her to worry about it. The cutscene ends there. Unfortunately, you can't tell Marcia about the plan since she and Cameran are asleep at the Pokémon Circus. Time to head back to the mainland.

Day 10: Shadow Pokémon on Team Draco?
Location: Mt. Battle

Upon making it back to the mainland, you'll recieve an e-mail from Vander saying that a male Team Draco Grunt attacked Mt. Battle using several shadow Pokémon! Head there at once, and you'll find Vander hurt on the front lawn. Talk to Vander, and he'll explain that the grunt is currently holding Battlus hostage!

Talk to the receptionist that leads you to challenges. You'll be whisked right to zone 100. There, you'll find Battlus in a heap with a male Team Draco Grunt standing behind him. The grunt will battle you using a powerful team using five shadow Pokémon! No CPU trainer, be it in the main game or in any piece of DS-transmittable data, has ever used exactly five shadow Pokémon on the same team in the initial battle. Each of the Pokémon here have special shadow moves. Vibrava has a strange shadow techinque called Shadow Retro. Seviper has an old favorite, Shadow Rush. Milotic has a special shadow technique called Shadowbreath. Latias has a weird shadow technique called Shadow 40. Finally, Latios has an odd shadow technique called Shadow Bonds.

Shadow Retro is a move that will randomly select one of the attacks the user will have upon being purified and uses it twice, once on each opponent. If Shadow Retro is used on a Pokémon with Mirror Move, Mirror Move will copy the attack Shadow Retro chooses instead of Shadow Retro itself. The animation for Shadow Retro is basically a shadowy version of Amnesia.

Shadow Rush is the same shadow attack that was synonymous with shadow Pokémon from Colosseum in all its 90-power 100-accuracy glory (one opponent) complete with recoil. Note that if a Pokémon using Shadow Rush will go into Reverse Mode afterwards, the Shadow Rush attack will fail. Simply put, if it reads "But it failed", it will go into Reverse Mode. If the attack misses because of an effect such as a Smokescreen or Double Team, it doesn't count as a failure, it won't go into Reverse Mode. The animation for Shadow Rush is the same as it was in Colosseum.

Shadowbreath is an attack whose 30-power 100-accuracy (one opponent) shouldn't fool you. This attack is very dangerous since it can cause a wide variety of status problems and has a one in two shot of inflicting one! Here's a breakdown of just how Shadowbreath can mess you up (the totals add up to the 50% chance that a condition is inflicted):

Paralysis 10%
Sleep 6%
Burn 5%
Poison 4%
Freeze 4%
Confusion 4%
Attract 4%
Leech Seed 3%
Flinch 3%
Ghost-type Curse 3%
Nightmare 3%
Toxic-Strength Poison 1%

A Fire-type Pokémon cannot be burned by this attack, neither can a Pokémon with the Water Veil ability. A Poison-type Pokémon cannot be afflicted by either strength of Poison by this attack, neither can a Pokémon with the Immunity ability; however, a Steel-type CAN be afflicted by both strengths of Poison by this attack. A Grass-type Pokémon cannot be affected by Leech Seed. A Pokémon with Limber cannot be paralyzed; a Pokémon with Insomnia or Vital Spirit can't be affected by either sleep or Nightmare; a Pokémon with Magma Armor can't be frozen; a Pokémon with Own Tempo can't be confused; a Pokémon with Oblivious and a Pokémon that is genderless or whose gender is the same as that of the Milotic's cannot be infatuated; and a Pokémon with Inner Focus cannot flinch. The Ghost-type Curse effect is the same one that's placed upon by a Ghost-type Pokémon using Curse. The animation for Shadowbreath is basically a shadowy version of Dragonbreath.

Shadow 40 is a shadow attack that causes both opposing Pokémon to fall asleep. The animation for Shadow 40 is basically a shadowy version of Yawn.

Finally, Shadow Bonds is a shadow attack that infatuates each opposing Pokémon whose gender is opposite that of the user. Since the Shadow Bonds user here is Latios, your best defense here is to use male or genderless Pokémon since Latios, being male itself, can't infatuate them. The animation for Shadow Bonds is basically a shadowy version of Attract.

Here's the grunt's team:

Team Draco Grunt(M): L48 Altaria, L33 Vibrava, L33 Seviper, L33 Milotic, L45 Latias, L45 Latios
Vibrava Shadow Attacks: Shadow Retro, Shadow Rave, Shadow Crush, Shadow Down
Seviper Shadow Attacks: Shadow Rush, Shadow Crush, Shadow Sky, Shadow Shed
Milotic Shadow Attacks: Shadowbreath, Shadow Storm, Shadow Panic, Shadow Mist
Latias Shadow Attacks: Shadow 40, Shadow End, Shadow Half, Shadow Mist
Latios Shadow Attacks: Shadow Bonds, Shadow Break, Shadow Storm, Shadow Down

Careful leaving Vibrava on the field--it will start abusing Shadow Retro if it's either by itself or paired with either Latios or Latias. This is because one of Vibrava's underlying normal moves is Earthquake, which becomes very dangerous when Shadow Retro chooses it since it hits at full power on all targets, which means the damage piles on when Shadow Retro sends it out twice! Try to snag it before Latios and/or Latias take the field. The other moves Vibrava can use with Shadow Retro are Dragonbreath, Flamethrower, and its special move upon purification, Teeter Dance. Teeter Dance is also dangerous when used with Shadow Retro, especially if it's by itself, since its double usage will mean a Persim Berry and/or a Lum Berry are of no help! Your best defense against Shadow Retro are Pokémon that are either Flying-type or have Levitate, and one of them having Safeguard (there are no Flying-types with Own Tempo); Shadow Retro Earthquake has no effect, and Safeguard will block the effects of Shadow Retro Teeter Dance. On the positive side, the attack Shadow Retro chooses will be used as a completely normal attack each time it's fired; for example, if Shadow Retro chooses Earthquake, it hits as a Ground-type move and doesn't alter damage on the shadow factor. Earthquake's multiplier is still 4x against a normal Magneton, not 8x since Earthquake doesn't hit as a shadow attack. On the flip side, Earthquake's multiplier is only 0.25x against a shadow Paras, not 0.125x since Earthquake doesn't hit as a shadow attack.

Once you've beaten the grunt, he'll chew you out for snagging Team Draco's entire allotment of shadow Pokémon that Giovanni gave them, and that since Giovanni is gone, Team Draco can't get any more to replace them! He'll then run off, and Battlus will thank you for coming to the rescue. You'll be teleported back to the receptionist. You might want to put Milotic into your party; with its Shadowbreath at your command, Team Draco won't know what hit them! Any shadow Pokémon you failed to snag will become available at the Miror B. Peon Challenge once it reopens.

Find where Vander was in a heap on the front lawn to pick up the [PK][MN] ENQUIRER. The item description lists it as a magazine of some sort, but you can't read it now. Might as well head to Trainers' City; there's at least one person who can read this.

Night 10: Tabloid Scandals

Head to the History Center and show the magazine you got from Mt. Battle to Harrison. He'll tell you that it's an issue of a Johto-published tabloid magazine called the Pokémon Enquirer, a magazine Harrison is familiar with. He'll also read you a story about scandals at Mossdeep Gym, within Team Magma, and within Team Flora. The story will say that Tate, Tabitha, and Seth aren't who they present themselves as. The story will go on to claim that Tate and Tabitha are really men pretending to be women, and that Seth's really a woman pretending to be a man. Harrison will claim from firsthand experience that the article is completely wrong, referencing that past issues of the magazine have done everything from claiming the Space Station invasion was a hoax to claiming that the Fuschia City Gym is a front for a counterfeiting operation. However, he'll tell you that one of the victims from the article that he just read to you is coming to Orre to watch the eclipse.

With what Harrison told you in mind, head back to the mainland for day 11.

Day 11: The Twins
Location: S.S. Libra

Make your way back to where you encountered Gorigan for the first time. There, you'll find a tent pitched near the door. You'll find Tate and Liza, the gym leaders of Mossdeep Gym, inside. Talk to either one, you'll get the same conversation regardless. The first subject is the Pokémon Enquirer rumors. Tate will confirm Harrison's doubt in the integrity of the article, and says that she doesn't trust any Johto-based publication. She'll confirm that the article was not only wrong about herself, but also about Tabitha and Seth as well! Liza will chime in, saying that anyone who says bad things about her sister deserves to have the pants sued off of them. Tate will continue saying that there's no way you can have one boy and one girl among identical twins, and will ask you to name one pair of fraternal twins that look and act relatively alike. Obviously, you'll bring up Mary-Kate and Ashley Olsen; Tate will ask you to name another pair, which you can't.

At this point, the two will start talking about the eclipse. The two will send out their signature Pokémon, Lunatone and Solrock, to help demonstrate. The Solrock will be positioned on the edge of the tent, then Lunatone is shown moving toward Solrock to the point where Lunatone covers most of Solrock on the screen. Liza will point out that Lunatone's odd shape doesn't make as good a demonstration of what an eclipse is really like. Tate and Liza will then begin talking about that, when the moon is blocking the sun, it's called a solar eclipse. During a solar eclipse, only the outermost rays of the sun are seen, and these rays are seen among a night-like sky. Tate will add in that the outermost rays of the sun are very dangerous to look at, and that you'll need protection to view them without damaging your eyes.

To close out with, Tate will tell you that she and Liza will be watching the eclipse from the Realgam Tower Colosseum. It's here that you'll mention Team Draco's plans that you overheard on night 9; Liza will tell you that Team Draco must not be allowed to interfere with the eclipse.

With all this information in mind, it's time to make final preparations for the eclipse. The next part of the mission will take place on night 13, so sail to Trainers' City for night 11, then to Gateon Port/Citadark Island and back for night 12, rinse and repeat for night 13.

Night 13: The Gathering of Trainers' City

Here it is. The night before the eclipse. No doubt Team Draco's preparing for the big day when they hope their plans come to fruition. There's three transmitters, thus you're going to need three teams to disable those transmitters. Tonight's gathering in Trainers' City will form those teams.

Liza (that is, Liza from Charicific Valley, not Liza from Mossdeep Gym) has returned to Trainers' City. She, Trixie, and Sonrisa are gathered at the Greenhouse. Head there and talk to the one who has a type advantage over the one who accompained you in the Anime Misson (that is, if you had Liza, talk to Trixie; if you had Trixie, talk to Sonrisa; and if you had Sonrisa, talk to Liza). That person will tell you that she'll be accompanying you to Citadark Island during the eclipse. The one you had in the Anime Mission will speak up next, and she'll say she's staying right here in Trainers' City during the eclipse. Finally, the last girl will speak up, saying she's going to head to the Cipher Key Lair during the eclipse.

Upon the last girl speaking, the door will open, and who else to enter but Ardos and Eldes! Eldes will speak up first, saying that Greevil isn't exactly comfortable with the situation, thus Greevil sent him and Ardos to assist. Eldes will tell you that he'll be in Trainers' City, while Ardos will be at the Cipher Key Lair. Ardos will chime in that Greevil wants three teams of four each, so that means you'll have to find two more groups of three to join you. At this point, everyone except you will leave. Step outside. Your group is situated at the Pokémon Center, Eldes's group is situated at the Dance Hall, and Ardos's group went back into the Greenhouse. You'll find the teams there grow as you recruit more members.

The first group is Drew, Harley, and Robert, the same group of three that helped take down the Rocket Battleship in the FireRed/LeafGreen Kanto mission with Team Draco in it. You'll find them at the Pokémon Circus. The first one you talk to will join you on Citadark Island. If you chose Drew to go with you, Harley will stay in Trainers' City and Robert will go to Cipher Key Lair; if you chose Harley to go with you, Robert will stay in Trainers' City and Drew will go to Cipher Key Lair; if you chose Robert to go with you, Drew will stay in Trainers' City and Harley will go to Cipher Key Lair. When you're finished talking to one of them, all three of them will leave.

The other group is Floreia, Electra, and Luka. You'll find all three of them at the Pokémon Dojo while Eldes's group rooms at the Dance Hall. Again, whoever you talk to decides who goes where. Strategy will start to play key; for example, if you have Trixie in your group, you're not going to want Luka, especially if you also have Robert in your group. Floreia will only bring Grass-type Pokémon in this mission, so keep that in mind when making your selection. If you talk to to Floreia, she'll join you on Citadark Island, Electra will stay in Trainers' City, and Luka will go to the Cipher Key Lair; if you talk to Electra, she'll join you on Citadark Island, Luka will stay in Trainers' City, and Floreia will go to the Cipher Key Lair; if you talk to Luka, she'll join you on Citadark Island, Floreia will stay in Trainers' City, and Electra will go to the Cipher Key Lair.

Here are the teams of everybody that will be participating in the triple raid on Team Draco:

Cipher Admin Ardos(M): L61 Alakazam, L61 Kingdra, L61 Heracross
Cipher Admin Eldes(M): L61 Ninjask, L62 Flygon, L63 Snorlax

Charizard Tamer Liza(F): L<pr1> Charizard, L<pr2> Houndoom, L<pr3> Torkoal
Performer Trixie(F): L<pr1> Sunflora, L<pr2> Vileplume, L<pr3> Breloom
Greenhouse Gal Sonrisa(F): L<pr1> Azumarill, L<pr2> Golduck, L<pr3> Sealeo
<pr1> denotes the level Charizard, Sunflora, or Azumarill were at when its trainer left your party at the end of the Anime Mission.
<pr2> denotes the level Houndoom, Vileplume, or Golduck were at when its trainer left your party at the end of the Anime Mission.
<pr3> denotes the level Torkoal, Breloom, or Sealeo were at when its trainer left your party at the end of the Anime Mission. If you got Liza/Sonrisa and Torkoal/Breloom was at level 44 or higher when Liza/Sonrisa left, the Sealeo will have evolved into Walrein. If you got Trixie and Sealeo evolved into Walrein when Trixie was with you, it will remain a Walrein.

[PK][MN] Coordinator Drew(M): L70 Roselia, L69 Masquerain, L67 Flygon
[PK][MN] Coordinator Robert(M): L70 Milotic, L69 Claydol, L67 Ampharos
[PK][MN] Coordinator Harley(M): L70 Cacturne, L69 Banette, L67 Ariados

Hula Dancer Floreia(F): L65 Ludicolo, L64 Victreebel, L63 Bellossom
[PK][MN] Trainer Electra(F): L65 Manectric, L65 Manectric, L63 Lanturn
Seafarer Luka(F): L65 Gyarados, L65 Mantine, L63 Lanturn

Once you've formed the teams, arrange your party so that the three Pokémon you want to use are on the two left slots and the top right slot of your party. Step into the Pokémon Center and the Pokémon in slots 4, 5, and 6 will automatically be sent to the PC; you will not be able to use a PC for the remainder of this mission. In the Pokémon Center, you'll meet up with your team, who will encourage you to lead them to victory. At this point, Eldes steps in and will give you one of three CONTROLBOXes. He'll explain that the Controlbox is to be used to pair up two people and also have someone not paired with another person follow a person or stay still. The Controlbox is operated by using the X, Y, and Z buttons as well as the C Stick. Ardos and Eldes have the other two Controlboxes. Eldes will walk out.

Time to explain the Controlbox. Use Z to bring up the Controlbox. Currently, only the faces of your group are displayed. If you highlight someone's face and press X, a menu will come up with the options "Pair", "Follow", "Still", "Switch", and "Info".

"Pair" will bring up a menu of three names, the names of the other people in the group. Selecting a name will allow the person you select Pair for to follow the person chosen and engage in Multi Battles with that person. Paired characters use a healing machine together, while characters that aren't paired use a healing machine on their own. You can separate a pair by using Follow or Still.

"Follow" will bring up a menu of three names, the names of the other people in the group. Selecting a name will allow the person you selected Follow for to follow the person chosen but not engage in a Multi Battle with that person. A person can follow someone who's already in a Multi Battle pair. A following person can stop following someone by using Pair to pair them up with someone else, or by using Still to stop their movement.

"Still" will cause the person to stay where they are until another command is used on them. This command will separate a Multi Battle pair and have the person Still was chosen for to stand still; it can also be used to stop someone from following another person. You must have two people Still when using an elevator.

"Switch" will switch control from the person who currently has Control Stick movement to the next person in line, causing the first person to Still in the process. That person will assume Control Stick movement as well as control over their Pokémon lineup.

"Info" simply brings up a person's party. You can check their Pokémon data like you can check your own.

During the events tomorrow, the faces of the other groups will also be displayed. Your character, Ardos, and Eldes will each have an additional option under their pictures, "Location". Using Location will allow you to switch locations from one to the other, and you'll assume command of whoever you selected in their locale. Selecting Location with Ardos will give you control of Ardos in the Cipher Key Lair, while selecting Location with Eldes will give you control of Eldes in Trainers' City. Likewise, selecting Location with your character will give you control of your character on Citadark Island. The face of someone not of group currently in control will have their menu limited to Info unless that person has the Location option; in which case Info and Location are the only options that appear. You can't pair up people from different groups (i.e. you can't pair up Liza and Trixie), and you also can't have someone follow someone from a different group (i.e. you can't have Eldes follow Ardos). You also can't switch control to someone from a different group without switching to that group's leader (your character, Eldes, or Ardos) first (i.e. you can't switch directly from Drew to Harley). Finally, anyone not in the current group is under Still when not controlling the group (i.e. you can't have Floreia order Luka to Still).

With everything explained, it's time to stop Team Draco's plan to mess up wild Pokémon once and for all. Use the Controlbox to create two pairs and have one member of one pair follow either your character or your character's partner. Lead your group to Robo Kyogre's dock. There, you'll meet Ardos's group, as well as Marcia and Cameran. Ardos's group will give your group some advice before boarding a helicopter. Once Ardos and his group board the helicopter, the helicopter will fly away. Marcia will tell you that she's talked to Secc, and that Secc is currently on his way to Trainers' City to cover Eldes's group himself. Pofty and her cameraman have already set off for the Cipher Key Lair to cover Ardos's group. Marcia and Cameran will be coming with you to Citadark Island to cover your group. Board the Robo Kyogre and set sail for Citadark Island to start the final day of this mission.

Day 14: The Eclipse
Locations: Citadark Island, Cipher Key Lair, Trainers' City, Phenac City

The game will automatically save upon your group arriving on Citadark Island. You will not be able to save until a certain point. Also, regardless of which location you're in, the same theme will be playing in the background. If you haven't yet disabled any transmitters, the music will be that of Citadark Island; if you've disabled one transmitter, the music will be that of Cipher Key Lair; if you've disabled two transmitters, the music will be that of Colosseum's Pyrite Building; if you've disabled all three transmitters, the music will be that of the HQ Lab while Prof. Krane was being held at the Cipher Lab.

The eclipse has arrived. Citadark Island is completely dark due to the clouds, you'll be relying on your flashlight in the outdoor areas. Silva gave the rest of your group flashlights as well, so you won't ever be in the dark. Cipher Key Lair is too far north to be under a total eclipse, so their overhead lighting is pretty much the same but the shadows are different; Ardos's group doesn't have to worry about the light. Trainers' City is under a total eclipse, and its spectacular light display lights up the city like the streetlights do at night, which means Eldes's group doesn't need flashlights in the outdoor areas; Silva gave Eldes's group flashlights for use indoors. You have just an hour and a half to disable all three transmitters (the timer will replace the Save option on the Start/X/Y menu). Time only ticks when you move on the map; time spent in battle, menus, or the Controlbox does not count against the time remaining. If you fail to disable the transmitters, the eclipse will end, the remaining transmitters will fire, and you will have failed. You'll have to start the whole thing over from 90 minutes remaining with half of the group's money gone.

You'll start on Citadark Island. By default, nobody is paired. Your character is in control, everyone else is set to Still. Head over to Greevil's cruiser and give your item bag to the Navigator there. The Navigator will set your Item Bag in a special machine that will allow all 12 characters access to the Items and Berries pockets of your bag. It's at this point that everyone else's faces will appear on the Controlbox.

It's also at this point that you'll recieve an e-mail from Eldes, saying that Team Draco's activated their Trainers' City traps! Eldes and his group are locked in the Greenhouse, and believes the switch to open the Greenhouse door is located on your end. He'll also mention that he slipped a surprise into your bag when he gave you the Controlbox. Your character is the only one with access to the TMs Pocket, look inside to find a TMeT, which teaches Pay Day. Once you've completed this mission, you can buy it from the Realgam Tower vendor as well as unlock it in the GBA games or Colosseum by trading it over (doing so in the GBA games will unlock it in the transmittable TM shop, at 10,000 a pop, provided you have the HMe; Colosseum has no transmittable TM vendor).

The switch you're searching for is shaped like a diamond. To trigger it, you must put one person on Switch, Pair two others and have both Follow the one on Switch, and Still the last character for now. The diamond-shaped switch is located in front of a laser-bar-blocked entrance into the first maze. Once you align three people properly, have the one currently on Still become Switch, then move that one into position to complete the diamond and trigger the switch. The switch will trigger, but nothing will happen on Citadark. Location Eldes.

Once you've switched over to Trainers' City, your character will recieve an e-mail from Ardos complaining of an electrified maze with no way into the building at the Cipher Key Lair, and he thinks the switch is on Eldes's end. The Greenhouse door is open thanks to the switch on Citadark, so head out into Trainers' City...and into trouble. Grunts are all over the place! Here are the teams of the grunts outdoors in Trainers' City:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L14 Dratini, L17 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L11 Horsea, L12 Horsea, L17 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L14 Seviper, L17 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L12 Ekans, L11 Dratini, L17 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L10 Treecko, L11 Charmander, L10 Treecko, L17 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(M): L9 Magikarp, L9 Magikarp, L9 Magikarp, L8 Feebas, L9 Magikarp, L17 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L14 Swablu, L14 Swablu

Under four of the grunts are switches. Those listed first, third, fifth, and seventh of the grunts above are standing on switches. To put all four of the group on the switches, have one person on Switch and three people on Still. Move the one on Switch to a switch, then Switch to one of the ones not yet on a switch. Repeat until all four are on the switch. The switch will trigger, but nothing will appear to happen in Trainers' City. Location Ardos.

Once you've switched over to Cipher Key Lair, make two pairs. Some of the maze has gone down, so you can now navigate it. Find two switches that can only be stepped on by a pair. Once you've found one, Switch to one of the people in the other pair and step on the other switch. Once you've stepped on this switch, the electric maze will go down...and three Team Draco Grunts arrive on the scene! One of them will come down near each of the pairs, while the third will keep her distance. Here are the teams of these grunts:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L13 Trapinch, L14 Swablu (ambushes pair on left switch)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L13 Swablu, L13 Swablu (ambushes pair on right switch)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L14 Swablu, L13 Charmander, L14 Swablu (keeps her distance; challenge her with any of Ardos's group)

Once these three grunts have fallen, have one member of the other pair Follow the character on Switch, and keep the character on Switch Paired. Head for the door into the next area of the Cipher Key Lair, but don't go inside yet. Instead, Location your character.

Ardos's group managed to turn off the laser-bar defenses on Citadark Island's first door, so it's time to enter the facility. Keep one person outside to stand guard, while the other three go inside. Once you see the first PC and healing station, if you have Drew in your group, he'll suspect that one of the Team Draco Admins is here on Citadark. Make your way to the elevator, facing these grunts along the way:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L15 Dratini, L16 Swablu, L16 Swablu, L14 Bagon
Team Draco Grunt(M): L15 Bagon, L16 Swablu, L16 Swablu, L15 Bagon
Team Draco Grunt(F): L14 Swablu, L14 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L16 Swablu, L14 Trapinch, L14 Trapinch
Team Draco Grunt(F): L16 Altaria, L14 Dragonair, L15 Shelgon

Once all five of these grunts are defeated, you'll reach the elevator...only to find out that it's locked. There's a step-switch located on the left path from the entrance into this area that accomodates one. Step onto it to trigger it, but you have to hold it for it to stay triggered. Once you have someone (preferably your character) on the switch, Switch control to either Drew/Robert/Harley or Floreia/Electra/Luka, Pair the other character that's not on Switch and not standing on a switch with the character in the lead, and head back to the elevator. Once you're in position, Location Eldes.

Back in Trainers' City, the door to Trainers' Colosseum is open. Head inside to find no receptionists inside. The switch on Citadark unlocked the door to the battlefield. Go through to find...the residents of Agate Village? So THAT'S what we heard from the other side of the door after the people of the village were abducted! The Duel Square trainers are also here. If you have Drew in Eldes's group, he'll suspect that one of the Team Draco Admins is here in Trainers' City. There's also a series of stairways, but these stairways aren't very sturdy; only one person can climb up to the sturdy scaffold right under the tarp at a time. This means a character who is either part of a Pair or has someone Following them, that character cannot climb; separate them first. It's preferable to send Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie up first and Eldes last. Once you have a character on the stable scaffold, Switch to another character. Once you have all four characters on the scaffold, Switch to Eldes to trigger a cutscene. Eldes will touch the tarp and find out it's loose here; the group will climb through the hole where the tarp's not tied down onto the roof of Trainers' Colosseum. Once everyone's up on the roof, you'll be noticed by a Team Draco Grunt as well as Murphy. You'll have to battle them back-to-back, the grunt first and then Murphy. Here are their teams:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L17 Swablu, L16 Vibrava, L15 Trapinch
Draco Admin Murphy(M): L49 Altaria, L48 Crobat, L48 Mightyena, L47 Charizard

Once Murphy's fallen, he'll drop the TRANSMITTER KEY TC and a BATTLE CD dG, then vanish with his grunt. Pick up the key and CD (at the same time) with Eldes. Using Eldes and only Eldes (don't have anyone Follow or Pair with him), walk over to the transmitter, on both the natural roof and the sturdy portions of the tarp, and "talk" to it. Eldes will use the key to shut down the transmitter. That's one down and two to go. Once the transmitter is shut down, a cutscene will begin in front of the Trainers' Colosseum. Eldes's foursome will walk out, Floreia/Electra/Luka dragging the tarp behind her, and congratulate the team on a job well done; however, there may still be some switches to trigger, so they'd better listen to the Controlbox carefully. The foursome will still be where they are at the end of the cutscene next time you call on Eldes, but at the end of the cutscene, the game will automatically Location Ardos to switch to the Cipher Key Lair.

If you have Drew in Ardos's group, he'll suspect that one of the Team Draco Admins is here at the Cipher Key Lair. Upon the end of Drew's dialogue, or upon arriving at the Cipher Key Lair if Drew's in another group, you'll regain control of Ardos. Head into the first indoor room of the Cipher Key Lair. Split into a pair and two individuals, and make sure Ardos is part of a pair. Send the pair east, one individual northwest, and one individual southwest. The things that need to be done in those three areas will be covered in reverse order but can be done in any order, so this listing will assume you're going to use the southwest character first on Switch.

In the southwest, use the staircase there. You'll find two Team Draco Grunts and a switch upon arriving. Here are the teams of the grunts:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L14 Dratini, L17 Swablu, L16 Horsea, L15 Trapinch
Team Draco Grunt(M): L15 Gyarados, L15 Gyarados, L15 Gyarados, L16 Swablu

The male grunt of these two is the one that's blocking the switch, and you need to beat the female to get to him. Once both grunts are defeated, step on the switch and Switch to one of the others here at Cipher Key Lair, preferably the one who went northwest.

In the northwest, use the staircase there. Again, you'll find two Team Draco Grunts and a switch upon arriving. Here are the teams of the grunts:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L15 Ekans, L17 Swablu, L16 Dratini
Team Draco Grunt(F): L16 Swablu, L16 Swablu, L15 Seviper

Once you've beaten both grunts, step onto the switch and Switch to the one(s) not currently on a switch, preferably Ardos and whoever he's Paired with.

In the east, as you head toward the stairs, you'll encounter two grunts on the way. Here are their teams:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L13 Magikarp, L14 Dratini, L15 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L18 Swablu, L18 Swablu, L18 Swablu, L18 Swablu

After beating these two grunts, head upstairs. Heal your Pokémon at the healing station there. Near the healing station, there's a switch that requires two people to stand on it. Stand on it and several things will trigger at once. Both Citadark Island and Trainers' City had things unlock. Location your character.

Back on Citadark, two elevators have unlocked, the one in the room with the switch that allowed Eldes's group to face Murphy, and the other one outside leading toward Greevil's chamber. Have the pair that stood by the locked elevator that leads into the room with the Cipher R&Ds researching waves take the elevator down, then Switch to the character that stood on the switch rejoin the character that was left to stand guard and take the elevator to the plateau that leads to Greevil's chamber.

On the plateau, there are three Team Draco Grunts here, but only two of them will battle right now. The one closest to Greevil's chamber won't battle you yet, but you need to get by her to get to Greevil's chamber. Here are the teams of the other two grunts:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L20 Swablu, L19 Ekans, L19 Ekans, L18 Grovyle
Team Draco Grunt(M): L18 Swablu, L17 Charmeleon

After beating those two grunts, head for the elevator that leads to the upstairs of the Crane Room...only to find it locked. There aren't any switches around here, so Switch back to the people in the wave room.

Back in the wave room, in addition to the Cipher R&Ds there that won't battle you, there are three Team Draco Grunts. Here are their teams:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L19 Charmeleon, L21 Swablu, L18 Grovyle
Team Draco Grunt(F): L20 Swablu, L18 Bagon, L20 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L20 Swablu, L19 Ekans, L20 Swablu, L18 Milotic

The elevator that leads into the Volcano is...locked. Again, there's no switch in sight. Looks like we've reached a dead end...or have we? Location Eldes.

Back in Trainers' City, three more buildings have opened. In addition to the Greenhouse and Trainers' Colosseum, which were already open, the Dance Hall, Pokémon Dojo, and Pokémon Circus have reopened. It's wise to split up, this time into no pairs and four individuals. Send one person each into the three freshly-opened facilities; let the fourth stand guard. There's one Team Draco Grunt standing on a switch in each facility. Here are their teams:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L19 Magikarp, L19 Magikarp, L20 Milotic, L21 Swablu (at the Pokémon Circus)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L20 Swablu, L19 Horsea, L20 Swablu, L19 Horsea (in the Pokémon Dojo)
Team Draco Grunt(M): L22 Swablu, L22 Swablu, L21 Gyarados, L20 Bagon (in the Dance Hall)

Once you've stepped onto the three switches, there will be three triggers, two on Citadark Island and one at the Cipher Key Lair. However, don't Location anybody just yet; instead, Switch to the one standing guard. Upon gaining control, a Team Draco Grunt will ambush that person! Here's her team:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L23 Swablu, L23 Swablu, L22 Arbok, L23 Swablu

Once you've defeated this grunt, Location your character and then Switch to someone headed for the volcano.

Make sure the two people by the elevator down to the volcano are Paired, then go down the elevator. The puzzle is already solved, but there are four grunts on the way to the next elevator. Here are their teams:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L20 Dratini, L20 Dratini, L22 Swablu, L21 Seviper
Team Draco Grunt(F): L22 Swablu, L20 Bagon, L22 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L22 Swablu, L20 Horsea, L22 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L22 Swablu, L22 Swablu, L22 Swablu

Once you reach the next elevator, and gaining access to the second Healing Station and PC in the process, you'll find that this elevator is also locked. Switch control to a either person on the plateau.

Back on the plateau, the elevator leading to the upper part of the crane room is now working. Pair the characters before going down. The holes in this room are covered by the same kind of tarp that was once on Trainers' City's roof. There are three grunts in this room, but the elevator to the lower half of the crane room is disabled. Here are the teams of the grunts:

Team Draco Grunt(M): L22 Swablu, L22 Swablu, L22 Swablu, L22 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L22 Charmeleon, L23 Swablu, L22 Charmeleon
Team Draco Grunt(F): L23 Swablu, L23 Swablu, L22 Grovyle

Once you've beaten all three of these grunts, make your way to the disabled elevator and Location Ardos.

Back at the Cipher Key Lair, use Switch to bring the two characters that went without an escort back to the pair. Once everyone's together again, make two Pairs and have both people in one pair Follow one member of the other so that the group is moving in a square. Find the place where there should be one crate of Poké Food. The switches Eldes's group hit most recently in Trainers' City also removed a laser-bar gate from in front of it. Now you'll find a stack of two crates of Poké Food, and only a square formation can push it. Once you've gotten by (there's nothing of importance on any route other than the main one), separate the pairs using Follow and make a line of four people. Head upstairs...into trouble. There are 7 grunts in this room as well as two more two-crate stacks that you need a square formation to push. You don't need to push, though, since the doors are open. Here are the teams of the grunts:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L23 Swablu, L23 Swablu, L23 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L25 Poochyena, L26 Swablu, L26 Swablu, L23 Zubat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L26 Poochyena, L26 Poochyena, L25 Zubat, L27 Golbat, L28 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(M): L27 Swablu, L27 Swablu, L27 Swablu, L27 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L26 Mightyena, L26 Mightyena, L26 Mightyena, L27 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L26 Swablu, L26 Swablu, L26 Swablu, L25 Golbat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L26 Golbat, L27 Mightyena, L25 Horsea, L28 Swablu

The staircase leading up to the next floor, however, is blocked by a laser-bar mechanism. It appears to be a dead end here. Location Eldes.

Back in Trainers' City, the door to the Battle Hall will open automatically. The Battle Hall had been locked throughout this entire mission. Go inside and find three grunts and a switch. Here are the teams of the grunts:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L25 Horsea, L26 Golbat, L27 Mightyena, L26 Golbat, L32 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L25 Poochyena, L26 Swablu, L25 Poochyena, L25 Poochyena
Team Draco Grunt(M): L26 Zubat, L28 Swablu, L28 Swablu, L28 Swablu, L27 Zubat

Once all three of these grunts are defeated, you'll be able to press the switch. It's triangle-shaped. You need the right formation to press it. Have one character take the lead, then all three of the others should Follow the lead character. Step on the switch and something will trigger on Citadark Island. Stay on the switch (getting off will untrigger the mechanism) and Location your character.

In the upper floor of Citadark Island's crane room, make sure the two characters there are still Paired, then go down the lower floor using the now-working elevator. The cranes are currently in their opposite positions; that is, the cranes are currently where you normally arrive instead of where you normally depart. This means you'll have to go back through the maze the same way you'd come normally. Along the way, you'll face these grunts:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L25 Zubat, L26 Poochyena, L28 Swablu, L28 Swablu, L28 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L27 Swablu, L26 Golbat, L26 Golbat, L26 Golbat, L26 Golbat
Team Draco Grunt(F): L28 Mightyena, L28 Mightyena, L28 Mightyena, L31 Crobat, L32 Swablu

Once you've beaten these grunts and made it through the maze, you'll come upon the elevator that leads into the cave. However, it's locked. Switch to the pair currently at the elevator leading to the second area of the volcano.

Make sure this pair is still Paired, then go up this elevator, which is once again working. There, you'll find a few more Team Draco Grunts. You'll have to use the various paths to reach them all. Here are their teams:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L30 Shelgon, L32 Swablu, L30 Shelgon, L31 Dragonair, L32 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L30 Dragonair, L30 Dragonair, L28 Horsea, L31 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(M): L29 Swablu, L29 Swablu, L28 Feebas, L28 Milotic
Team Draco Grunt(F): L29 Gyarados, L29 Gyarados, L29 Gyarados, L29 Gyarados, L30 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L30 Shelgon, L30 Shelgon, L31 Swablu, L30 Shelgon

Once you've beaten all five of these grunts, head for the elevator leading to the cave. It's not working, but there's another standing switch there. Have one character stand on it to trigger something over at Cipher Key Lair, then Location Ardos.

Back at the Cipher Key Lair, the laser-bar mechanism has been disabled. From here on out, there are no more traps to hinder Ardos's group, just grunts along the way to Gorigan's office. Here are their teams:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L30 Seviper, L31 Swablu, L30 Seviper, L31 Swablu, L31 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L31 Swablu, L30 Trapinch, L30 Trapinch, L29 Gyarados
Team Draco Grunt(F): L30 Arbok, L30 Arbok, L32 Swablu, L30 Arbok, L30 Arbok
Team Draco Grunt(M): L30 Shelgon, L29 Trapinch, L31 Swablu, L31 Swablu, L31 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L31 Trapinch, L30 Dragonair, L35 Altaria, L30 Dragonair
Team Draco Grunt(F): L31 Shelgon, L31 Shelgon, L32 Swablu, L31 Shelgon
Team Draco Grunt(F): L31 Horsea, L31 Horsea, L31 Horsea, L32 Swablu, L31 Horsea
Team Draco Grunt(F): L33 Seadra, L33 Seadra, L34 Swablu, L32 Dragonair, L32 Dragonair
Team Draco Grunt(F): L34 Seadra, L34 Seadra, L35 Altaria, L34 Seadra, L34 Seadra
Team Draco Grunt(M): L36 Altaria, L36 Altaria, L35 Vibrava, L35 Vibrava, L33 Milotic
Team Draco Grunt(F): L36 Altaria, L36 Altaria, L36 Altaria, L36 Altaria, L34 Shelgon, L34 Shelgon
Team Draco Grunt(F): L33 Swablu, L33 Swablu, L33 Swablu, L33 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L36 Vibrava, L36 Vibrava, L37 Altaria, L36 Vibrava, L36 Vibrava
Team Draco Grunt(F): L35 Altaria, L35 Altaria, L34 Milotic, L34 Milotic
Team Draco Grunt(F): L34 Seadra, L34 Seadra, L36 Kingdra, L35 Vibrava, L37 Altaria

Once you've beaten everybody, go back to the Healing Station and heal everybody's Pokémon. Return to Gorigan's office and pair up the two characters you wish to face the admin. Make sure one of them is on Switch, make sure Ardos is Following either person in the pair if you don't plan on having him face the admin, then go into the office. You'll find Vikki inside wanting to battle with this team:

Draco Admin Vikki(F): L56 Crobat, L56 Mightyena, L57 Altaria, L55 Flygon

Once Vikki's fallen, she'll drop the TRANSMITTER KEY CKL and a BATTLE CD dI, then vanish. Pick up the key and CD (at the same time) with Ardos. Using Ardos and only Ardos (don't have anyone Follow or Pair with him), walk out of the office up to where the voltage switch is, over to the transmitter, and "talk" to it. Ardos will use the key to shut down the transmitter. That's two down and only Citadark to go. Once the transmitter is shut down, a cutscene will begin outside the office. Ardos's foursome will gather, and Ardos will congratulate the team on a job well done and that their work is done here. Keep the group together and head back to the entrance to the area. (You'll be kept from leaving.) Use the Controlbox. You'll find, however, that the faces of Eldes's group except for Eldes himself aren't showing! Try to Location Eldes, but you'll get a response of "There's no response on the other end." With Eldes cut off, Location your character.

Sad to say, the elevator still isn't working. Trying to Location Eldes from this end will have the same results Ardos's group had. Upon trying and failing once, Ardos will send your character an e-mail saying that the transmitter at Cipher Key Lair has been disabled, but there's a problem on Eldes's end that's keeping the Location function from working right. Switch over to the group in the volcano and have whoever's on the switch step off. The scene will automatically switch over to Trainers' City...

...and trouble. A male Team Draco Grunt is holding Eldes's Controlbox! Eldes is demanding the grunt give it back, but he runs toward the Pokémon Center. Since Eldes's Controlbox has just been snatched, you can't have anyone else in Eldes's group Pair with or Follow Eldes; they'll just stay Still. This means Eldes is the only one that can head to the Pokémon Center. Here, the grunt will battle with this team:

Team Draco Grunt(M): L37 Altaria, L37 Altaria, L34 Shelgon, L36 Kingdra, L35 Vibrava

Once this grunt has fallen, he'll drop the Controlbox. Pick it up with Eldes. Switch to anyone else in his group, Pair and Follow people so that everyone else moves together, and bring them to the Pokémon Center. Have everybody heal their Pokémon first. At this point, you'll find four switches. Move each character in the group onto a switch. This will open all of Trainers' City's remaining locked doors...as well as the remaining elevators on Citadark Island. Location your character.

Once back on Citadark, bring both groups down their respective elevators. There are grunts on both paths. It's best to alternate between the pairs to face them. Here are the teams of these grunts:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L35 Vibrava, L35 Vibrava, L36 Kingdra, L37 Altaria, L36 Kingdra
Team Draco Grunt(F): L36 Vibrava, L36 Vibrava, L35 Shelgon, L35 Shelgon, L37 Altaria, L35 Shelgon
Team Draco Grunt(F): L37 Charizard, L37 Charizard, L38 Kingdra, L40 Altaria, L38 Kingdra
Team Draco Grunt(F): L37 Altaria, L37 Altaria, L37 Altaria, L37 Altaria, L35 Milotic
Team Draco Grunt(F): L38 Altaria, L38 Altaria, L38 Altaria, L38 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(M): L39 Altaria, L39 Altaria, L39 Altaria, L39 Altaria, L38 Sceptile
Team Draco Grunt(F): L39 Dragonair, L37 Charizard, L39 Dragonair, L37 Charizard, L40 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L40 Vibrava, L40 Vibrava, L40 Vibrava, L44 Altaria, L44 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L41 Altaria, L41 Altaria, L38 Sceptile
Team Draco Grunt(F): L41 Altaria, L41 Altaria, L40 Sceptile, L39 Charizard
Team Draco Grunt(F): L42 Altaria, L42 Altaria, L42 Altaria, L41 Vibrava, L42 Altaria, L41 Vibrava
Team Draco Grunt(M): L44 Altaria, L42 Kingdra, L41 Shelgon
Team Draco Grunt(F): L43 Gyarados, L44 Altaria, L44 Altaria, L44 Altaria, L43 Altaria, L43 Altaria

By the time all of these grunts are defeated, both paths will converge outside. After a cutscene where the group converses, another grunt will drop onto the scene and will challenge your character (and a Paired character if available) to a battle with this team:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L42 Dragonair, L43 Milotic, L43 Milotic, L44 Altaria, L42 Dragonair, L42 Dragonair

Once this grunt is defeated, the grunt will vanish. Head back to the plateau using the path through the volcano (it's pretty much impossible to go through the crane room) and the elevator that leads up there. Heal before going up.

Up on the plateau, the grunt blocking the way to Greevil's chamber will now battle you with this team:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L41 Shelgon, L44 Altaria, L42 Dragonair, L44 Altaria, L40 Seviper

Once this grunt is beaten, she'll vanish. You can now head toward Greevil's chamber...but there's a laser-bar defense blocking entry. Try the elevator leading underground...shoot, it's locked. Guess we've got no choice but to Location Eldes.

It's imperative that Eldes's group stay together. After the sudden attack that caused a loss of contact, you don't want to lose contact again, do you? Head for the Trainers' Hotel. Where you'd normally find Ritchie, there's a switch. Depress it and you'll trigger exactly one mechanism on Citadark Island. But which one? Location your character and find out.

It's the laser-bar defense. Head into Greevil's chamber...shoot, the glass wall's back up. Location Eldes.

Don't leave the Trainers' Hotel. Instead, go to where you'd normally find Gary. There's another switch. Depress it and you'll trigger another mechanism on Citadark Island. Which one? Location your character.

Head back outside and you'll find the elevator leading underneath the chamber's working again. Along the way lies one grunt, here's her team:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L45 Flygon, L44 Kingdra, L50 Altaria, L45 Flygon, L44 Kingdra, L44 Kingdra

Once this grunt's defeated, you'll reach the elevator leading into Greevil's chamber...but it's also locked! Location Eldes.

Leave the Trainers' Hotel and head for the Poké Snack Shop. Talk to Duplica and you'll find out that there's a weird pattern in the City Poké Spot. Head into the City Poké Spot from there. Have Eldes lead, have two characters Follow Eldes, and have one character Follow whoever's to Eldes's left. It's the only way you can step on this switch. Once you're on it, Location your character.

Elevator's still not working. Guess it's the glass wall that went down. Head back there...only to find Rachel blocking entry. However, she's not interested in a battle right now. Head back to the elevator and Location Eldes.

Head for the Poké Snack Shop. Talk to Harrison, who will mention weird patterns in both Poké Spots. Head into the Ancient Forest Poké Spot to find another switch. Depress it and Location your character.

Finally, the elevator's working! Head up and into Greevil's chamber. Rachel's moved, but there are two Team Draco Grunts in this room. Here are their teams:

Team Draco Grunt(M): L50 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L46 Flygon, L50 Altaria, L46 Kingdra, L46 Milotic, L50 Salamence, L50 Dragonite

Now head for the elevator that normally leads to Greevil himself. Wouldn't you know it, locked! Heal your Pokémon, then Location Eldes.

Didn't Harrison say both of the Poké Spots at the History Center had weird patterns? Better check out the Ancient Sea Poké Spot. Again, another switch that requires four people to depress. Depress it, then Location your character.

You can't take everyone into Greevil's room. Choose someone to go with your character, Pair with that character, then take the elevator that normally leads into Greevil's chamber. There, you'll find Rachel standing in front of the transmitter! After a cutscene where Rachel talks about two transmitters suddenly dying just before they were to transmit a powerful signal, she'll battle you with this team:

Draco Admin Rachel(F): L72 Dragonite, L72 Flygon, L72 Altaria, L71 Seadra, L70 Mightyena, L69 Crobat

Once Rachel is defeated, she'll chew you out once again using E10+-rated dialogue, and promises that this isn't the last time you'll see Team Draco. She'll then speak about eventually trying to beat other teams to Munchlax and Bonsly's native land, which suggests that Team Draco might try their hand at the fourth generation--and actually be on time, if not even early, for once! Finally, Rachel will tell you the truth about the XD004 rumors--they're just that, rumors. There is no XD004. Team Draco was never working on an XD004. Considering that Team Draco came to Orre late thinking that they were assisting Giovanni on the XD003 project, that shouldn't be surprising. At this point, a helicopter will arrive and Rachel will board it. The helicopter will fly away. Your character will walk up to a shining object Rachel left and automatically pick up three things: the TRANSMITTER KEY CI, a BATTLE CD dK, and the TRAINERS' FUSE. The Trainers' Fuse is, no doubt, the fuse controlling Trainers' City's electricity. After picking up the items, the two people you had to leave behind for this battle will arrive on the scene, then your character will walk up to the transmitter and use the key to disable it. Once the music changes, whoever you brought into battle with you will talk about how you couldn't have disabled all of the transmitters without everyone involved. Once the cutscene ends, you'll be back in the large room of Greevil's chamber. The timer has stopped and you can once again save your progress. Heal everyone's Pokémon, save your game, and Location Eldes again.

Take Eldes's group to Robo Kyogre's Trainers' City dock. A helicopter is waiting there, but don't board it yet. Instead, Location your character.

Head back to Robo Kyogre's Citadark Island dock. Board it and select Gateon Port. The normal cutscene plays, then the game will shift to the Cipher Key Lair and Ardos.

At Cipher Key Lair, have Ardos's group exit the area. A cutscene will play of a helicopter flying away from the building in the direction of Phenac City. The game will automatically Location Eldes.

Now's the time to board the helicopter. A cutscene similar to that from the Final Fantasy VII mission will play, with the helicopter flying over the blockage caused by the XD002 rockslide toward Phenac City.

After that cutscene ends, a cutscene of the sun emerging from behind the moon will begin playing. The solar eclipse has ended. As the sunlight returns to full strength, three helicopters fly toward Phenac City from three different directions, each landing at one of its entrances.

When you regain control, it's of your character, whose group is at the west entrance of Phenac City. Ardos's group is to the east, and Eldes's group is to the south. There's nobody currently in Phenac City right now; they all went to Realgam Tower to watch the eclipse from the Tower Colosseum. After moving one step in any direction, you'll see Dralene run into the Pre Gym. The Controlbox now works slightly differently; you can now Pair any two people, have someone Follow anyone else, have anyone Still, and Switch to anyone. Have the three other people in Eldes's group block the doors to the Pokémon Center, Pokémon Mart, and house to the east of the fountain, then move Eldes toward the Pre Gym. Once Eldes is near the Pre Gym, Dralene will emerge from the Pre Gym and head for Trest's house. Move Eldes toward Ardos, Pair Eldes and Ardos, and have both of them block the stairway to the Pre Gym. Switch to someone in your character's group and have them move toward Trest's house, but Dralene will emerge and head for Phenac Stadium before the door can be blocked. Have the character you were using block Trest's door anyway, then Switch to someone from Ardos's group to block the door to the house to the east of the Pre Gym. Have whoever's not blocking head toward Phenac Stadium. Separate Ardos and Eldes and have one of them take over a block in the southern half of town, and have the person Ardos/Eldes will replace head toward Phenac Stadium. Once you have 6 people at Phenac Stadium, make three Pairs and move in a rectangle inside the stadium.

Inside Phenac Stadium, you'll encounter Dralene again, who will proceed to run onto the field. Have two of the pairs block the doors to the field. Make sure your character is part of the last pair and preferably paired with Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie, whoever accompanied you in the Anime Mission (and part of Eldes's group; she should have been the one Ardos or Eldes took over for). Have your character and his Pair partner enter the doors to the battlefield.

A cutscene will begin with Dralene cursing your character and whoever he's with out using E10+-rated dialogue for wrecking Team Draco's plans for wild Pokémon distribution, then tries to run away, but can't since you've blocked the doors. Without any way to go, Dralene realizes she has no choice and will battle you with this team:

Draco Head Dralene(F): L77 Mightyena, L78 Crobat, L79 Kingdra, L79 Flygon, L79 Dragonite, L80 Altaria

This is a very tough battle to win, but upon winning it, Dralene will chew you out with E10+-rated dialogue for meddling in Team Draco's affairs, saying that you may have won this time but they'll be back and ready for more. The other people on the Controlbox will then enter the stadium, and Dralene will chew them out as well for contributing to the downfall of Team Draco's plans for Orre. After a lengthy conversation where many of the ones who helped you participate, Dralene will jump over the crowd and run away from the arena--only to be pushed back in, along with Rachel, by Marcia and Cameran! Pofty and her cameraman push Vikki in, and Secc pushes Murphy in as well. After some conversation between the Draco higher-ups and the ONBS crew, credits will begin rolling, with snapshots of various evil teams in action shown throughout, all ending with a shot of a fleet of teal helicopters flying over the seas near Trainers' City.

When the credits roll, you'll have your bag back, but you'll no longer have your Controlbox. The rest of this mission will be done by just your character. Everything is back to the way it was before in every location except for Pyrite Town and Trainers' City. Silva's not back in Pyrite yet. Watch the TV to watch a story about Team Draco being brought down by 12 people but subsequently giving Sherles the slip and fleeing the country aboard teal helicopters (the same ones shown in the most recent credits). From here, head back to Gateon Port and sail to Trainers' City one last time to take care of one more matter of business.

Night 14: Restoring Trainers' City

Trainers' City is still dark, but now you have what it takes to undo this darkness. Use your flashlight to find Silva. Silva will tell you that he's next to Trainers' City's fusebox. You'll hand over the Trainers' Fuse to Silva. Silva will put the fuse back into the box. Once the fuse is back in, the power has been restored to Trainers' City! Every light, be it a window light or a streetlight, is once again ablaze. You'll turn your flashlight off, since you can see clearly without it now. Silva will thank you for restoring what Trainers' City had been missing for two long weeks and head for the Robo Kyogre's dock. You'll once again find him in Pyrite. Everything is back to normal in Trainers' City now. You can once again do everything you couldn't do during the blackout, including the Miror B. Peon Challenge should you still have some failed snags.

With the restoration of power to Trainers' City, this mission is now officially ended.

Aftermath

The Flashlight doesn't disappear from your inventory even after restoring power to Trainers' City. This leaves it open for a future piece of transmittable data to make use of this item.

All 3 of the mainland's Poké Spots and all 3 of Trainers' City's Poké Spots have resumed their normal distribution.

The three Battle CDs you got from each Team Draco Admin the second time around can be used at the Realgam Tower. Here's the information on what's on each of them:

Battle CD dG:
Name: MAGMA vs. AQUA Side A
Description: "GROUDON comes out second."
Sim Trainer Type: Hula Dancer (Generic)
Sim Trainer Name: Maqua
Battle Type: Single
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon: L77 Groudon, L77 Camerupt, L77 Ninetales
Opponent Pokémon: L77 Kyogre, L77 Sharpedo, L77 Golduck
Reward: TMeX1 and Battle CD dH

Battle CD dH:
Name: MAGMA vs. AQUA Side B
Description: "KYOGRE comes out second."
Sim Trainer Type: Hula Dancer (Generic)
Sim Trainer Name: Maqua
Battle Type: Single
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon: L77 Kyogre, L77 Sharpedo, L77 Golduck
Opponent Pokémon: L77 Groudon, L77 Camerupt, L77 Ninetales
Reward: TMeX2

Battle CD dI:
Name: PLASMA vs. ROCKET Side A
Description: "PLASMA uses PSYCHIC, ROCKET uses POISON."
Sim Trainer Type: Dojo Master
Sim Trainer Name: Plasket
Battle Type: Single
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon: L50 Medicham, L50 Metagross, L50 Alakazam
Opponent Pokémon: L50 Swalot, L50 Weezing, L50 Arbok
Reward: TMeX4 and Battle CD dJ

Battle CD dJ:
Name: PLASMA vs. ROCKET Side B
Description: "PLASMA uses ELECTRIC, ROCKET uses GROUND."
Sim Trainer Type: Dojo Master
Sim Trainer Name: Plasket
Battle Type: Single
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon: L50 Nidoking, L50 Nidoqueen, L50 Rhydon
Opponent Pokémon: L50 Lanturn, L50 Manectric, L50 Electabuzz
Reward: TMeX5

Battle CD dK:
Name: FLORA vs. DRACO Side A
Description: "TEAM DRACO uses LATIOS."
Sim Trainer Type: Chaser (F), Red Shirt
Sim Trainer Name: Floco
Battle Type: Single
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon: L77 Tyranitar, L77 Cacturne, L77 Exeggutor
Opponent Pokémon: L77 Latios, L77 Altaria, L77 Arbok
Reward: TMeX3 and Battle CD dL

Battle CD dL:
Name: FLORA vs. DRACO Side B
Description: "TEAM DRACO uses RAYQUAZA."
Sim Trainer Type: Chaser (F), Red Shirt
Sim Trainer Name: Floco
Battle Type: Single
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon: L77 Rayquaza, L77 Altaria, L77 Kingdra
Opponent Pokémon: L77 Tyranitar, L77 Sunflora, L77 Exeggutor
Reward: TMeI

 

[Carrington388]

This piece of data describes various minigames downloaded directly to the DS not dependent on a GBA game pak. All of these minigames involve transmitting the necessary passwords to the Tajiri server. No confirmation password is required. All necessary cards are from EX: Team Mania unless noted otherwise.

Magma Mountain
Cards Needed: M Energy (EX: Magma's Wrath), Apricorn Forest, Item Finder, Super Energy Removal, Energy Restore, Lightning Cube 01, PlusPower, Psychic Cube 01, Water Cube 01, Sleep!
Rated E: Mild Cartoon Violence

The goal of this game is to escape Team Magma's mountain alive. This game is played as Liza (that is, Liza from the Charicific Valley, not Liza from Mossdeep Gym). The game begins with Team Magma kidnapping Charla and taking her to the bottom of the mountain. Without her only mode of fast transportation down the mountain, Liza is still stuck at the top when it begins to erupt! The goal is to get Liza to the bottom of the mountain before she's consumed by lava. This game is played on the top screen and scrolls from side-to-side, with Liza, the ground she's running on, and the lava being rendered in 3D. You move Liza left and right with the Control Pad, using the A button to jump and the B button to punch. There are a few places on the mountain where you have to change direction to keep going down. However, using a punch will slow you down. There are also several powerups to obtain. A Snorunt powerup will stop the lava flow for 3 seconds. An Electrode powerup will allow Liza to run 1.5 times as fast for 3 seconds. A Grumpig powerup will allow Liza to jump 1.5 times as high (vertical distance) for her next 3 jumps. A Remoraid powerup will allow Liza to jump 1.5 times as far (horizontial distance) for her next 3 jumps. Finally, a Mankey powerup will double the strength of Liza's punch for the next 3 punches. Wooden walls must be punched to get past; short ones can be jumped, and the lava burns them easily. If Liza makes contact with the lava, it's game over. When Liza makes it down to the mountain, Charla will break free, Liza will jump aboard, and the two will fly away. During the game, the bottom screen will show a progress meter showing how far Liza is down the mountain. If you have a Ruby/Sapphire/Emerald or FireRed/LeafGreen game pak in the GBA slot, you'll recieve 5 free Charcoal upon Liza's successful escape. Upon either making contact with lava or flying away, you'll be flashed a quick password, which can be used to download the game from the Tajiri server with just one password.

A more difficult level for this game can be downloaded by transmitting the quick password along with the password on Magma Researcher. The more difficult level has a bigger mountain and slightly faster lava than before. Clearing this level will win you a TM35 and 10 Charcoal upon winning.


Aqua Anarchy
Cards Needed: A Energy (EX: Aqua's Fury), Broken Ground Gym, Lass, Thought Wave Machine, Fire Cube 01, Mary's Impulse, Pokémon Nurse, Star Piece, Energy Removal
Rated E10+: Cartoon Violence, Mild Language

The goal of this game is to find the details of a very vital performance piece stashed in the Team Aqua archives. Since this game involves a performance piece, it's no surprise that this game will be played as Trixie. The game begins with Trixie wandering into the Team Aqua archive building, looking for the details of a performance piece known as the Water Pulse Tightrope. Suddenly, Team Aqua agents spot Trixie! Trixie calls out Azumarill, who uses Ice Beam on the agents to freeze them in place. Afterward, Trixie will call out Golduck and the game will begin. This game is played on the top screen from a first-person perspective. The right side of the bottom screen shows four directional arrows and a circle. Use the wriststrap on this to move Trixie. The Contol Pad is used to look up and down, and strafe left and right. The L button will allow Azumarill to use an Ice Beam in front of Trixie, while the A button opens a file cabinet. As you make your way through the stage, you can open various file cabinets. One of these cabinets has the data on Water Pulse Tightrope. It's random every time. If you open the file cabinet that has the Water Pulse Tightrope data in it, you'll obtain that item, and all you have to do now is make your way to the exit. However, it's not that easy; more Team Aqua agents are in the archives as well. If one spots Trixie, they'll shine a laser at her. If one touches Trixie, they'll nab her and it's game over. Azumarill's Ice Beam will freeze the agent; the agents will not thaw. If an agent comes at Trixie from behind, Golduck will use Confusion on it to keep them away from Trixie. Once Trixie makes it to the exit with the data in hand, you've won. If you have a Ruby/Sapphire/Emerald or FireRed/LeafGreen game pak in the GBA slot, you'll recieve 5 free Mystic Waters upon Trixie's successful escape. Upon either being nabbed by an agent or escaping the archives, you'll be flashed a quick password, which can be used to download the game from the Tajiri server with just one password.

A more difficult level for this game can be downloaded by transmitting the quick password along with the password on Aqua Researcher. The more difficult level has the same maze as before, but there are more agents and agents will thaw from an Ice Beam after 2 minutes. Clearing this level will win you a TM03 and 10 Mystic Waters upon winning.


Flora Fandango
Cards Needed: F Energy (EX: Flora's Rage), Clefairy Doll, Mary, Bill's Teleporter, Grass Cube 01, Max Revive, Pokémon Personality Test, Super Energy Removal 2, Gambler
Rated E: Mild Cartoon Violence

The goal of this game is to catch enough seeds within three minutes to keep enough from being planted and destroying a beach. A beach, huh...sounds like this game's going to be played as Floreia. The game begins with Team Flora agents with seed guns being sent by Farlie to plant seeds on the beach in an attempt to expand the forest across the sea. To expand the forest would mean destroying the beach. When the agents arrive, the game begins. This game is played on the bottom screen, and you don't use the buttons in this game. You use the stylus to control a slider. Move the slider, Floreia moves. Floreia's holding a bucket. Seeds are fired by agents one at a time at random intervals; there's a slight pause between intervals. If seeds hit the bucket, Floreia catches the seeds in it. If Floreia doesn't catch the seeds, the seeds will land on the strip of beach behind Floreia. These seeds will eventually start to absorb the ocean water. You can check the tide level on the top screen, as well as the time remaining and percentage of total seeds Floreia's caught and perecentage of total seeds that landed on the beach. To assist, Floreia has sent out a Bellossom and a Parasect to assist. Touch Bellossom to unleash Sleep Powder on the agents in front of it. Touch Parasect to unleash Spore on the agents in front of it. Eventually three minutes will run out, and one of two outcomes will occur. If your accuracy ratio is less than 70%, which means that 30% or more of the seeds landed on the beach, the tide level will be low enough for Farlie to call the operation a success; the agents will capture Floreia and you lose. If your accuracy ratio is 70% or higher, which means that less than 30% of the seeds landed on the beach, the tide level will be high enough for Farlie to call the operation a failure; the agents will retreat and you win. If you have a Ruby/Sapphire/Emerald or FireRed/LeafGreen game pak in the GBA slot, you'll recieve 5 free Miracle Seeds upon Floreia's victory. Upon the fate of the beach being decided, you'll be flashed a quick password, which can be used to download the game from the Tajiri server with just one password.

A more difficult level for this game can be downloaded by transmitting the quick password along with the password on Flora Researcher. The more difficult level has more Team Flora Agents, shorter pauses between intervals, and an accuracy requirement of 80% (meaning that less than 20% of the seeds are allowed to hit the beach) to win the game. Clearing this level will win you a TM19 and 10 Miracle Seeds upon winning.


Plasma Party
Cards Needed: P Energy (EX: Plasma's Anger), Computer Search, No Removal Gym, Darkness Cube 01, Heal Powder, Metal Cube 01, Pokémon Tower, Time Shard, Goop Gas Attack
Rated E: Comic Mischief

The goal of this game is to successfully wreck Team Plasma's party by draining enough electricity from the base to cause a blackout. It shouldn't be surprising that you're playing this one as Electra. The game begins with many Team Plasma Grunts entering the Team Plasma Base. Inside, the grunts promise the biggest party of their lives. The scene will then shift to a Power Plant, where Electra and her Electabuzz jump out of camouflage and hit the power grid. 24 cards will appear on the screen in a 6x4 grid with one of 12 images on the other side. This game is played on the bottom screen, and you'll be flipping the cards. Touch a card with the stylus to flip it. Once you've flipped one, its image will appear. If you flip two in a row with the same image and both images are on the screen at once, you'll get one point and the cards will disappear. If you make a wrong pair, you'll get a strike. Three strikes and you'll be forced to flip a circuit breaker using the stylus to continue the game. You can only flip the circuit breaker twice in a game; if you get three strikes three times, Team Plasma will be onto Electra's plan, rush over to capture Electra, and it's game over. Additionally, you're up against a 12 minute clock. If the clock runs out, day will break, the party will end, and it's game over. The top screen will display the time remaining, number of strikes accumlated since either the start of the game or the last circuit breaker flip, and the number of circuit breaker flips remaining. The 12 possible images are: Pikachu, Magnemite, Voltorb, Elekid, Zapdos, Mareep, Raikou, Chinchou, Plusle, Minun, and Electrike. If you make all 12 pairs within the time limit, the power will go out at Team Plasma's party, police will arrive, and you've won. If you have a Ruby/Sapphire/Emerald or FireRed/LeafGreen game pak in the GBA slot, you'll recieve 5 free Magnets upon flipping all the cards. Upon either Electra being captured, dawn breaking, or the police busting the party, you'll be flashed a quick password, which can be used to download the game from the Tajiri server with just one password.

A more difficult level for this game can be downloaded by transmitting the quick password along with the password on Plasma Researcher. The more difficult level has a time limit of only 9 minutes and you're only allowed one circuit breaker flip. Clearing this level will win you a TM34 and 10 Magnets upon winning.


Rocket Rally
Cards Needed: The Boss's Way (EX: Rocket's Madness), Devolution Spray, Pokémon Breeder, Defender, Impostor Oak's Revenge, Mr. Fuji, Professor Elm, Town Volunteers, Gust of Wind
Rated E10+: Mild Cartoon Violence, Suggestive Themes

It's the day of the Team Rocket Grand Prix. The goal of this game is to take the victory away from Team Rocket. This game has you playing as Ritchie. Ritchie has rented a vehicle and, using the alias Sporky Croise (no, I didn't make a mistake, Ritchie's alias is supposed to be misspelled and mispronounced versions of the nicknames of his Pikachu and Pupitar!), has entered the Team Rocket Grand Prix. The Team Rocket Grand Prix is a four-car race to the finish. The game is played on the top screen, and its controls resemble that of the two Game Gear Sonic Drift games (the first of which didn't see American shores until it was included in Sonic Adventure DX: Director's Cut). The Control Pad moves Ritchie's vehicle left and right, and pressing up will allow the use of a special weapon provided Ritchie has the right credentials. A accelerates and B brakes. Ritchie's opponents will be decided at random. The game will pick 1 person out of James, Butch, Tyson, Brody, and Giovanni and 2 people out of Jessie, Cassidy, Annie, Oakley, and Domino. Brody, a onetime Team Magma member, is the crook with the Ditto that can disguise himself. The track being used is based off of 2 tracks from Sonic Drift 2, Dark Valley 1 and then Rainy Savannah. Some depth has been added to the track, which is rendered with prerendered 3D graphics with the vehicles rendered with 3D polygons, namely a few inclines. The backdrop of the track is that of an urban road leading to the finish line at Team Rocket HQ. The track is loaded with coins and powerups. Each person has their own special weapon. Here's the lowdown on them:

-Ritchie's special weapon is Cruise (Pupitar) simply using Rock Throw to drop one rock on the track. Anyone who runs into this rock is brought to a complete stop. The rock breaks once someone is stopped in their tracks. This special weapon costs two coins.
-Jessie's special weapon is Seviper laying down Acid onto the track. Anyone who runs onto the acid will slip and lose control of their vehicle temporarily. Acid triggers only once. Jessie uses two coins to use this weapon.
-James's special weapon is Cacnea dropping a Pin Missile onto the track. If someone runs into this, their speed will be dropped by half for a few seconds. This can only be ran into once. James uses two coins to use this weapon.
-Butch's special weapon is Hitmontop using Rapid Spin. Rapid Spin will make Butch unaffected by the first obstacle he runs into. Picking up another powerup, however, will cause the Rapid Spin to stop. Butch uses two coins to use this weapon.
-Cassidy's special weapon is Houndour using Flamethrower. Flamethrower will create a draft that temporarily speeds up Cassidy's vehicle for a medium period of time. Using another powerup will end the dash early. It comes at a price, though; Cassidy uses three coins to use this weapon.
-Annie's special weapon is Espeon using Psychic. This will protect Annie from being affected by a trap for a short period of time. Using another powerup will end the protection early. This protection also comes at a price; Annie uses three coins to use this weapon.
-Oakley's special weapon is Ariados using Spider Web to ensare the track. The first vehicle to hit it will be bounced back a short distance. Oakley needs three coins to use this weapon.
-Tyson's special weapon is Fearow's Drill Peck. This will cause one vehicle to go off the track, but the vehicle has to be in close range (basically pointblank) or the attack will be wasted. Any vehicle that goes off the track will respawn at the point it got driven off the track at. Lack of range makes this affordable; Tyson only uses one coin to use this weapon.
-Brody's special weapon is having Ditto randomly transform into the Pokémon being used by one of its competitors and copying its attack exactly. This versatility doesn't come easy; Brody uses three coins to use this weapon.
-Domino's special weapon is having Kirlia drop a trail of dominoes behind the vehicle for five seconds or 300 meters, whichever comes earlier, then setting the chain off. Any vehicle that's in the chain of dominoes is liable to be hit by the dominoes, which cause a minor slowdown. The minor slowdown makes these dominoes affordable; Domino only uses one coin to use this weapon.
-Giovanni's special weapon is having Kangaskhan jump the vehicle for a short distance. This can allow Giovanni to dodge certain weapons; the only weapon that will affect a jumping Giovanni is Ariados's Spider Web. Giovanni uses two coins to use this weapon.
-Purple Pokéballs can be stored until used by pressing Up on the Control Pad. This acts the same as Psychic, but using no coins.
-White Pokéballs can be stored until used by pressing Up on the Control Pad. This acts the same as Kangaskhan's jump, but using no coins.
-Beige Pokéballs affect a vehicle upon contact. This also acts the same as Kangaskhan's jump, but using no coins.
-Red Pokéballs can be stored until used by pressing Up on the Control Pad. This acts the same as Flamethrower, but using no coins.
-Brown Pokéballs can be stored until used by pressing Up on the Control Pad. This acts the same as Rock Throw, but using no coins.
-Black Pokéballs can be stored until used by pressing Up on the Control Pad. This acts the same as Kirlia's dominoes, but using no coins.

During the race, the bottom screen shows a map of the track, Ritchie's stored coins, Ritchie's stored weapon, and the position of every vehicle on the track. If Ritchie doesn't come in first, Giovanni will reveal Ritchie's real identity and have him taken to a holding cell, you lose. If Ritchie comes in first, he'll hold the winner's trophy high into the air, then reveal his real identity and flee from the scene, you've won. If you have a Ruby/Sapphire/Emerald or FireRed/LeafGreen game pak in the GBA slot, you'll recieve 5 free Hard Stones upon finishing first in a race. Upon finishing the race, you'll be flashed two quick passwords, which can be used to download the game from the Tajiri server with just one password.

A more difficult level for this game can be downloaded by transmitting the first quick password along with the password on Rocket Researcher. This makes the enemy AI harder, making it harder to win. Clearing this level will win you a TM39 and 10 Hard Stones upon winning.

Finally, a more full-scale version of the game can be downloaded by transmitting the second quick password along with the passwords on Rocket's Sneak Attack and The Rocket's Trap. This will allow you to choose a character that you want to play before taking to the track. Playing as a single player will allow you to choose your opponents and the enemy AI for the race as well. Additionally, up to three others can download the game from the first player's DS, choose their character, and participate in a multiplayer race. No prizes are distributed here. In this version of the game, Ritchie uses his real identity (rather than the Sporky Croise alias) from the get-go and there are no special cutscenes at the end of the race regardless of who you play as.


Crazy Cipher Chain
Cards Needed: Trash Exchange, Focus Band, Pokémon Trader, Energy Amplifier, Juggler, Net Ball, Professor Oak, Traveling Salesman, Recycle
Rated E10+: Mild Language

The goal of this game is to use psychic bombs to destroy Team Cipher's facility. This game will be played as Eusine. Eusine has infiltrated a Team Cipher facility and has planted psychic bombs at the end of a maze of wires. It's up to Eusine to detonate enough psychic bombs to destroy the facility before Team Cipher gets back. This game is played on the bottom screen, and plays a lot like Rocket Mania, except with Eusine's psychic bombs instead of rockets, Abra instead of matches, no powerups, and the playing field rendered in 3D graphics. You use the stylus to rotate the fuses. You can only rotate the fuses counterclockwise. By connecting fuses between an Abra and a psychic bomb, the Abra will burn the fuse and a bomb on the end of the fuse will burst. A new bomb will replace one that just burst. The same kind of fuses used in Rocket Mania are used here. Once you've exploded 30 psychic bombs in a span of 4 minutes, you'll have won the game. There are three ways to lose the game. The first is to run out of time. If that happens, Team Cipher will arrive and capture Eusine. The second involves a bomb with Luka's face on it. Sometimes, especially in the late going, when a psychic bomb bursts, a bomb with Luka's face on it will appear! If you burst it, unless that bomb will result in the facility blowing up, Luka will arrive on the scene and fight with Eusine. If Luka and Eusine are fighting, you can't move the fuses. The fighting will eventually eat up one minute of your time. More often than not, this will cost you the match. The third involves a dead-end fuse with Luka's face on it. If you burn this fuse, Luka will arrive on the scene and drag Eusine away from the scene, ending the game right then and there; you lose here even if you manage to blow up the facility. During the game, the top screen will show how many bombs you have left to burst and how much time you have left; this is also the screen where cutscenes involving Luka or Team Cipher are shown. If you manage to detonate 30 bombs in a span of 4 minutes, the facility will blow sky-high and you will have won the game. If you have a Ruby/Sapphire/Emerald or FireRed/LeafGreen game pak in the GBA slot, you'll recieve 5 free Twistedspoons upon blowing up the facility. Upon either Team Cipher capturing Eusine, Luka dragging Eusine away from the scene, or Eusine blowing up the facility, you'll be flashed a quick password, which can be used to download the game from the Tajiri server with just one password.

A more difficult level for this game can be downloaded by transmitting the quick password along with the password on Cipher Researcher. The more difficult level has a time limit of only 2 minutes, and Luka's face appears more often. Clearing this level will win you a TM29 and 10 Twistedspoons upon winning.


Snagem Showdown
Cards Needed: Minion of Team Rocket (EX: Rocket's Madness), Impostor Professor Elm, Radio Tower, Fast Ball, Magnifier, Pokédex v1.0, Revive, Bill, Sleep!
Rated T: Strong Cartoon Violence, Mild Language, Comic Mischief, Suggestive Themes

Team Snagem has stolen Shingo's championship belt. It's up to Shingo to get it back. During the course of this game, you'll be using Shingo's Scizor, known as Blade, as well as Shingo himself. At the start of this game, Blade and Shingo arrive at a facility believed to be used by Team Snagem for holding their stolen wares, and Shingo promises Blade that they will get his belt back. This game is a 3D action game played on the top screen from a third-person view. The left side of the bottom screen has four directional arrows inside a circle. Use the wriststrap on this to move Blade or Shingo. The A, B, X, and Y buttons are the buttons for the moves you'll be using. Pressing R as Blade will switch you over to Shingo, while pressing L as Shingo will switch you over to Blade. The right side of the bottom screen shows two health bars; the red one is Blade's, the white one is Shingo's. It also displays a radar that displays every bad guy in range. Blade's moves are as follows: A is Metal Claw, B is Slash, X is Fury Cutter, and Y is Iron Defense. Shingo's moves are as follows: A is a punch, B is a kick, X is a headbutt, and Y is an arm shield. As Blade and Shingo make their way through the facility, they will encounter various Team Snagem members and their Pokémon; most notably Wakin and his two Gloom as well as Gonzap with his Skarmory. There are also some health pickups all over the place; red ones heal only Blade, white ones heal only Shingo, and two-tone ones heal both Blade and Shingo. Once you defeat a member of Team Snagem, they'll be incapacitated for a span of 5 minutes. Once you defeat Gonzap and his Skarmory, you'll get back the belt, but you'll still have to find an exit to win. If either Blade or Shingo run out of health, they'll be incapacitated until the other finds a matching health pickup. If both Blade and Shingo run out of health, it's game over. If you make it to an exit with the belt in hand, Blade and Shingo will have escaped and you've won. If you have a Ruby/Sapphire/Emerald or FireRed/LeafGreen game pak in the GBA slot, you'll recieve 5 free Black Belts upon reaching an exit. Upon either escaping the facility or having both fighters run out of health, you'll be flashed a quick password, which can be used to download the game from the Tajiri server with just one password.

A more difficult level for this game can be downloaded by transmitting the quick password along with the password on Snagem Researcher. The more difficult level has higher enemy AI and more members of Team Snagem; this time Wakin has evolved one of his Gloom into a Vileplume and the other into a Bellossom as well as added a third Gloom that hasn't yet evolved, and Gonzap has both a Skarmory and a Crobat.


Draco Derby
Cards Needed: D Energy (EX: Draco's Emergence), Impostor Professor Oak's Invention, Scoop Up, Fighting Cube 01, Mail from Bill, Pokémon Center, Ruin Wall, Energy Flow, Transparent Walls
Rated E10+: Mild Language, Mild Lyrics

Welcome to Draco Downs, the real racetrack in the sky. Don't worry, nobody's dead. Your mission, should you chose to accept it, is to guide Harrison to victory in the Draco Derby. The Draco Derby is a race involving Pokémon that can race in the air. This game is played on both screens. There are seven entrants. They are as follows:

-A female Team Draco Grunt, aboard Pidgeot, in post 1.
-Murphy, aboard Salamence, in post 2.
-Rachel, aboard Dragonite, in post 3.
-Harrison, aboard Flygon, in post 4.
-Vikki, aboard Aerodactyl, in post 5.
-A male Team Draco Grunt, aboard Fearow, in post 6.
-Dralene, aboard Charizard, in post 7.

The top screen shows the view in front of Harrison. The bottom screen shows the view behind Harrison. If Harrison is currently third or higher, he'll be on the lower part of the top screen. If Harrison is currently fifth or lower, he'll be on the top part of the bottom screen. If Harrison is currently in fourth place, he'll be shown in two parts, one part on each screen. The race is taking place during daylight hours, so the track is brightly lit. The total length of the race is one lap around the track. The layout of the track is like a cross between Churchill Downs and Angel Island, where the track that resembles Churchill Downs is floating in the air like Angel Island does, with the race surface being nothing but sky. The race starts with a call to post, with each racer heading to the post with an Altaria escort. Once all seven racers are in their posts, the race will begin on the bell. Once the bell sounds, start mashing A as fast as you can. Doing so will cause Flygon to fly fast around the track. The A button is the only button used; turning and strafing is automatic. If Harrison crosses the finish line first, thus winning the race, you've also won; if Harrison crosses the finish line between second and sixth, you lose but nothing special will happen; if Harrison crosses the finish line last, Team Draco will have him sent into their holding cell and you lose. If you have a Ruby/Sapphire/Emerald or FireRed/LeafGreen game pak in the GBA slot, you'll recieve 5 free Dragon Fangs upon finishing first in a race. Upon crossing the finish line, you'll be flashed a quick password, which can be used to download the game from the Tajiri server with just one password.

A more difficult level for this game can be downloaded by transmitting the quick password along with the password on Draco Researcher. The more difficult level takes place at night, where it's more difficult to see; enemy AI is also harder, and the race is now a lap and a half. Clearing this level will win you a TM02 and 10 Dragon Fangs upon winning.

Finally, you can download alternate tracks by transmitting the password on certain other cards, but only one card at a time, along with the quick password and, if you want the harder level, Draco Researcher. Altaria Space Orbiter will make the track a floating clone of Santa Anita Park, while Cloud Nine Chamber will make the track a floating clone of Belmont Park. Castform Cloud will make the track a floating clone of Pimilco. Finally, if you want a very long race, Draco's Space Probe will make the track a floating clone of Indianapolis Motor Speedway. However, you won't win any rewards for winning on an alternate track.

 

[Carrington388]

This mission uses two transmissions of the passwords on Team Aqua Technical Machine 02 (EX: Aqua's Fury), Team Magma Technical Machine 02 (EX: Magma's Wrath), Team Flora Technical Machine 02 (EX: Flora's Rage, Team Plasma Technical Machine 02 (EX: Plasma's Anger), and Team Rocket Technical Machine 02 (EX: Rocket's Madness) as well as the following EX: Return to Light cards: Miracle Energy, Paradise Ball, Paradise Field, Paradise Island, Paradise Keeper, Paradise Mission.

Transmit them first to the Tajiri server, and make sure there's a Wi-Fi connection with Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness on the Gamecube. You must have already completed the Team Draco mission to activate this piece. Watch any TV and you'll hear about the discovery of a faraway cave somewhere off the coast of Orre. However, before Ancha can reveal any details about this new attraction, the broadcast is cut off by a broadcast of Dr. Eggman! Eggman will claim that the newly discovered cave is his, and that his plan cannot be stopped! After the broadcast ends, you'll recieve an e-mail from Ancha detailing a way that you might be able to stop his plan. Eggman has plans for a vehicle that he plans to use to reach the newly discovered cave, but the parts are scattered in a faraway land. Ancha wants you to find the parts and deliver them to Makan and Perr, and will ask that you talk to Harrison for your passage to the faraway land.

Head back to Trainers' City aboard the Robo Kyogre and talk to Harrison (in the History Center as usual) about Ancha's e-mail. He'll detail about just how you can get those parts. There's 56 parts to the machine Eggman plans to use, one for each team in each stage of Sonic Heroes. Harrison will ask you to transmit the same passwords you used to get Ancha's message to a server that better fits Sonic Heroes. That server is the Naka server; transmit the passwords there. Once you've made the transmission, Harrison will ask that you insert your Sonic Heroes Gamecube game disc. Do so, and Harrison's face will jump from the TV screen to the top screen of the DS. On the bottom screen lies your progress, namely, the number of machine parts you've obtained.

Head into Sonic Heroes's Challenge Mode. You'll now notice that the Chaos Emerald icon has moved a bit to the left, and there is now a machine part icon to its right. Select this icon to enter the stage. If you fail to clear an objective, you'll have to start it all over with one less life. Here's the details on just how you'll get the parts:

Seaside Hill
Team Sonic's Objective: "Beat Team Dark!"
Both Team Sonic and Team Dark will appear on the stage. The goal is to make it to the goal ring before Team Dark does. Do it and you've cleared the objective.

Team Dark's Objective: "Destroy more enemies than Team Sonic!"
Both Team Dark and Team Sonic will appear on the stage. The goal is to destroy more enemies than Team Sonic and make it to the goal ring. There will be two displays in the lower right of the screen; the top one is Team Dark's enemy count, while the bottom one is Team Sonic's enemy count. Once you hit the goal ring, you'll clear the objective if Team Dark beat more enemies than Team Sonic. If, in the event that the two teams destroy the same number of enemies, the first one to the Goal Ring wins.

Team Rose's Objective: "Collect more rings than Team Chaotix!"
Both Team Rose and Team Chaotix will appear on the stage. This is a ring-collecting race to the goal ring. The team with the most rings at the end wins. There is a display in the lower right of the screen; this is Team Chaotix's ring count. You clear the objective if Team Rose has more rings than Team Chaotix does. If, in the event that the two teams collect the same number of rings, the first one to the Goal Ring wins.

Team Chaotix's Objective: "Collect 11 hermit crabs before Team Rose collects 11!"
Client's Speech: "Here's your next mission. That pink hedgehog is after the hermit crabs that appear on this beach! Find 11 of them before that kid finds 11!"
The voice of the client sounds a bit different than in the normal game. Anyway, listen to the client. Both Team Chaotix and Team Rose will appear on the stage. All you have to do is nab 11 hermit crabs before Team Rose does. There will be three displays in the lower right of the screen; the top one is Team Chaotix's hermit crab count, the middle one is the total number of hermit crabs remaining, and the bottom one is Team Rose's hermit crab count. If your count hits 11 before Team Rose's does, you clear the objective. If, in the event that the two teams each collect 10 hermit crabs, the hermit crabs will be reloaded and both teams will return to the start of the stage, then the client will declare a sudden death match (in which he says "This is sudden death! Collect just one hermit crab before that kid does!") where the first team to collect a hermit crab will win. If Team Chaotix grabs a hermit crab in sudden death before Team Rose does, you clear the objective.

Ocean Palace
Team Sonic's Objective: "Beat Team Chaotix!"
Both Team Sonic and Team Chaotix will appear on the stage. The goal is to make it to the goal ring before Team Chaotix does. Do it and you've cleared the objective.

Team Dark's Objective: "Destroy more enemies than Team Rose!"
Both Team Dark and Team Rose will appear on the stage. The goal is to destroy more enemies than Team Rose and make it to the goal ring. There will be two displays in the lower right of the screen; the top one is Team Dark's enemy count, while the bottom one is Team Rose's enemy count. Once you hit the goal ring, you'll clear the objective if Team Dark beat more enemies than Team Rose. If, in the event that the two teams destroy the same number of enemies, the first one to the Goal Ring wins.

Team Rose's Objective: "Collect more rings than Team Dark!"
Both Team Rose and Team Dark will appear on the stage. This is a ring-collecting race to the goal ring. The team with the most rings at the end wins. There is a display in the lower right of the screen; this is Team Dark's ring count. You clear the objective if Team Rose has more rings than Team Dark does. If, in the event that the two teams collect the same number of rings, the first one to the Goal Ring wins.

Team Chaotix's Objective: "Find the Chao before Team Sonic does!"
Client's Speech: "Here's your next mission. That blue hedgehog is trying to protect the Chao trapped in the palace from you! Reclaim the Chao before that pest does!"
The voice of the client sounds a bit different than in the normal game. Anyway, listen to the client. Both Team Chaotix and Team Sonic will appear on the stage. All you have to do is nab the Chao before Team Sonic does. If you grab the Chao before Team Sonic does, you clear the objective.

Grand Metropolis
Team Sonic's Objective: "Beat Team Rose!"
Both Team Sonic and Team Rose will appear on the stage. The goal is to make it to the goal ring before Team Rose does. Do it and you've cleared the objective.

Team Dark's Objective: "Destroy more enemies than Team Chaotix!"
Both Team Dark and Team Chaotix will appear on the stage. The goal is to destroy more enemies than Team Chaotix and make it to the goal ring. There will be two displays in the lower right of the screen; the top one is Team Dark's enemy count, while the bottom one is Team Chaotix's enemy count. Once you hit the goal ring, you'll clear the objective if Team Dark beat more enemies than Team Chaotix. If, in the event that the two teams destroy the same number of enemies, the first one to the Goal Ring wins.

Team Rose's Objective: "Collect more rings than Team Sonic!"
Both Team Rose and Team Sonic will appear on the stage. This is a ring-collecting race to the goal ring. The team with the most rings at the end wins. There is a display in the lower right of the screen; this is Team Sonic's ring count. You clear the objective if Team Rose has more rings than Team Sonic does. If, in the event that the two teams collect the same number of rings, the first one to the Goal Ring wins.

Team Chaotix's Objective: "Destroy 43 robots before Team Dark destroys 43!"
Client's Speech: "Here's your next mission. A government spy is after Dr. Eggman's robots! Destroy 43 of them before that spy can destroy 43!"
The voice of the client sounds a bit different than in the normal game. Anyway, listen to the client. Both Team Chaotix and Team Dark will appear on the stage. All you have to do is destroy 43 enemies before Team Dark does. There will be three displays in the lower right of the screen; the top one is Team Chaotix's enemy count, the middle one is the total number of enemies remaining, and the bottom one is Team Dark's enemy count. If your count hits 43 before Team Dark's does, you clear the objective.

Power Plant
Team Sonic's Objective: "Beat Team Dark!"
Both Team Sonic and Team Dark will appear on the stage. The goal is to make it to the goal ring before Team Dark does. Do it and you've cleared the objective.

Team Dark's Objective: "Destroy more enemies than Team Sonic!"
Both Team Dark and Team Sonic will appear on the stage. The goal is to destroy more enemies than Team Sonic and make it to the goal ring. There will be two displays in the lower right of the screen; the top one is Team Dark's enemy count, while the bottom one is Team Sonic's enemy count. Once you hit the goal ring, you'll clear the objective if Team Dark beat more enemies than Team Sonic. If, in the event that the two teams destroy the same number of enemies, the first one to the Goal Ring wins.

Team Rose's Objective: "Collect more rings than Team Chaotix!"
Both Team Rose and Team Chaotix will appear on the stage. This is a ring-collecting race to the goal ring. The team with the most rings at the end wins. There is a display in the lower right of the screen; this is Team Chaotix's ring count. You clear the objective if Team Rose has more rings than Team Chaotix does. If, in the event that the two teams collect the same number of rings, the first one to the Goal Ring wins.

Team Chaotix's Objective: "Destroy 3 gold turtle robots before Team Rose destroys 3!"
Client's Speech: "Here's your next mission. That pink hedgehog is trying to prove her worth by destroying three gold turtle robots! Destroy three of them yourself before that kid destroys three!"
The voice of the client sounds a bit different than in the normal game. Anyway, listen to the client. Both Team Chaotix and Team Rose will appear on the stage. All you have to do is destroy three gold turtle robots before Team Rose does. There will be three displays in the lower right of the screen; the top one is Team Chaotix's gold turtle robot count, the middle one is the total number of gold turtle robots remaining, and the bottom one is Team Rose's gold turtle robot count. If your count hits 3 before Team Rose's does, you clear the objective.

Casino Park
Team Sonic's Objective: "Beat Team Chaotix!"
Both Team Sonic and Team Chaotix will appear on the stage. The goal is to make it to the goal ring before Team Chaotix does. Do it and you've cleared the objective.

Team Dark's Objective: "Destroy more enemies than Team Rose!"
Both Team Dark and Team Rose will appear on the stage. The goal is to destroy more enemies than Team Rose and make it to the goal ring. There will be two displays in the lower right of the screen; the top one is Team Dark's enemy count, while the bottom one is Team Rose's enemy count. Once you hit the goal ring, you'll clear the objective if Team Dark beat more enemies than Team Rose. If, in the event that the two teams destroy the same number of enemies, the first one to the Goal Ring wins.

Team Rose's Objective: "Collect more rings than Team Dark!"
Both Team Rose and Team Dark will appear on the stage. This is a ring-collecting race to the goal ring. The team with the most rings at the end wins. There is a display in the lower right of the screen; this is Team Dark's ring count. You clear the objective if Team Rose has more rings than Team Dark does. If, in the event that the two teams collect the same number of rings, the first one to the Goal Ring wins.

Team Chaotix's Objective: "Win 999 rings before Team Sonic wins 999!"
Client's Speech: "Here's your next mission. That pest Sonic has decided to press his luck to the limit by winning 999 rings. Win 999 rings yourself before Team Sonic wins 999!"
The voice of the client sounds a bit different than in the normal game. Anyway, listen to the client. Both Team Chaotix and Team Sonic will appear on the stage. All you have to do is win 999 rings before Team Sonic does. There will be one display in the lower right of the screen, this is Team Sonic's ring count. If your count hits 999 before Team Sonic's does, you clear the objective. If, in the unlikely event that the two teams each collects its 999th ring at the same time, the rings will be reloaded and both teams will return to the start of the stage, then the client will declare a sudden death match (in which he says "This is sudden death! Win 51 rings before that pest does!") where the first team to collect 51 rings will win. If Team Chaotix grabs 51 rings in sudden death before Team Sonic does, you clear the objective.

Bingo Highway
Team Sonic's Objective: "Beat Team Rose!"
Both Team Sonic and Team Rose will appear on the stage. The goal is to make it to the goal ring before Team Rose does. Do it and you've cleared the objective.

Team Dark's Objective: "Destroy more enemies than Team Chaotix!"
Both Team Dark and Team Chaotix will appear on the stage. The goal is to destroy more enemies than Team Chaotix and make it to the goal ring. There will be two displays in the lower right of the screen; the top one is Team Dark's enemy count, while the bottom one is Team Chaotix's enemy count. Once you hit the goal ring, you'll clear the objective if Team Dark beat more enemies than Team Chaotix. If, in the event that the two teams destroy the same number of enemies, the first one to the Goal Ring wins.

Team Rose's Objective: "Collect more rings than Team Sonic!"
Both Team Rose and Team Sonic will appear on the stage. This is a ring-collecting race to the goal ring. The team with the most rings at the end wins. There is a display in the lower right of the screen; this is Team Sonic's ring count. You clear the objective if Team Rose has more rings than Team Sonic does. If, in the event that the two teams collect the same number of rings, the first one to the Goal Ring wins.

Team Chaotix's Objective: "Collect 11 casino chips before Team Dark collects 11!"
Client's Speech: "Here's your next mission. The government spy is now after casino chips. Nab 11 of them before the spy can nab 11!"
The voice of the client sounds a bit different than in the normal game. Anyway, listen to the client. Both Team Chaotix and Team Dark will appear on the stage. All you have to do is nab 11 casino chips before Team Dark does. There will be three displays in the lower right of the screen; the top one is Team Chaotix's chip count, the middle one is the total number of casino chips remaining, and the bottom one is Team Dark's chip count. If your count hits 11 before Team Dark's does, you clear the objective. If, in the event that the two teams each collect 10 casino chips, the casino chips will be reloaded and both teams will return to the start of the stage, then the client will declare a sudden death match (in which he says "This is sudden death! Collect just one casino chip before that spy does!") where the first team to collect a casino chip will win. If Team Chaotix grabs a casino chip in sudden death before Team Dark does, you clear the objective.

Rail Canyon
Team Sonic's Objective: "Beat Team Dark!"
Both Team Sonic and Team Dark will appear on the stage. The goal is to make it to the goal ring before Team Dark does. Do it and you've cleared the objective.

Team Dark's Objective: "Destroy more enemies than Team Sonic!"
Both Team Dark and Team Sonic will appear on the stage. The goal is to destroy more enemies than Team Sonic and make it to the goal ring. There will be two displays in the lower right of the screen; the top one is Team Dark's enemy count, while the bottom one is Team Sonic's enemy count. Once you hit the goal ring, you'll clear the objective if Team Dark beat more enemies than Team Sonic. If, in the event that the two teams destroy the same number of enemies, the first one to the Goal Ring wins.

Team Rose's Objective: "Collect more rings than Team Chaotix!"
Both Team Rose and Team Chaotix will appear on the stage. This is a ring-collecting race to the goal ring. The team with the most rings at the end wins. There is a display in the lower right of the screen; this is Team Chaotix's ring count. You clear the objective if Team Rose has more rings than Team Chaotix does. If, in the event that the two teams collect the same number of rings, the first one to the Goal Ring wins.

Team Chaotix's Objective: "Beat Team Rose to the goal ring!"
Client's Speech: "Here's your next mission. That pink hedgehog is here and trying to set a speed record in this canyon! Reach the terminal station before that kid can!"
The voice of the client sounds a bit different than in the normal game. Anyway, listen to the client. Both Team Chaotix and Team Rose will appear on the stage. All you have to do is get to the goal ring before Team Rose does. If Team Chaotix makes it to the goal ring before Team Rose does, you clear the objective.

Bullet Station
Team Sonic's Objective: "Beat Team Chaotix!"
Both Team Sonic and Team Chaotix will appear on the stage. The goal is to make it to the goal ring before Team Chaotix does. Do it and you've cleared the objective.

Team Dark's Objective: "Destroy more enemies than Team Rose!"
Both Team Dark and Team Rose will appear on the stage. The goal is to destroy more enemies than Team Rose and make it to the goal ring. There will be two displays in the lower right of the screen; the top one is Team Dark's enemy count, while the bottom one is Team Rose's enemy count. Once you hit the goal ring, you'll clear the objective if Team Dark beat more enemies than Team Rose. If, in the event that the two teams destroy the same number of enemies, the first one to the Goal Ring wins.

Team Rose's Objective: "Collect more rings than Team Dark!"
Both Team Rose and Team Dark will appear on the stage. This is a ring-collecting race to the goal ring. The team with the most rings at the end wins. There is a display in the lower right of the screen; this is Team Dark's ring count. You clear the objective if Team Rose has more rings than Team Dark does. If, in the event that the two teams collect the same number of rings, the first one to the Goal Ring wins.

Team Chaotix's Objective: "Destroy 26 capsules before Team Sonic destroys 26!"
Client's Speech: "Here's your next mission. That little fox thinks he can beat trained detectives in smashing up 26 capsules! Destroy 26 capsules yourself before that fox can!"
The voice of the client sounds a bit different than in the normal game. Anyway, listen to the client. Both Team Chaotix and Team Sonic will appear on the stage. All you have to do is destroy 26 capsules before Team Sonic does. There will be three displays in the lower right of the screen; the top one is Team Chaotix's capsule count, the middle one is the total number of capsules remaining, and the bottom one is Team Sonic's capsule count. If your count hits 26 before Team Sonic's does, you clear the objective. If, in the event that the two teams each destroy 25 capsules, the capsules will be reloaded and both teams will return to the start of the stage, then the client will declare a sudden death match (in which he says "This is sudden death! Destroy just one capsule before that fox does!") where the first team to destroy a capsule will win. If Team Chaotix destroys a capsule in sudden death before Team Sonic does, you clear the objective.

Frog Forest
Team Sonic's Objective: "Beat Team Rose!"
Both Team Sonic and Team Rose will appear on the stage. The goal is to make it to the goal ring before Team Rose does. Do it and you've cleared the objective.

Team Dark's Objective: "Destroy more enemies than Team Chaotix!"
Both Team Dark and Team Chaotix will appear on the stage. The goal is to destroy more enemies than Team Chaotix and make it to the goal ring. There will be two displays in the lower right of the screen; the top one is Team Dark's enemy count, while the bottom one is Team Chaotix's enemy count. Once you hit the goal ring, you'll clear the objective if Team Dark beat more enemies than Team Chaotix. If, in the event that the two teams destroy the same number of enemies, the first one to the Goal Ring wins.

Team Rose's Objective: "Collect more rings than Team Sonic!"
Both Team Rose and Team Sonic will appear on the stage. This is a ring-collecting race to the goal ring. The team with the most rings at the end wins. There is a display in the lower right of the screen; this is Team Sonic's ring count. You clear the objective if Team Rose has more rings than Team Sonic does. If, in the event that the two teams collect the same number of rings, the first one to the Goal Ring wins.

Team Chaotix's Objective: "Beat Team Dark to the goal ring without being detected by the frogs!"
Client's Speech: "Here's your next mission. One of Eggman's robots has befriended the frogs! Beat that robot to the jungle without being detected by the frogs!"
The voice of the client sounds a bit different than in the normal game. Anyway, listen to the client. Both Team Chaotix and Team Dark will appear on the stage. All you have to do is get to the goal ring before Team Dark does, all while not being spotted by the frogs. If Team Chaotix makes it to the goal ring before Team Dark does, you clear the objective. You fail the objective if a frog spots you.

Lost Jungle
Team Sonic's Objective: "Beat Team Dark!"
Both Team Sonic and Team Dark will appear on the stage. The goal is to make it to the goal ring before Team Dark does. Do it and you've cleared the objective.

Team Dark's Objective: "Destroy more enemies than Team Sonic!"
Both Team Dark and Team Sonic will appear on the stage. The goal is to destroy more enemies than Team Sonic and make it to the goal ring. There will be two displays in the lower right of the screen; the top one is Team Dark's enemy count, while the bottom one is Team Sonic's enemy count. Once you hit the goal ring, you'll clear the objective if Team Dark beat more enemies than Team Sonic. If, in the event that the two teams destroy the same number of enemies, the first one to the Goal Ring wins.

Team Rose's Objective: "Collect more rings than Team Chaotix!"
Both Team Rose and Team Chaotix will appear on the stage. This is a ring-collecting race to the goal ring. The team with the most rings at the end wins. There is a display in the lower right of the screen; this is Team Chaotix's ring count. You clear the objective if Team Rose has more rings than Team Chaotix does. If, in the event that the two teams collect the same number of rings, the first one to the Goal Ring wins.

Team Chaotix's Objective: "Rescue 11 Chao before Team Rose rescues 11!"
Client's Speech: "Here's your next mission. An annoying rabbit claims that she can beat "that bee"--hey, she said it, not me! Anyway, that rabbit thinks she can rescue 11 Chao before you guys can! Rescue 11 Chao before that rabbit can do so!"
The voice of the client sounds a bit different than in the normal game. Anyway, listen to the client. Both Team Chaotix and Team Rose will appear on the stage. All you have to do is nab 11 Chao before Team Rose does. There will be three displays in the lower right of the screen; the top one is Team Chaotix's Chao count, the middle one is the total number of Chao remaining, and the bottom one is Team Rose's Chao count. If your count hits 11 before Team Rose's does, you clear the objective. If, in the event that the two teams each collect 10 Chao, the Chao will be reloaded and both teams will return to the start of the stage, then the client will declare a sudden death match (in which he says "This is sudden death! Collect just one Chao before that rabbit does!") where the first team to collect a Chao will win. If Team Chaotix grabs a Chao in sudden death before Team Rose does, you clear the objective.

Hang Castle
Team Sonic's Objective: "Beat Team Chaotix!"
Both Team Sonic and Team Chaotix will appear on the stage. The goal is to make it to the goal ring before Team Chaotix does. Do it and you've cleared the objective.

Team Dark's Objective: "Destroy more enemies than Team Rose!"
Both Team Dark and Team Rose will appear on the stage. The goal is to destroy more enemies than Team Rose and make it to the goal ring. There will be two displays in the lower right of the screen; the top one is Team Dark's enemy count, while the bottom one is Team Rose's enemy count. Once you hit the goal ring, you'll clear the objective if Team Dark beat more enemies than Team Rose. If, in the event that the two teams destroy the same number of enemies, the first one to the Goal Ring wins.

Team Rose's Objective: "Collect more rings than Team Dark!"
Both Team Rose and Team Dark will appear on the stage. This is a ring-collecting race to the goal ring. The team with the most rings at the end wins. There is a display in the lower right of the screen; this is Team Dark's ring count. You clear the objective if Team Rose has more rings than Team Dark does. If, in the event that the two teams collect the same number of rings, the first one to the Goal Ring wins.

Team Chaotix's Objective: "Collect 6 keys before Team Sonic collects 6!"
Client's Speech: "Here's your next mission. That knucklehead thinks he's the best keyfinder in the world! Find 6 keys before that echidna does!"
The voice of the client sounds a bit different than in the normal game. Anyway, listen to the client. Both Team Chaotix and Team Sonic will appear on the stage. All you have to do is find 6 keys before Team Sonic does. There will be three displays in the lower right of the screen; the top one is Team Chaotix's key count, the middle one is the total number of keys remaining, and the bottom one is Team Sonic's key count. If your count hits 6 before Team Sonic's does, you clear the objective. If, in the event that the two teams each collect 5 keys, the keys will be reloaded and both teams will return to the start of the stage, then the client will declare a sudden death match (in which he says "This is sudden death! Collect just one key before that echidna does!") where the first team to collect a key will win. If Team Chaotix collects a key in sudden death before Team Sonic does, you clear the objective.

Mystic Mansion
Team Sonic's Objective: "Beat Team Rose!"
Both Team Sonic and Team Rose will appear on the stage. The goal is to make it to the goal ring before Team Rose does. Do it and you've cleared the objective.

Team Dark's Objective: "Destroy more enemies than Team Chaotix!"
Both Team Dark and Team Chaotix will appear on the stage. The goal is to destroy more enemies than Team Chaotix and make it to the goal ring. There will be two displays in the lower right of the screen; the top one is Team Dark's enemy count, while the bottom one is Team Chaotix's enemy count. Once you hit the goal ring, you'll clear the objective if Team Dark beat more enemies than Team Chaotix. If, in the event that the two teams destroy the same number of enemies, the first one to the Goal Ring wins.

Team Rose's Objective: "Collect more rings than Team Sonic!"
Both Team Rose and Team Sonic will appear on the stage. This is a ring-collecting race to the goal ring. The team with the most rings at the end wins. There is a display in the lower right of the screen; this is Team Sonic's ring count. You clear the objective if Team Rose has more rings than Team Sonic does. If, in the event that the two teams collect the same number of rings, the first one to the Goal Ring wins.

Team Chaotix's Objective: "Blow out 54 torches before Team Dark blows out 54!"
Client's Speech: "Here's your next mission. A dark hedgehog claims to be a champion torch snuffer. Prove him wrong by blowing out 54 of the 106 torches in this mansion before that hedgehog can blow out 54!"
The voice of the client sounds a bit different than in the normal game. Anyway, listen to the client. Both Team Chaotix and Team Dark will appear on the stage. All you have to do is blow out 54 torches, be they red or blue, before Team Dark does. There will be three displays in the lower right of the screen; the top one is Team Chaotix's torch count, the middle one is the total number of torches remaining, and the bottom one is Team Dark's torch count. If your count hits 54 before Team Dark's does, you clear the objective. If, in the event that the two teams each blow out 53 torches, the torches will be reloaded and both teams will return to the start of the stage, then the client will declare a sudden death match (in which he says "This is sudden death! Blow out one red torch and one blue torch before that hedgehog does!") where the first team to blow out one of each color of torch will win. If Team Chaotix blows out a red torch and a blue torch in sudden death before Team Dark does, you clear the objective.

Egg Fleet
Team Sonic's Objective: "Beat Team Metal Sonic!"
Both Team Sonic and its 2P metal counterparts will appear on the stage. The goal is to make it to the goal ring before the metal counterparts do. Do it and you've cleared the objective.

Team Dark's Objective: "Destroy more enemies than Team Metal Dark!"
Both Team Dark and its 2P metal counterparts will appear on the stage. The goal is to destroy more enemies than the metal counterparts and make it to the goal ring. There will be two displays in the lower right of the screen; the top one is Team Dark's enemy count, while the bottom one is Team Metal Dark's enemy count. Once you hit the goal ring, you'll clear the objective if Team Dark beat more enemies than their metal counterparts. If, in the event that the two teams destroy the same number of enemies, the first one to the Goal Ring wins.

Team Rose's Objective: "Collect more rings than Team Metal Rose!"
Both Team Rose and their 2P metal counterparts will appear on the stage. This is a ring-collecting race to the goal ring. The team with the most rings at the end wins. There is a display in the lower right of the screen; this is Team Metal Rose's ring count. You clear the objective if Team Rose has more rings than their metal counterparts do. If, in the event that the two teams collect the same number of rings, the first one to the Goal Ring wins.

Team Chaotix's Objective: "Beat Team Metal Chaotix to the goal ring without being detected by the enemies!"
Client's Speech: "Here's your next mission. Three of Eggman's robots are trying to beat their counterparts across his fleet! And one of their counterparts is Espio! Beat your metallic counterparts to the goal ring without being spotted by the enemies!"
The voice of the client sounds a bit different than in the normal game. Anyway, listen to the client. Both Team Chaotix and their metal counterparts will appear on the stage. All you have to do is get to the goal ring before the metal counterparts do, all while not being spotted by the enemies. If Team Chaotix makes it to the goal ring before their metal counterparts does, you clear the objective. You fail the objective if an enemy spots you.

Final Fortress
Team Sonic's Objective: "Beat all of the other teams!"
All four teams will appear on the stage. The goal is to make it to the goal ring before any of the other teams do. Do it and you've cleared the objective.

Team Dark's Objective: "Destroy more enemies than the other teams!"
All four teams will appear on the stage. The goal is to destroy more enemies than all of the other teams and make it to the goal ring. There will be four displays in the lower right of the screen; the top left one is Team Dark's enemy count, the top right one is Team Sonic's enemy count, the bottom left one is Team Rose's enemy count, and the bottom right one is Team Chaotix's enemy count. Once you hit the goal ring, you'll clear the objective if Team Dark beat more enemies than all of the other teams. If, in the event that two or more teams each destroy the same number of enemies, the first one of those teams to the Goal Ring wins.

Team Rose's Objective: "Collect more rings than the other teams!"
All four teams will appear on the stage. This is a ring-collecting race to the goal ring. The team with the most rings at the end wins. There are three displays in the lower right of the screen; the top one is Team Sonic's ring count, the middle one is Team Dark's ring count, and the bottom one is Team Chaotix's ring count. You clear the objective if Team Rose has more rings than all of the other teams. If, in the event that two or more teams each collect the same number of rings, the first one of those teams to the Goal Ring wins.

Team Chaotix's Objective: "Collect 4 keys before any of the other teams can!"
Client's Speech: "Here's your next mission. It's the ultimate race to the finish! Collect the most keys to win!"
The voice of the client sounds a bit different than in the normal game. Anyway, listen to the client. All four teams will appear on the stage. All you have to do is claim more keys than the other teams can. There are a total of 10 keys. There are five displays in the bottom right of the screen. Top left, Team Chaotix's obtained keys. Top right, Team Sonic's obtained keys. Bottom left, Team Dark's obtained keys. Bottom right, Team Rose's obtained keys. Center, number of keys remaining. Here are the ways to clear the objective:

-If Team Chaotix has more keys than all of the other teams when the last key is collected, you win.
-If Team Chaotix grabs 6 keys, you win automatically.
-If Team Chaotix grabs 5 keys and two other teams grab at least 1, you win automatically since no other team can get more than 4.
-If Team Chaotix grabs 4 keys, you win automatically if no other team can grab 4 keys.

Here are the ways to fail the objective:

-If another team has more keys than Team Chaotix when the last key is collected, you lose.
-If another team grabs 6 keys, you lose automatically.
-If another team grabs 5 keys and another team other than Team Chaotix grabs at least 1, you lose automatically since Team Chaotix can't grab 5 keys.
-If another team grabs 4 keys, if the two other teams other than Team Chaotix each grab at least one key with one of them grabbing two, you lose automatically since Team Chaotix can't grab 4 keys.
-If two teams other than Team Chaotix invoke a two-team sudden death condition, you lose.
-If the three teams other than Team Chaotix invoke the three-team sudden death condition, you lose.

Finally, here are the ways to go to sudden death:

-If Team Chaotix and another team each have 5 keys, those two teams go to sudden death.
-If Team Chaotix and another team each have 4 keys and the other two teams grab the last two, the two teams with 4 keys go to sudden death.
-If Team Chaotix and another team each have 3 keys and the other two teams grab two each, the two teams with 3 keys go to sudden death.
-If Team Chaotix and two other teams each have 3 keys and the last team has one, the three teams with 3 keys go to sudden death.

There are two possible sudden death scenarios. Both involve resetting all of the keys and putting each team involved back at the start. Here are the scenarios:

-"This is sudden death! Grab one key before the other team grabs one!" If it's two teams in sudden death, that's what the client will say. The first team to grab one key wins.
-"This is sudden death! The first team to grab two keys wins!" If it's three teams in sudden death, that's what the client will say. There are three displays in this sudden death mode; the top display is Team Chaotix's key count; the middle and bottom displays are the key counts of the other two teams. Team Sonic is in the middle if they're in, Team Rose is on the bottom if they're in, and if Team Dark's in, they have the one that the team that's out has. The first team to grab two keys wins.


If you must take a break in the middle, hit the up arrow on the bottom screen. Harrison will tell you your quick password that will allow you to retransmit the mission with just one password. For the initial transmission to the Tajiri server, you can just go direct to Harrison without having to deal with Ancha or Eggman.


Once you've managed to obtain all 56 machine parts, Harrison will ask you to insert your Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness game disc into your Gamecube. Do so. Harrison will return to the TV from the top screen of the DS. Harrison will congratulate you on finding all 56 parts of the machine Eggman was trying to build, and will hand you the PARTS CASE. Take that to Makan in Gateon Port. He'll be shocked and amazed that you managed to get all of the parts for the vehicle Eggman planned to use, and will begin assembling the vehicle immediately. Wait a day (that is, go to Trainers' City and then come back) and Makan will have finished the Egg Rider, the vehicle whose parts you got, and has sent Perr to deliver it to Trainers' City.

Once Makan's finished the Egg Rider, head for Trainers' City. You'll meet Perr at the docks, and Perr will tell you that the Egg Rider is parked at the dock farthest away from the Robo Kyogre, and that the only destination it can currently fly to is the recently-discovered cave. After that, he'll board a boat and sail away from the scene. Board the Egg Rider a lot like you would a pre-Trainers' City Robo Kyogre. A cutscene will play depicting the Egg Rider flying toward an elevated cave.

Once you've reached the elevated cave, you'll be at a dock there during the daylight hours. You can ride the Egg Rider back to Trainers' City from there (it'll be night again upon reaching Trainers' City). You can also walk into the cave, where you'll find four registration boothes. Turns out that this elevated cave is host to a trivia bowl. The receptionits will enter you in, from left to right, Poké Trivia, Hedge Trivia, Final Trivia, and Mega Trivia.

Entering Poké Trivia will allow you to take part in a competition involving Pokémon trivia. Entering Hedge Trivia will allow you to take part in a competition involving trivia about the Sonic the Hedgehog series. Both of those are open from the get-go. If you pick Final Trivia or Mega Trivia, the first time you do so, you'll be brought to a GBA Connection screen, where you have to make a connection to a certain GBA game with a gamesave on it to participate in the matching competition; the game paks are Final Fantasy IV Advance for Final Trivia and Mega Man Zero 4 for Mega Trivia. You only need to get a successful connection once. Once you've managed to enter Final Trivia, you'll take part in a competititon involving trivia about the Final Fantasy series; likewise, entering Mega Trivia will allow you to take part in a competititon involving trivia about the complete Mega Man series. (The Final Trivia entry exam is perhaps the hardest, since you can't do research for all of the questions at the History Center.)

Before you can take part in a Trivia Bowl, though, you have to pass a seven-question entry exam. You must get all seven questions right to win a pass to participate in the matching Trivia Bowl. Here are the questions and answers for each entry exam:

Poké Trivia
"FIRE/LEAF KANTO, GOLD/SILVER JOHTO, RUBY/SAPPHIRE HOENN. What is the difference between male and female GYM LEADERS between each country and which gender is favored? Count twins as two people."
Entry: You enter the answer with the Control Stick. The initial display reads "Even 00". Pressing Up from there moves to "Male 01", pressing Down from there moves to "Female 01". Up increments males and decrements females; Down decrements males and increments females.
Correct Answer: Male 03.
Reason: The full ratio is 14 male to 11 female. There are three more males than females.

"In a main game, which field move is the only way to catch a NOSEPASS outside of MIROR B.? Leave blank if no field move is necessary."
Entry: The answer is typed in uppercase. There are 12 spaces for entry. Spaces in the attack name count in the correct answer. You cannot switch to lowercase here.
Correct Answer: ROCK SMASH
Reason: The only place to catch Nosepass other than snagging one from Miror B. is to use Rock Smash in Hoenn's Granite Cave.

"What did the TRICK MASTER call his quiz robots?"
Entry: Multiple-choice question. The choices are: MECHADOLLS, E-500 Robots, or QUIZ TELLERS.
Correct Answer: Mechadolls
Reason: There's no such thing as a Quiz Teller, and no game has ever had an E-500 series anything, but an E-500 sounds more like an Eggman robot than something the Trick Master would use.

"In GOLD/SILVER, which relative of CHUCK's gave you the HM02?"
Entry: Multiple-choice question. The choices are: His daughter, His wife, His mother
Correct Answer: His wife
Reason: Chuck's wife will talk about her husband (Chuck) having becoming a little too flabby before you beat him.

"Which member of the ORANGE CREW had a gym on MANDARIN ISLAND? Leave blank if you think I'm fooling you."
Entry: The answer is typed in uppercase. There are 9 spaces for entry. Spaces in the name of the person count in the correct answer. You cannot switch to lowercase here.
Correct Answer: Leave it blank
Reason: No Orange Crew member ran a gym on Mandarin Island. Cissy ran her gym on Mikan Island. Danny ran his gym on Navel Island. Rudy ran his gym on Trovita Island. Luana ran her gym on Kumquat Island. And their leader, Drake, ran his operation on Pummelo Island.

"Which is more, SEVII ISLANDS or cities and towns in mainland KANTO? Count the INDIGO PLATEAU and special events. Do not count transmittable data. Display the ratio as well."
Entry: You enter the answer with the Control Stick. The initial display reads "Even 00". Pressing Up from there moves to "KANTO 01", pressing Down from there moves to "SEVII 01". Up increments Kanto and decrements Sevii; Down decrements Kanto and increments Sevii.
Correct Answer: Kanto 02
Reason: Including two special events, there's 9 Sevii Islands. There's 11 cities and towns in Kanto, including the Indigo Plateau. This makes for Kanto having a lead by two.

"In FIRE/LEAF, what is the difference between the TMs BROCK and ERIKA give you and who has the lower number TM?"
Entry: You enter the answer with the Control Stick. The initial display reads "Even 00". Pressing Up from there moves to "BROCK 01", pressing Down from there moves to "ERIKA 01". Up increments Brock and decrements Erika; Down decrements Brock and increments Erika.
Correct Answer: Erika 20
Reason: Erika's TM is TM19. Brock's TM is TM39. This means Erika has the lower number by 20.

Completing the exam will give you the POKéBOWL PASS and entry into the Poké Trivia Bowl.

Hedge Trivia
"Name the first ever zone. Do not include the word ZONE."
Entry: The answer is typed in uppercase. There are 16 spaces for entry. Spaces in the name of the zone count in the correct answer. You cannot switch to lowercase here.
Correct Answer: GREEN HILL
Reason: The first ever zone in the Sonic series was the Green Hill Zone in the original Sonic the Hedgehog on the Genesis.

"Which piece of hardware did SONIC CD premiere on?"
Entry: Multiple-choice question. The choices are: SEGA CD, SEGA 32X, SEGA SATURN
Correct Answer: Sega CD
Reason: Sonic CD was one of the premier titles for the Sega CD, a failed Genesis add-on.

"In SONIC 3 & KNUCKLES, which zone number is the DEATH EGG?"
Entry: You enter the answer with the Control Stick. The initial display reads "00". Pressing Up adds to the count, pressing Down subtracts from the count.
Correct Answer: 13
Reason: A Sonic and Tails, Sonic only, or Tails only saved game at the Death Egg will be listed as being at "Zone 13". This is the last stage of the game in a Tails only game, and the game will stop here if Sonic has a total number of emeralds that between 1-6 or 8-13 counting both Chaos and Super Emeralds.

"In the equipment screen of TAILS ADVENTURES, which of these items is misspelled?"
Entry: Multiple-choice question. The choices are: NAPALM BOMB, WRENCH, RAIDO
Correct Answer: Raido
Reason: Tails Adventures misspelled Radio, which is what the item is supposed to read, in the equipment screen. Oddly enough, it was spelled right when you obtained it.

"What is the name of the special CHAO that is the favorite in the second and tenth CHALLENGE RACES in SONIC ADVENTURE 2 BATTLE? Case sensitivity is a must."
Entry: The answer is typed in both uppercase and lowercase. There are 7 spaces for entry. Spaces in the name of the Chao count in the correct answer. Switch to lowercase using the usual method.
Correct Answer: Chacron
Reason: Chacron is the SA2B name of a special Chao from the original Sonic Adventure on the Dreamcast that makes a special visit in the second and tenth Challenge Races in SA2B.

"How many missions are in the MISSION MODE of a normal game of SONIC ADVENTURE DX: DIRECTOR'S CUT?"
Entry: You enter the answer with the Control Stick. The initial display reads "00". Pressing Up adds to the count, pressing Down subtracts from the count.
Correct Answer: 60
Reason: All of the Game Gear games in Sonic Adventure DX: Director's Cut are unlocked by getting all 130 emblems and clearing all 60 missions.

"Which of these characters is not in SONIC RIDERS?"
Entry: Multiple-choice question: The choices are: AIAI, ESPIO, ULALA
Correct Answer: Espio
Reason: Oddly enough, the established Sonic franchise character, Espio (Knuckles Chaotix, Sonic Heroes) wasn't included in Sonic Riders, yet they let the likes of Aiai (the Super Monkey Ball series) and Ulala (Space Channel 5) into the game. Perhaps they should have included NiGHTS instead of...what's that, they included NiGHTS as well?

Completing the exam will give you the HEDGEBOWL PASS and entry into the Hedge Trivia Bowl.

Final Trivia
General Note: The names of the games use the Japanese numbering. Example: If the question asks for Final Fantasy II, it's referencing the one found in Dawn of Souls, not the one released in America on the SNES, which was really Final Fantasy IV.

"Name one class that cannot wield the MASAMUNE in FINAL FANTASY I. Case sensitive, please. If you think all classes can wield it, leave blank."
Entry: The answer is typed in both uppercase and lowercase. There are 8 spaces for entry. Spaces in the name of the doctor count in the correct answer. Switch to lowercase using the usual method.
Correct Answer: Leave it blank
Reason: There isn't a single class in the original Final Fantasy that CAN'T wield the Masamune. Even weak classes such as the White Wizard can wield the most powerful weapon in the game without resorting to the Soul of Chaos found in the Dawn of Souls version.

"By default, which character in FINAL FANTASY II is your party's lead?"
Entry: Multiple-choice answer. The choices are: FIRION, LEON, CECIL
Correct Answer: Firion
Reason: Those who choose Cecil should be ashamed of themselves. Cecil isn't even in Final Fantasy II, he's the main character of Final Fantasy IV! I told you not to be fooled by the Japanese numbering! Anyway, the initial party in Final Fantasy II consists of Firion, Maria, and Guy, with Firion in the first position.

"In FINAL FANTASY IV, how many inches separate CECIL and CID, and which one is taller?"
Entry: You enter the answer with the Control Stick. The initial display reads "Even 00". Pressing Up from there moves to "CECIL 01", pressing Down from there moves to "CID 01". Up increments Cecil and decrements Cid; Down decrements Cecil and increments Cid.
Correct Answer: Cecil 02
Reason: Cecil stands an even 6 feet. Cid stands 5 feet 10 inches. Given that there are 12 inches in a foot, Cecil stands two inches taller than Cid does.

"Was the main character of FINAL FANTASY VI male or female?"
Entry: Multiple-choice answer. The choices are: Male, Female, What main character?
Correct Answer: What main character?
Reason: Even though there's an abundance of playable characters in Final Fantasy VI, even though it's widely believed Terra's the main character and thus beating Yuna (in X-2) to the punch as first female lead in a Final Fantasy title, there is actually no set-in-stone main character in Final Fantasy VI. Makes you wonder why Square even gave the characters default names if they wouldn't even set a main character in stone?

"What was the name of FINAL FANTASY VII's airship? Case sensitive, please."
Entry: The answer is typed in both uppercase and lowercase. There are 12 spaces for entry. Spaces in the name of the doctor count in the correct answer. Switch to lowercase using the usual method.
Correct Answer: Highwind
Reason: The word Highwind appears a lot wherever Cid's involved. Not only is that Cid's last name, it's also the name of his level 4 limit break and the name of his airship as well.

"What is the difference between the number of discs FINAL FANTASY VIII and FINAL FANTASY IX came on? Initial releases only."
Entry: You enter the answer with the Control Stick. The initial display reads "Even 00". Pressing Up from there moves to "VIII 01", pressing Down from there moves to "IX 01". Up increments 8 and decrements 9; Down decrements 8 and increments 9.
Correct Answer: Even 00
Reason: Final Fantasy VIII and Final Fantasy IX both came on four discs in their initial releases. This means there is no difference between the number of discs. Space on the fourth disc, however, is a different story...

"Which of these characters was not in FINAL FANTASY X?"
Entry: Multiple-choice question. The choices are: YUNA, PAINE, RIKKU
Correct Answer: Paine
Reason: While Yuna and Rikku knew Tidus from X, Paine was a character introduced in X-2.

Completing the exam will give you the FINALBOWL PASS and entry into the Final Trivia Bowl.

Mega Trivia
"How many ROBOT MASTERS were in the first MEGA MAN game?"
Entry: You enter the answer with the Control Stick. The initial display reads "00". Pressing Up adds to the count, pressing Down subtracts from the count.
Correct Answer: 06
Reason: You have your Bomb Man, your Guts Man, your Cut Man, your Elec Man, your Ice Man, and your Fire Man. There aren't any other Robot Masters around, thus this means that the first Mega Man had 6 Robot Masters.

"Is there an alarm in DUO's mini-stage in MEGA MAN 8?"
Entry: Multiple-choice question. The choices are: Yes, No, Depends
Correct Answer: Depends
Reason: The Saturn version of Mega Man 8 has an alarm sound and a red alarm light in Duo's mini-stage. The PS1 version of Mega Man 8 has neither. If the correct answer were "Yes", the PS1 version would have to have an alarm; if the correct answer was "No", the Saturn version would have to lack an alarm.

"What is the name of the doctor in MEGA MAN X3? Case sensitive, please."
Entry: The answer is typed in both uppercase and lowercase. There are 12 spaces for entry. Spaces in the name of the doctor count in the correct answer. Switch to lowercase using the usual method.
Correct Answer: Doppler
Reason: Dr. Doppler runs the lab that houses Mega Man X3's final stage.

"Which of these characters appears in every MEGA MAN LEGENDS series game? Count spinoffs."
Entry: Multiple-choice question. The choices are: DATA, TRON BONNE, MEGA MAN
Correct Answer: Tron Bonne
Reason: The obvious answer (Mega Man) is not the correct one. If counting just Legends and Legends 2, then all three answers would be correct. However, the question states "count spinoffs". Said spinoff is The Misadventures of Tron Bonne, of which Tron Bonne is the main character and of which Mega Man and Data are nowhere to be found.

"How many weapons can X wield as a playable character in MEGA MAN ZERO 2?"
Entry: You enter the answer with the Control Stick. The initial display reads "00". Pressing Up adds to the count, pressing Down subtracts from the count.
Correct Answer: 00
Reason: This is a trick question. X is not a playable character in Mega Man Zero 2. This means that X doesn't have any upgrades of his own, much less a weapon, in that game. Everything goes to Zero here.

"Which is not a version of MEGA MAN BATTLE NETWORK 3?"
Entry: Multiple-choice question. The choices are: Red, White, Blue
Correct Answer: Red
Reason: The third installment of Battle Network was the first to take a Pokémon-like strategy in its release in which there were two versions of the game. Blue and White versions of the game were released, but there was no Red version.

"In MEGA MAN X8, which weapon should you use on EARTHROCK TRILOBITE if you're playing as AXL? Case sensitivity counts."
Entry: The answer is typed in both uppercase and lowercase. There are 18 spaces for entry. Spaces in the name of the doctor count in the correct answer. Switch to lowercase using the usual method.
Correct Answer: Spiral Magnum
Reason: There is a certain set of three weapons that Earthrock Trilobite is weak against. Each one of the three hunters has one of those weapons. X has the Squeeze Bomb, Zero has the Juuhazan, and Axl has the Spiral Magnum.

Completing the exam will give you the MEGABOWL PASS and entry into the Mega Trivia Bowl.


After participating in a Trivia Bowl, once you've gotten a Bowl Pass, you can skip the entry exam and go straight to the same Trivia Bowl. If you failed to earn the Bowl Pass, you can take the entry exam as many times as you like as often as you like until you get the Bowl Pass.

The Trivia Bowl is a competititon between many participants. Quite a few are generic, but known characters will show up at the event. The questions in the Trivia Bowl are randomly chosen from a wide assortment of questions that match the topic. Everyone who gets the question right moves on. Everyone who gets the question wrong is out. Each question uses one of the four entry methods (number input, ratio input, name type, multiple-choice). The last person standing wins a huge cash stake depending on the number of entrants. However, after competing in a Trivia Bowl, you can't enter another one for three hours of gameplay time.

 

[Carrington388]

This piece of data details a special fossil-themed tournament. It's transmitted using the passwords on Mysterious Fossil (EX: Aqua's Fury), Mysterious Fossil (EX: Magma's Wrath), Full Heal Energy (EX: Flora's Rage), Potion Energy (EX: Plasma's Anger), and Recycle Energy (EX: Rocket's Madness). You also need the universal confirmation password, "C4F-4M0-Vxx", where xx denotes a two-letter version identifier; CO for Colosseum, XD for XD: Gale of Darkness. There are some slight differences between Colosseum and XD: Gale of Darkness. Trainers' City must be enabled to take part in this piece of data. Colosseum requires that the Final Fantasy VII mission be completed, while XD requires that the Team Draco mission be completed.

Once the data is transmitted, head for any TV and you'll be treated to an announcement involving a fossil-themed tournament where the winner will recieve a collection of five Pokémon revived from fossils. It's a 32-person tournament in Colosseum while it's a 64-person tournament in XD: Gale of Darkness.

Head for Trainers' Colosseum and enter. In addition to the normal options, "FOSSIL TOURNAMENT" will appear as a choice. Choose that to enter the fossil tournament. This tournament has four divisions with exactly one-quarter of the field in each division (8 people in Colosseum, 16 people in XD: Gale of Darkness). This is a tournament where each player uses 4 Pokémon two at a time with no level restrictions; however, all of the opponents are at level 100. Your team is the first 4 Pokémon in your party. Here's the listing of the top 8 seeds in each bracket, these will appear in both Colosseum and XD: Gale of Darkness:

Omanyte Bracket:
(1) Leader Juan(M): L100 Kingdra, L100 Crawdaunt, L100 Walrein, L100 Ludicolo
(2) Leader Misty(F): L100 Starmie, L100 Togetic, L100 Gyarados, L100 Politoed
(3) Aqua Leader Archie(M): L100 Sharpedo, L100 Swampert, L100 Gyarados, L100 Octillery
(4) Elite Four Lorelei(F): L100 Lapras, L100 Jynx, L100 Piloswine, L100 Walrein
(5) <randomly chosen>
(6) Elite Four Glacia(F): L100 Glalie, L100 Walrein, L100 Jynx, L100 Piloswine
(7) Performer Trixie(F): L100 Azumarill, L100 Golduck, L100 Lanturn, L100 Pelipper
(8) Seafarer Luka(F): L100 Mantine, L100 Gyarados, L100 Milotic, L100 Whiscash

Kabuto Bracket:
(1) Leader Brock(M): L100 Steelix, L100 Swampert, L100 Golem, L100 Aggron
(2) Leader Roxanne(F): L100 Golem, L100 Nosepass, L100 Rhydon, L100 Shuckle
(3) Magma Leader Maxie(M): L100 Camerupt, L100 Rapidash, L100 Typhlosion, L100 Houndoom
(4) Elite Four Bruno(M): L100 Machamp, L100 Hariyama, L100 Golem, L100 Heracross
(5) <randomly chosen>
(6) Leader Blaine(M): L100 Magmar, L100 Rapidash, L100 Camerupt, L100 Typhlosion
(7) Charizard Tamer Liza(F): L100 Charizard, L100 Houndoom, L100 Magcargo, L100 Camerupt
(8) Leader Flannery(F): L100 Magcargo, L100 Torkoal, L100 Camerupt, L100 Houndoom

Lileep Bracket:
(1) Leader Erika(F): L100 Bellossom, L100 Victreebel, L100 Breloom, L100 Ludicolo
(2) Hula Dancer Floreia(F): L100 Ludicolo, L100 Lanturn, L100 Sunflora, L100 Tropius
(3) Flora Leader Farlie(M): L100 Cacturne, L100 Venusaur, L100 Jumpluff, L100 Exeggutor
(4) Elite Four Koga(M): L100 Venomoth, L100 Weezing, L100 Forretress, L100 Swalot
(5) <randomly chosen>
(6) Elite Four Agatha(F): L100 Gengar, L100 Crobat, L100 Banette, L100 Dusclops
(7) [PK][MN] Trainer Electra(F): L100 Raichu, L100 Manectric, L100 Magneton, L100 Lanturn
(8) [PK][MN] Trainer Ritchie(M): L100 Raichu (Sparky), L100 Charizard (Zippo), L100 Tyranitar (Cruise), L100 Salamence (Drago)

Anorith Bracket:
(1) Leader Bugsy(M): L100 Scizor, L100 Heracross, L100 Yanma, L100 Parasect
(2) Elite Four Lance(M): L100 Dragonite, L100 Kingdra, L100 Aerodactyl, L100 Flygon
(3) Plasma Leader Plasmae(F): L100 Manectric, L100 Raichu, L100 Ampharos, L100 Magneton
(4) [PK][MN] Trainer Milane(F): L100 Breloom, L100 Cacturne, L100 Exeggutor, L100 Vileplume
(5) <randomly chosen>
(6) Dojo Master Shingo(M): L100 Machamp, L100 Nidoking, L100 Breloom, L100 Hitmontop
(7) Leader Lt. Surge(M): L100 Raichu, L100 Ampharos, L100 Magneton, L100 Manectric
(8) Leader Jasmine(F): L100 Magneton, L100 Steelix, L100 Skarmory, L100 Metagross

The 5 seeds are randomly assigned. Your character is one of them, here are the other three:

Rocket Admin Tyson(M): L100 Fearow, L100 Manectric, L100 Crawdaunt, L100 Torkoal
Cipher Head Evice(M): L100 Aggron, L100 Tyranitar, L100 Slaking, L100 Slowking (Colosseum Only)
Cipher Boss Greevil(M): L100 Articuno, L100 Rhydon, L100 Moltres, L100 Zapdos (XD: Gale of Darkness Only)
Snagem Head Gonzap(M): L100 Skarmory, L100 Blastoise, L100 Charizard, L100 Venusaur

Here are the lower seeds that only participate in the tournament in XD: Gale of Darkness:

Omanyte Bracket:
(09) Champion Wallace(M): L100 Walrein, L100 Gyarados, L100 Milotic, L100 Lanturn
(10) Mysteryman Eusine(M): L100 Alakazam, L100 Raichu, L100 Espeon, L100 Xatu
(11) Freelancer Megathug(M): L100 Arcanine, L100 Cloyster, L100 Magneton, L100 Exeggutor
(12) Draco Leader Dralene(F): L100 Altaria, L100 Dragonite, L100 Kingdra, L100 Flygon
(13) Leader Falkner(M): L100 Pidgeot, L100 Altaria, L100 Gligar, L100 Xatu
(14) Orange Crew Cissy(F): L100 Blastoise, L100 Kingdra, L100 Quagsire, L100 Lanturn
(15) Leader Clair(F): L100 Dragonite, L100 Kingdra, L100 Salamence, L100 Flygon
(16) Costume Artist Duplica(F): L100 Ditto, L100 Ditto (Minidit), L100 Ditto (Gigadit), L100 Castform

Kabuto Bracket:
(09) [PK][MN] Trainer Harrison(M): L100 Blaziken, L100 Sneasel, L100 Ampharos, L100 Gengar
(10) OI Elite Drake(M): L100 Dragonite, L100 Venusaur, L100 Gyarados, L100 Ditto
(11) Leader Norman(M): L100 Slaking, L100 Linoone, L100 Ursaring, L100 Snorlax
(12) Leader Tate&Liza(F/F): L100 Lunatone, L100 Solrock, L100 Slowbro, L100 Slowking
(13) Leader Whitney(F): L100 Miltank, L100 Nidoqueen, L100 Swellow, L100 Tauros
(14) Orange Crew Danny(M): L100 Nidoqueen, L100 Golem, L100 Piloswine, L100 Scizor
(15) Leader Pryce(M): L100 Dewgong, L100 Piloswine, L100 Jynx, L100 Glalie
(16) Leader Aeris(F): L100 Clefable, L100 Wigglytuff, L100 Porygon2, L100 Blissey

Lileep Bracket:
(09) [PK][MN] Trainer Steven(M): L100 Metagross, L100 Aggron, L100 Scizor, L100 Steelix
(10) Leader Sabrina(F): L100 Alakazam, L100 Metagross, L100 Gardevoir, L100 Exeggutor
(11) Wanderer Miror B.(M): L100 Ludicolo, L100 Nosepass, L100 Sudowoodo, L100 Shiftry
(12) Elite Four Karen(F): L100 Umbreon, L100 Houndoom, L100 Sneasel, L100 Absol
(13) Freelancer Brody(M): L100 Ditto, L100 Camerupt, L100 Claydol, L100 Dugtrio
(14) Orange Crew Rudy(M): L100 Starmie, L100 Exeggutor, L100 Lanturn, L100 Electabuzz
(15) Leader Jason(M): L100 Shiftry, L100 Ludicolo, L100 Venusaur, L100 Meganium
(16) Leader Chuck(M): L100 Poliwrath, L100 Primeape, L100 Hitmonchan, L100 Hariyama

Anorith Bracket:
(09) [PK][MN] Researcher Giovanni(M): L100 Nidoking, L100 Nidoqueen, L100 Rhydon, L100 Flygon
(10) Chobin & Robo Groudon(M/ ): L100 Scizor, L100 Dragonite, L100 Marowak, L100 Ninjask
(11) Leader Wattson(M): L100 Magneton, L100 Electrode, L100 Manectric, L100 Raichu
(12) Leader Winona(F): L100 Altaria, L100 Tropius, L100 Salamence, L100 Charizard
(13) Leader Gary(M): L100 Blastoise, L100 Umbreon, L100 Houndoom, L100 Metagross
(14) Orange Crew Luana(F): L100 Alakazam, L100 Marowak, L100 Flygon, L100 Piloswine
(15) Elite Four Drake(M): L100 Flygon, L100 Salamence, L100 Kingdra, L100 Altaria
(16) Greenhouse Gal Sonrisa(F): L100 Sunflora, L100 Jumpluff, L100 Bellossom, L100 Tropius

Anyway, in Colosseum, each bracket's first round has four matchups: 1 vs. 8, 4 vs. 5, 3 vs. 6, and 2 vs. 7. The winner of 1-8 and the winner of 4-5 meet in the bracket semifinals, as do the winner of 3-6 and the winner of 2-7. The winner of each of the two bracket semifinal games will square off against each other in the bracket final to determine the winner of the bracket. In the tournament semifinal, the winners of the Omanyte and Kabuto brackets will face off against each other, as will the winners of the Lileep and Anorith brackets. The winners of the tournament semifinal games face off in the championship match for all the marbles.

In XD: Gale of Darkness, it's a little more complex. The first-round matches in each bracket are as follows: 1 vs. 16, 8 vs. 9, 4 vs. 13, 5 vs. 12, 6 vs. 11, 3 vs. 14, 7 vs. 10, and 2 vs. 15. The second round matches pit these matchups against each other: 1-16 winner against 8-9 winner, 4-13 winner against 5-12 winner, 6-11 winner against 3-14 winner, and 7-10 winner against 2-15 winner. Bracket semifinals will pit the two remaining people in the number 1 seed's half of the bracket against each other, the same with the two remaining people in the number 2 seed's half. The winners of the bracket semifinals move on to the bracket final to determine the winner of the bracket. In the tournament semifinal, the winners of the Omanyte and Kabuto brackets will face off against each other, as will the winners of the Lileep and Anorith brackets. The winners of the tournament semifinal games face off in the championship match for all the marbles. Also of note: If you're in the Kabuto Bracket and seek to face Aeris in the Sweet 16, forget about it. Brock will beat Aeris 100% of the time, and Brock will win in no more than 51.9 seconds (the average match time for that match is 43 seconds, the shortest possible match time for the Brock-Aeris match is 19.9 seconds). No other battle in the tournament has a person winning 100% of the time.

Anyway, once you register, you and the other three 5 seeds will be shuffled into brackets, and you'll be told your match location. Head for your match location to start the match. Winning your way up the bracket will allow you to fight in other locations. In Colosseum, bracket decides your initial location, and if you win your bracket, you move on to Trainers' Colosseum (you have to make your way there yourself). In XD: Gale of Darkness, each second-round match has a location decided; that match and the corresponding first-round matches will take place at that location. Anyone who gets into the Sweet 16 gets to fight at a Colosseum (you have to make your way there yourself), and anyone who wins their bracket gets to fight at the Trainers' Colosseum (you have to ride the Robo Kyogre there yourself). While you're at the site, you can (but don't have to) watch other matches at the same location before your match comes up. Here are the match locations for each game:

Colosseum:
Omanyte Bracket Rounds: Phenac Stadium
Kabuto Bracket Rounds: Pyrite Colosseum
Lileep Bracket Rounds: The Under Colosseum
Anorith Bracket Rounds: Deep Colosseum
The Final Four: Trainers' Colosseum

XD: Gale of Darkness:
Omanyte Bracket, First Two Rounds, Location 1: Gateon Port, Lighthouse
Omanyte Bracket, First Two Rounds, Location 2: HQ Lab, Kaminko's Front Yard
Omanyte Bracket, Sweet 16 and Elite Eight: Tower Colosseum
Kabuto Bracket, First Two Rounds, Location 1: Oasis Poké Spot
Kabuto Bracket, First Two Rounds, Location 2: Pyrite Town, Duel Square
Kabuto Bracket, Sweet 16 and Elite Eight: Pyrite Colosseum
Lileep Bracket, First Two Rounds, Location 1: Cave Poké Spot
Lileep Bracket, First Two Rounds, Location 2: Cipher Key Lair, Entry Area
Lileep Bracket, Sweet 16 and Elite Eight: Mt. Battle Colosseum*
Anorith Bracket, First Two Rounds, Location 1: Rock Poké Spot
Anorith Bracket, First Two Rounds, Location 2: S.S. Libra, Deck Area
Anorith Bracket, Sweet 16 and Elite Eight: Phenac Stadium
The Final Four: Trainers' Colosseum
*--If you make it to the Sweet 16 of the Lileep Bracket, talk to the receptionist and you'll be whisked to Area 100, where the last three Lileep Bracket matches will take place.

Winning your way through the bracket will allow you to win special prizes. Here they are:

The first time you win the Omanyte Bracket, you'll get an ordinary L5 Omanyte.
The first time you win the Kabuto Bracket, you'll get an ordinary L5 Kabuto.
The first time you win the Lileep Bracket, you'll get an ordinary L5 Lileep.
The first time you win the Anorith Bracket, you'll get an ordinary L5 Anorith.
Once you've gotten the other ordinary fossils, you'll get an ordinary L5 Aerodactyl holding a Liechi Berry.
The first time you win the entire tournament, you'll get the fossil prize package composed of five fossil Pokémon each with special moves, including one it can't normally learn. It is as follows:

L5 Omanyte: Rock Blast, Constrict, Withdraw, Water Pulse
L5 Kabuto: Hydro Cannon, Harden, Scratch, Rock Tomb
L5 Lileep: Frenzy Plant, Astonish, Constrict, Sandstorm
L5 Anorith: Signal Beam, Scratch, Harden, Swords Dance
L5 Aerodactyl: Aeroblast, Wing Attack, Agility, Dragonbreath

 

[Carrington388]

This post will describe eight special missions that involve only one evil team. Each of the missions require the passwords on the necessary cards to be transmitted to the Tajiri server. All of them also require the universal confirmation password, "C4F-4M0-Vxx", where xx denotes a two-letter version identifier; RU for Ruby, SA for Sapphire, FR for FireRed, LG for LeafGreen, and EM for Emerald. If transmitting to Ruby/Sapphire/Emerald, you must not have changed the evil teams that roam Hoenn, otherwise you'll need a major password modification to perform this mission, and this data is not optimized for different teams. Each mission requires a certain Enigma Island be active; more details are listed in the missions themselves. The passwords on the cards have added security, which means modifying the passwords for a game with the evil teams changed will be a practically impossible task.

The first mission involves Team Aqua. The passwords needed are on Aqua Condensation Tower, Aqua's Geyser Gym, Aqua's Mission, and Aqua's Submerged Gym (all EX: Aqua's Fury). This mission requires the Misty Cape Enigma Island to be active. Once the requirements are met and the mission transmitted, you'll find several Team Aqua Grunts all over the island. Here are their teams:

Team Aqua Grunt(M): L44 Sharpedo
Team Aqua Grunt(F): L44 Sharpedo
Team Aqua Grunt(M): L43 Mightyena, L43 Sharpedo
Team Aqua Grunt(F): L43 Mightyena, L43 Sharpedo
Team Aqua Grunt(M): L42 Golbat, L42 Poochyena, L42 Carvanha
Team Aqua Grunt(F): L42 Golbat, L42 Poochyena, L42 Carvanha
Team Aqua Grunt(M): L39 Zubat, L39 Zubat, L39 Poochyena, L39 Poochyena, L39 Carvanha, L39 Carvanha
Team Aqua Grunt(F): L39 Zubat, L39 Zubat, L39 Poochyena, L39 Poochyena, L39 Carvanha, L39 Carvanha

Once all eight of those grunts are beaten, start combing the island using the Itemfinder. The Itemfinder will sense a spot where it sees somebody's hair sticking out of the sand. "Pick up" the hair and you'll pull Misty out from underneath the sand, and she'll thank you for rescuing her--then a boat arrives on the scene with two Team Aqua Admins, one male and one female, aboard! They'll walk up to you and Misty and demand a Multi Battle. This battle will have you and Misty fight the two Team Aqua Admins in question. Here's Misty's team and the teams of the two admins:

Leader Misty(F): L66 Starmie, L65 Gyarados, L65 Corsola
Aqua Admin Matt(M): L52 Sharpedo, L51 Cloyster, L50 Crobat
Aqua Admin Isabel(F): L52 Sharpedo, L51 Ludicolo, L50 Dragonair

Once Matt and Isabel have fallen, they and the rest of Team Aqua will vanish from the island. Misty will then give you a TM03 before leaving herself. Once Misty's gone, use the Itemfinder and look for an AQUACARD. Once you have the Aquacard, you're done with this mission.


The second mission involves Team Magma. The passwords needed are on Magma Evaporation Tower, Magma's 212-Degree Gym, Magma's Mission, and Magma's Weak Rock Gym (all EX: Magma's Wrath). This mission requires the Flannery Springs Enigma Island to be active. Once the requirements are met and the mission transmitted, you'll find several Team Magma Grunts all over the cave's four small islands. Flannery's not where she's supposed to be. Here are their teams:

Team Magma Grunt(M): L44 Camerupt
Team Magma Grunt(F): L44 Camerupt
Team Magma Grunt(M): L43 Mightyena, L43 Camerupt
Team Magma Grunt(F): L43 Mightyena, L43 Camerupt
Team Magma Grunt(M): L42 Golbat, L42 Poochyena, L42 Numel
Team Magma Grunt(F): L42 Golbat, L42 Poochyena, L42 Numel
Team Magma Grunt(M): L39 Zubat, L39 Zubat, L39 Poochyena, L39 Poochyena, L39 Numel, L39 Numel
Team Magma Grunt(F): L39 Zubat, L39 Zubat, L39 Poochyena, L39 Poochyena, L39 Numel, L39 Numel

Once all eight of those grunts are beaten, a pile of Rock Smash rocks will appear around where Flannery would normally be, and a box is in the middle of them. Smash all four rocks and the box will open. Once the box opens, Flannery will step out of it. Once Flannery's out, she'll thank you for rescuing her--then a boat arrives on the scene with two Team Magma Admins, both of them female, aboard! They'll walk up to you and Flannery and demand a Multi Battle. This battle will have you and Flannery fight the two Team Magma Admins in question. Here's Flannery's team and the teams of the two admins:

Leader Flannery(F): L66 Torkoal, L65 Magcargo, L65 Camerupt
Magma Admin Tabitha(F): L52 Camerupt, L51 Arcanine, L50 Crobat
Magma Admin Courtney(F): L52 Camerupt, L51 Charizard, L50 Altaria

Once Tabitha and Courtney have fallen, they and the rest of Team Magma will vanish from the island. Flannery will then give you a TM50. Once Flannery's given you the reward, use the Itemfinder on the island where you just battled Tabitha and Courtney and look for a MAGMACARD. Once you have the Magmacard, you're done with this mission.


The third mission involves Team Flora. The passwords needed are on Flora Runoff Tower, Flora's Mission, Flora's Overgrown Gym, and Flora's Tripvine Gym (all EX: Flora's Rage). This mission requires the Sonrisa Greenhouse Enigma Island to be active. Once the requirements are met and the mission transmitted, you'll find several Team Flora Grunts all over the greenhouse. The grunts here will mention that they're doing this without Farlie's consent; the grunts in this mission didn't counsel Farlie because of Farlie's weird behavior as of late. Here are their teams:

Team Flora Grunt(M): L44 Cacturne
Team Flora Grunt(F): L44 Cacturne
Team Flora Grunt(M): L43 Mightyena, L43 Cacturne
Team Flora Grunt(F): L43 Mightyena, L43 Cacturne
Team Flora Grunt(M): L42 Golbat, L42 Poochyena, L42 Cacnea
Team Flora Grunt(F): L42 Golbat, L42 Poochyena, L42 Cacnea
Team Flora Grunt(M): L39 Zubat, L39 Zubat, L39 Poochyena, L39 Poochyena, L39 Cacnea, L39 Cacnea
Team Flora Grunt(F): L39 Zubat, L39 Zubat, L39 Poochyena, L39 Poochyena, L39 Cacnea, L39 Cacnea

Once all eight of those grunts are beaten, start combing the rear of the Greenhouse with the Itemfinder. The Itemfinder will sense a spot where it sees somebody's shoes sticking out. "Pick up" the shoes and you'll pull Sonrisa out from inside a bed of flowers, and she'll thank you for rescuing her--then a boat arrives on the scene with two Team Flora Admins, both of them male, aboard! They'll walk up to you and Sonrisa and demand a Multi Battle. This battle will have you and Sonrisa fight the two Team Flora Admins in question. Here's Sonrisa's team and the teams of the two admins:

Greenhouse Gal Sonrisa(F): L66 Sunflora, L65 Breloom, L65 Tropius
Aqua Admin Brad(M): L52 Cacturne, L51 Victreebel, L50 Crobat
Aqua Admin Seth(M): L52 Cacturne, L51 Vileplume, L50 Mightyena

Once Brad and Seth have fallen, they and the rest of Team Flora will vanish from the island. Sonrisa will then give you a TM19 before leaving herself. Once Sonrisa's gone, use the Itemfinder and look for a FLORACARD. Once you have the Floracard, you're done with this mission.


The fourth mission involves Team Plasma. The passwords needed are on Plasma Precipitation Tower,
Plasma's 100,000-Volt Gym, Plasma's Mission, and Plasma's Thick Wire Gym (all EX: Plasma's Anger). This mission requires the Omega's Resort Enigma Island to be active. Once the requirements are met and the mission transmitted, you'll find several Team Plasma Grunts all over the island. Here are their teams:

Team Plasma Grunt(M): L44 Manectric
Team Plasma Grunt(F): L44 Manectric
Team Plasma Grunt(M): L43 Mightyena, L43 Manectric
Team Plasma Grunt(F): L43 Mightyena, L43 Manectric
Team Plasma Grunt(M): L42 Golbat, L42 Poochyena, L42 Electrike
Team Plasma Grunt(F): L42 Golbat, L42 Poochyena, L42 Electrike
Team Plasma Grunt(M): L39 Zubat, L39 Zubat, L39 Poochyena, L39 Poochyena, L39 Electrike, L39 Electrike
Team Plasma Grunt(F): L39 Zubat, L39 Zubat, L39 Poochyena, L39 Poochyena, L39 Electrike, L39 Electrike

Once all eight of those grunts are beaten, start combing the robotic ruins of the island. The Itemfinder is of no use here, since it doesn't work properly on this island (the junked robots apparently throw off the magnetism needed for the Itemfinder to work properly). Around the area of E-103 Delta's remains, you'll spot what appear to be E-123 Omega's "remains"--until you talk to them! Omega will activate and he'll thank you for reactivating him--then a boat arrives on the scene with two Team Plasma Admins, one male and one female, aboard! They'll walk up to you and Omega and demand a Multi Battle. This battle will have you and Omega fight the two Team Plasma Admins in question. Here's Omega's team and the teams of the two admins:

Team Dark Omega(M): L66 Magneton, L65 Steelix, L65 Aggron
Plasma Admin Rhonda(F): L52 Manectric, L51 Lanturn, L50 Crobat
Plasma Admin Jack(M): L52 Manectric, L51 Electabuzz, L50 Xatu

Once Rhonda and Jack have fallen, they and the rest of Team Plasma will vanish from the island. Omega will then give you a TM47 before leaving himself. Once Omega's gone, comb the island for a PLASMACARD (Itemfinder doesn't work right; you'll find the Plasmacard near E-101 Beta's remains). Once you have the Plasmacard, you're done with this mission.


The fifth mission involves Team Rocket. The passwords needed are on Rocket Magnification Tower, Rocket's Minefield Gym, Rocket's Secret Experiment, and Team Rocket's Evil Deeds (all EX: Rocket's Madness). This mission requires the Agatha's Dusk Property Enigma Island to be active. Once the requirements are met and the mission transmitted, you'll find several Team Rocket Grunts inside the house. Here are their teams:

Team Rocket Grunt(M): L44 Weezing
Team Rocket Grunt(F): L44 Arbok
Team Rocket Grunt(M): L43 Mightyena, L43 Weezing
Team Rocket Grunt(F): L43 Mightyena, L43 Arbok
Team Rocket Grunt(M): L42 Golbat, L42 Poochyena, L42 Koffing
Team Rocket Grunt(F): L42 Golbat, L42 Poochyena, L42 Ekans
Team Rocket Grunt(M): L39 Zubat, L39 Zubat, L39 Poochyena, L39 Poochyena, L39 Koffing, L39 Koffing
Team Rocket Grunt(F): L39 Zubat, L39 Zubat, L39 Poochyena, L39 Poochyena, L39 Ekans, L39 Ekans

Once all eight of those grunts are beaten, start combing Latios's onetime perch using the Itemfinder. The Itemfinder will sense a switch. Activate the switch with the Itemfinder and Agatha will drop down, and she'll thank you for rescuing her--then two Team Rocket Admins, one male and one female, walk up to the scene! They'll walk up to you and Agatha and demand a Multi Battle. This battle will have you and Agatha fight the two Team Rocket Admins in question. Here's Agatha's team and the teams of the two admins:

Elite Four Agatha(F): L66 Gengar, L65 Arbok, L65 Crobat
Rocket Admin Tyson(M): L52 Fearow, L51 Fearow, L50 Crawdaunt
Rocket Admin Domino(F): L52 Gardevoir, L51 Ninetales, L50 Blissey

Once Tyson and Domino have fallen, they and the rest of Team Rocket will vanish from the island. Agatha will then give you a TM30 before leaving herself. Once Agatha's gone, use the Itemfinder and look for a ROCKETCARD. Once you have the Rocketcard, you're done with this mission.


The sixth mission involves Team Snagem. The passwords needed are on Snagem Warehouse Tower, Snagem's Mission, Snagem's Storehouse Gym, and Snagem's Tube Gym (all EX: Team Mania). This mission requires the Chuck's Dojo Enigma Island to be active. Once the requirements are met and the mission transmitted, you'll find several Team Snagem members inside the dojo. Chuck is not where he normally is. Here are their teams:

Team Snagem Agrev(M): L44 Murkrow
Team Snagem Jedo(M): L44 Qwilfish
Team Snagem Hobble(M): L43 Girafarig, L43 Pelipper
Team Snagem Golit(M): L43 Octillery, L43 Crawdaunt
Team Snagem Jinok(M): L42 Kecleon, L42 Aipom, L42 Yanma
Team Snagem Gaply(M): L42 Ariados, L42 Sneasel, L42 Xatu
Team Snagem Fudlo(M): L39 Golem, L39 Rhydon, L39 Stantler, L39 Misdreavus, L39 Tropius, L39 Skarmory
Team Snagem Biden(M): L39 Vileplume, L39 Crobat, L39 Torkoal, L39 Bellossom, L39 Crawdaunt, L39 Skarmory

Once all eight of those Snagems are beaten, head back outside and start Cutting the grass. Eventually, you'll Cut out Chuck. Once Chuck is out of the grass, he'll thank you for rescuing him--then the Team Snagem boss and his right-hand man walk up to the scene! They'll walk up to you and Chuck and demand a Multi Battle. This battle will have you and Chuck fight the two Team Snagem members in question. Here's Chuck's team and the teams of the two Snagems:

Leader Chuck(M): L66 Poliwrath, L65 Primeape, L65 Hitmontop
Snagem Leader Gonzap(M): L52 Electrode, L51 Vileplume, L50 Skarmory
Team Snagem Wakin(M): L52 Bellossom, L51 Mantine, L50 Grumpig

Once Gonzap and Wakin have fallen, they and the rest of Team Snagem will vanish from the island. Chuck will then give you a TM08 before heading back inside the dojo. Once Chuck's back inside, use the Itemfinder and look for a SNAGEMCARD. Once you have the Snagemcard, you're done with this mission.


The seventh mission involves Team Cipher. The passwords needed are on Cipher's Emotionless Gym, Cipher's Mission, Cipher's Shadow Gym, and Cipher Shadow Tower (all EX: Team Mania). This mission requires the Sephiroth's Lair Enigma Island to be active. Once the requirements are met and the mission transmitted, you'll find several Team Cipher Peons in houses within the city that's in the sky zone. Here are their teams:

Cipher Peon Resix(M): L44 Magcargo (house number 1)
Cipher Peon Blusix(M): L44 Kingdra (house number 2)
Cipher Peon Browsix(M): L43 Noctowl, L43 Claydol (house number 3)
Cipher Peon Yellosix(M): L43 Manectric, L43 Lanturn (house number 4)
Cipher Peon Purpsix(M): L42 Weezing, L42 Muk, L42 Tentacruel (house number 5)
Cipher Peon Greesix(M): L42 Bellossom, L42 Cacturne, L42 Breloom (house number 6)
Cipher Peon Corla(F): L39 Dusclops, L39 Delcatty, L39 Dodrio, L39 Swellow, L39 Armaldo, L39 Cradily (house number 7)
Cipher Peon Exin(F): L39 Seviper, L39 Glalie, L39 Crobat, L39 Mightyena, L39 Murkrow, L39 Forretress (house number 8)

Once all eight of those peons are beaten, head into the Pokémon Center and switch the maze inside the building on the ground level to that of part 9 of the trial if you haven't done so already, then head down from the sky zone and into the building to meet up with Sephiroth. Talk to Sephiroth to cause two Team Cipher Admins to walk onto the scene! They'll walk up to you and Sephiroth and demand a Multi Battle. This battle will have you and Sephiroth fight the two Team Cipher Admins in question. Here's Sephiroth's team and the teams of the two admins:

Midgar Darkness Sephiroth(M): L66 Gengar, L65 Sableye, L65 Absol
Cipher Admin Ardos(M): L52 Swellow, L51 Electabuzz, L50 Snorlax
Cipher Admin Eldes(M): L52 Manectric, L51 Marowak, L50 Lapras

Once Ardos and Eldes have fallen, they and the rest of Team Cipher will vanish from the island. Sephiroth will then give you a TM29 before leaving. Once Sephiroth's gone, use the Itemfinder in the area and look for a CIPHERCARD. Once you have the Ciphercard, you're done with this mission.



The eighth mission involves Team Draco. The passwords needed are on Draco Jet-Stream Tower, Draco's Mission, Draco's Temperate Gym, and Draco's Unstable Gym (all EX: Draco's Emergence). This mission requires the Trainer Island Enigma Island to be active. Once the requirements are met and the mission transmitted, you'll find several Team Draco Grunts inside Trainer Park. Here are their teams:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L44 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L44 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(M): L43 Mightyena, L43 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L43 Mightyena, L43 Altaria
Team Draco Grunt(F): L42 Golbat, L42 Poochyena, L42 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L42 Golbat, L42 Poochyena, L42 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(M): L39 Zubat, L39 Zubat, L39 Poochyena, L39 Poochyena, L39 Swablu, L39 Swablu
Team Draco Grunt(F): L39 Zubat, L39 Zubat, L39 Poochyena, L39 Poochyena, L39 Swablu, L39 Swablu

Once all eight of those grunts are beaten, the last grunt will tell you that there's more operatives at the island casino. You've done all you can on Trainer Island; shift the Enigma Island to The Janine Casino to continue the mission.

At the Janine Casino, Janine and her impostors have been forced outside. None of the impostors want to battle right now (nor will Janine herself in Emerald). Head inside and you'll find 16 Team Draco Grunts paired off into eight groups of 2 each, each standing next to a Mechadoll! Apparently, you get to choose which of the pair you get to fight by choosing whether or not to pay the Mechadoll for the easier opponent. To pay a Mechadoll for an easier opponent, you have to give it Game Corner coins. You'll have to retreat to Mauville in Ruby/Sapphire/Emerald or Celadon in FireRed/LeafGreen to buy some since the person selling the coins here is currently outside. Here are the pairs and the cost of the easier of the pair:

Team Draco Grunt(F): L54 Altaria (don't pay Mechadoll 1)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L44 Altaria (give Mechadoll 1 25 coins)

Team Draco Grunt(F): L52 Mightyena, L52 Mightyena, L52 Mightyena (don't pay Mechadoll 2)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L32 Poochyena, L32 Poochyena, L32 Poochyena (give Mechadoll 2 75 coins)

Team Draco Grunt(F): L53 Altaria, L53 Crobat (don't pay Mechadoll 3)
Team Draco Grunt(M): L38 Swablu, L38 Golbat (give Mechadoll 3 50 coins)

Team Draco Grunt(F): L54 Crobat (give Mechadoll 4 120 coins)
Team Draco Grunt(M): L69 Crobat (don't pay Mechadoll 4)

Team Draco Grunt(F): L49 Altaria, L49 Altaria, L49 Altaria, L49 Altaria, L49 Altaria, L49 Altaria (don't pay Mechadoll 5)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L9 Swablu, L9 Swablu, L9 Swablu, L9 Swablu, L9 Swablu, L9 Swablu (give Mechadoll 5 300 coins)

Team Draco Grunt(F): L53 Mightyena, L53 Altaria (don't pay Mechadoll 6)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L18 Poochyena, L18 Swablu (give Mechadoll 6 250 coins)

Team Draco Grunt(F): L54 Mightyena (give Mechadoll 7 500 coins)
Team Draco Grunt(F): L94 Mightyena (don't pay Mechadoll 7)

Team Draco Grunt(M): L52 Altaria, L52 Altaria, L52 Crobat (don't pay Mechadoll 8)
Team Draco Grunt(M): L2 Swablu, L2 Swablu, L2 Zubat (give Mechadoll 8 1000 coins)

Once you've beaten eight grunts here, the last one you face will tell you that a ninth Mechadoll is with the admins, and that you'll have to face Vikki regardless of what scenario you choose. That grunt will ask you to head to a stadium belonging to the head of the Orange Crew. You've done all you can at The Janine Casino; shift the Enigma Island to Drake Stadium to continue the mission.

Head into the stadium and talk to Drake. Once you've talked to Drake, a female Team Draco Admin and a Mechadoll walk onto the scene! They'll walk up to you and Drake and demand a Multi Battle. This battle will have you and Drake fight the two Team Aqua Admins in question. Before the battle begins, the Mechadoll will tell you that, in addition to Vikki, you'll battle Rachel unless you give the Mechadoll 5000 coins. Give the Mechadoll 5000 coins to face Murphy instead of Rachel; refuse the offer to fight Rachel instead of Murphy. Once you've decided on the offer, the Mechadoll will call your other opponent into the room; either Murphy or Rachel, whoever you chose as your other opponent, will walk onto the scene. Here's Drake's team and the teams of the three admins:

OI Elite Drake(M): L66 Ditto, L65 Gengar, L65 Electabuzz
Draco Admin Murphy(M): L52 Altaria, L51 Charizard, L50 Crobat (give Mechadoll 9 5000 coins)
Draco Admin Vikki(F): L52 Altaria, L51 Flygon, L50 Dragonair
Draco Admin Rachel(F): L52 Altaria, L51 Kingdra, L50 Crobat (don't pay Mechadoll 9)

Once Vikki and either Murphy or Rachel have fallen, they and the rest of Team Draco will vanish from each island they visited. Drake will then give you a TM02 and a DRACOCARD. Once you have the Dracocard, you're done with this mission.


There is one final mission involved. If you look at one of the cards you got at the end of one of the above missions, you'll find a card name and a set, as well as an additional letter. Here's the corresponding cards:

Aquacard: Luka's Silver Wing, EX: Trainer Champions, A
Magmacard: Liza's Protection #154, EX: Trainer Journeys, N
Floracard: Floreia's Beach, EX: Trainer Quest, X
Plasmacard: Plasma's Bonsly, EX: Plasma's Anger, A
Rocketcard: Rocket's Munchlax, EX: Rocket's Madness, C
Snagemcard: Harrison's Midnight Battle, EX: Trainer Elites, K
Ciphercard: Eusine's Clear Bell, EX: Trainer Quest, D
Dracocard: Gary's Sneak Attack, EX: Trainer Elites, V

Prepare the passwords on each card mentioned on the key items. You'll have to decipher the name of a server. Not every additional letter given fits a server name. You'll have to find a combination that fits. The combination that fits is NAKA; the X, C, D, and V are decoys. Transmit the passwords to the Naka server with Sonic Rush in the DS slot on the DS and the Pokémon GBA game pak with the initial passwords in the GBA slot on the DS. Once the passwords are transmitted, the game will go into the DS mode.

It appears that Eggman-Nega has lent technology to the evil teams, who have each kidnapped one very special Chao. Here's who each team sent and where they went:

Team Aqua: Shelly, Water Palace
Team Magma: Harland, Mirage Road
Team Flora: Xenia, Leaf Storm
Team Plasma: David, Night Carnival
Team Rocket: I.M.M., Huge Crisis
Team Snagem: Brody*, Dead Line
Team Cipher: Gorigan, Exception
Team Draco: Murphy/Rachel**, Altitude Limit
*--Team Snagem hired a freelancer named Brody to carry out the plan.
**--If you fought Murphy at Drake Stadium, Rachel will be the one who goes to Altitude Limit; likewise, if you fought Rachel at Drake Stadium, Murphy will be the one who goes to Altitude Limit. The game will check the GBA game pak for who you battled to know who to send.

Eight people have hired either Sonic or Blaze to go after a team. Here's the rundown on this:

Water Palace: Luka sends Blaze.
Mirage Road: Liza sends Blaze.
Leaf Storm: Floreia sends Sonic.
Night Carnival: Electra sends Blaze.
Huge Crisis: Ritchie sends Sonic.
Dead Line: Harrison sends Sonic.
Exception: Eusine sends Blaze.
Altitude Limit: Gary sends Sonic.

Against every team except Cipher, you have to clear both acts of the stage while trying to keep up with the evil team. To clear an act in this mode, you have to reach the goal no more than 30 seconds after the evil team does. There are no checkpoints in this mode, which means you have to start over if you lose a life. In addition to the normal methods, you also lose a life if you fail to make it to the goal in time. You clear the objective after making it past Act 2 (you don't have to face the boss).

Against Team Cipher, Gorigan's hitched a ride on the mecha. To clear the objective here, you have to beat the mecha with the roles reversed; here, it's Blaze on top and Sonic on bottom, just defeat the mecha the normal way using Blaze where you'd normally use Sonic and Sonic where you'd normally use Blaze. Once the mecha's defeated, the objective is cleared. Once you clear all 7 objectives, I.M.M. will appear on the screen, telling you that "it will be finished at" another location, then displays a password on the screen.

Transmit the password I.M.M. gave you to the Tajiri server with the same confirmation password that matches your version. This will shift the Enigma Island to a brand new island. Here's its description under normal conditions:

TINY CHAO GARDEN (transmit the password I.M.M. gives you at the end of the Sonic Rush mission): This island is basically a bare island, except there's a large computer station in the center of the island. It covers the normal Fly landing spot; if you Fly here, you'll land right in front of the computer. If you use this computer, you'll get a menu with the options "Go to TINY CHAO GARDEN", "Buy RINGS", and "Exit". If you choose "Exit", you'll resume normal control. If you choose "Go to TINY CHAO GARDEN", you'll be whisked to a Sonic Advance-style Tiny Chao Garden.

The actual Tiny Chao Garden controls a lot like it does in Sonic Advance, Sonic Advance 2, and Sonic Pinball Party, as well as those downloaded from Sonic Adventure 2 Battle and Sonic Adventure DX: Director's Cut. You can save your Chao data and rings like on a Sonic Advance game pak; doing so will return you to the base island. You can also connect this Tiny Chao Garden like you would a normal one. The purple GBA icon leads to the same matching game found in all the other Tiny Chao Gardens, but the white GBA icon leads to a new minigame. This minigame is a ring rescue game where you're playing as Blaze. Blaze can move left and right using the Control Pad. Anyway, frozen chunks of ice are falling from the sky. To melt one, put Blaze under it and press A to launch a fireball; this will melt the block of ice. Some blocks of ice have rings inside; a standard ring gets you 1 ring, a silver one gets you 5 rings, and a black chip gets you 10 rings. If a frozen ring falls off the screen without Blaze melting it, you get a strike. Also falling from the sky are Snorunt. Do not hit these; hitting one gets you a strike. Three strikes and the game is over. All rings gotten in the game are kept. Tiny Chao Garden data will remain saved even if you shift the Enigma Island to another island; however, you have to re-shift the Enigma Island back to this island if you want to access it.

Choosing "Buy RINGS" will allow you to buy rings for the Tiny Chao Garden using your character's money. One Ring is equivalent to one Game Corner coin, and you can buy them in increments of either 50 or 500. Note that the Tiny Chao Garden Rings and Game Corner coins are not interchangable.
The music that plays on the base island is the Chao Garden theme from Sonic Adventure DX: Director's Cut.


The first time you have access to this island, though, the computer station is inactive and the eight crooks you fought in Sonic Rush are here on this island. Each of them will swipe the matching team's password card and then battle you once you talk to one of them. Here are their teams:

Aqua Admin Shelly(F): L60 Sharpedo, L59 Feraligatr, L58 Starmie (swipes Aquacard)
Magma Admin Harland(M): L60 Camerupt, L59 Blaziken, L58 Magmar (swipes Magmacard)
Flora Admin Xenia(F): L60 Cacturne, L59 Vileplume, L58 Tangela (swipes Floracard)
Plasma Admin David(M): L60 Manectric, L59 Raichu, L58 Magneton (swipes Plasmacard)
Rocket Admin I.M.M.(M): L60 Sneasel, L59 Scizor, L58 Milotic (swipes Rocketcard)
Freelancer Brody(M): L60 Ditto, L59 Claydol, L58 Dugtrio (swipes Snagemcard)
Cipher Admin Gorigan(M): L60 Aggron, L59 Granbull, L58 Skarmory (swipes Ciphercard)
Draco Admin Murphy(M): L60 Altaria, L59 Charizard, L58 Crobat (swipes Dracocard; appears if Rachel was fought at Drake Stadium)
Draco Admin Rachel(F): L60 Altaria, L59 Kingdra, L58 Crobat (swipes Dracocard; appears if Murphy was fought at Drake Stadium)

Once you've beaten all eight foes here, they'll all vanish, with I.M.M. leaving behind an item ball. That item ball contains a GARDEN CARD. It goes in the Key Items pocket in Ruby/Sapphire/Emerald, but it goes into the Enigma Island pouch in FireRed/LeafGreen. This card is what allows you to operate the Tiny Chao Garden while this island is active. It also contains the password for the Tiny Chao Garden Enigma Island just in case you forget.


The Draco Berry card can download a new berry to a GBA game pak. To upload it into your game, transmit the code on the matching berry card, followed by the password "C4F-4M0-Vxx", where xx denotes a two-letter version identifier; RU for Ruby, SA for Sapphire, FR for FireRed, LG for LeafGreen, EM for Emerald. Transmit the passwords to the Tajiri server with the matching game in the GBA slot. Have the game pak with the same version code in the GBA slot of the DS and the berry will be downloaded onto that game pak. Here's a full list of what transmits what, as well as what flavor that berry has:

No. E4 DRACO BERRY All Flavors except Sour
E4=144

Draco Berry's tag reads as follows: "A BERRY that resembles the emblem of the nefarious TEAM DRACO."

Draco Berry makes a Pokéblock that's level 25 with lower than normal feel, and yields 2-4 berries per harvest, taking 24 hours to grow.

And here's the berry's game effect:

No. E4: On contact, user's next move is DRAGON-type.

On a side note, Draco Berry is completely banned in Colosseum. You can't even trade in the berry, much less use it anywhere in Colosseum. Colosseum will see the Draco Berry as a mail item called "AQUA MAIL" preventing its transmission. The berry is permitted in XD: Gale of Darkness, however, until you enable TMeT in that game, the berry won't have any effect.



Each team's Training Gym card can download a new course to Pokémon Dash. Transmit the password on the card, as well as confirmation password "C4F-4M0-Vxx", where xx is DH for Dash, and make sure Dash is in the DS slot on the DS. A course resembling the emblem or some other feature of the team you transmitted will be downloaded to the DS. You can only save 6 transmission-downloaded courses, under one cup, at a time. This number includes the courses downloadable from the Final Fantasy VII set. Here's a listing of courses if the above wasn't clear:

Aqua Emblem Course: Transmit the password on The Aqua's Training Gym (EX: Aqua's Fury).
Magma Emblem Course: Transmit the password on The Magma's Training Gym (EX: Magma's Wrath).
Flora Emblem Course: Transmit the password on The Flora's Training Gym (EX: Flora's Rage).
Plasma Emblem Course: Transmit the password on The Plasma's Training Gym (EX: Plasma's Anger).
Rocket Emblem Course: Transmit the password on The Rocket's Training Gym (EX: Rocket's Madness).
Greevil's Head Course: Transmit the password on The Cipher's Training Gym (EX: Team Mania).
Snagem Member's Head Course: Transmit the password on The Snagem's Training Gym (EX: Team Mania).
Draco Emblem Course: Transmit the password on The Draco's Training Gym (EX: Draco's Emergence).

 

[Carrington388]

This piece of data details a series of missions transmitted to the Gamecube version of the Mega Man X Collection (and one to Mega Man Zero 4). You will need the passwords on certain Pokémon-ex cards plus two copies (unless noted otherwise) of the universal confirmation password, "C4F-4M0-Vxx", where xx denotes a two-letter version identifier. These identifiers will be revealed on a mission-by-mission basis. All passwords in this piece of data are transmitted to the Inafune server.

Note that, with the exception of Team Snagem's mission, you won't have the benefit of quick passwords for this mission. You must transmit the passwords on all of the necessary cards each time. Missions that take place on the Gamecube will save mission progress to a special save file on the Memory Card, but you must retransmit the passwords for the game to recognize it. These special save files are specific to a game; for example, an X2 special save is separate from an X4 special save. Once a mission is completed, these special saves will delete themselves from the Memory Card.

Team Aqua's Mission
Game: Mega Man X
Cards: Aqua's Blastoise ex, Aqua's Feraligatr ex, Aqua's Mightyena ex, Aqua's Lanturn ex, Aqua's Sharpedo ex, Aqua's Swampert ex (all EX: Aqua's Fury)
Version Identifiers: XC first, X0 second (second character of second identifier is zero)
Played As: X

Before the action starts on the Gamecube, a message will flash on the DS reading "Proudly serving everyone who has bought this game for the Gamecube. Yes, all 5 of you."

After that, a cutscene will play on the DS. This cutscene depicts a cargo ship on the open ocean. Everything appears to be going smooth on the ship--when suddenly two men barge into the captain's chambers! We see that the two men are Archie and Matt of Team Aqua. Archie will command that the captain turn over the vessel to him. The captain will refuse, and Matt will throw him overboard. We then cut to two women, Shelly and Isabel, looking through the cargo. Isabel will comment about "a piece of the SN chip", but Shelly tells Isabel that it's not in the cargo, but Team Aqua will have it soon. Back in the captain's chambers, Matt spots a fortress on the horizon. Archie will commend Matt on finding Sigma's fortress, calls Shelly and Isabel inside, and tells everyone that they'll unload the cargo into the fortress before retrieving the piece of the SN chip.

After loading Mega Man X on the Gamecube, the cutscene will continue there. Team Aqua has moved into Sigma's fortress and have made plans to flood the world. Archie deploys Matt, Shelly, and Isabel onto the field, as well as 6 other Pokémon. Archie will tell everyone that Team Aqua must not be interfered with. The other Pokémon that Archie deploys are Blastoise, Feraligatr, Mightyena, Lanturn, Sharpedo, and Swampert.

Finally, we cut to X. X recieves a transmission from Dr. Cain about a weird force moving in on the land, and asks X to hit the highway and stop this new threat. The cutscene finally ends there.

There are two kinds of battles in this mission. The first involves fighting a Pokémon as X, while the second involves facing a boss using a GBA Pokémon game pak in a GBA connected to the Gamecube via Controller Socket 2. Before a battle involving the second method begins, you'll get a connection screen where you'll be prompted to turn on the GBA connected to Controller Socket 2 with a GBA Pokémon game pak inside. Battles involving the connection method will use the party on your GBA game pak.

The stages are, for the most part, played normally. The bosses, however, are completely different during this mission. Here's the details on how to fight Team Aqua:

Highway Stage: Here, Vile has been replaced by Matt. Matt is riding a capsule with two arms on it. He floats just high enough that X can't jump over it. You can't win this stage; instead, allow Matt to capture X with the arms. Zero will save X from Matt just like what happened with Vile.

Snow Mountain Stage: Here, Chill Penguin has been replaced by Sharpedo, who will attack similar to Chill Penguin. However, there's an added risk. If you try to attack in melee, Rough Skin will take away one bar of X's health if a melee attack hits. It's best to fight with a ranged attack; try Spark Mandrill's weapon.

Power Plant Stage: Here, Spark Mandrill has been replaced by Lanturn. Lanturn is using an enhancement system to make itself a bit more powerful than Spark Mandrill. Try using Chill Penguin's weapon to freeze the water in Lanturn's tank, then melt it with Flame Mammoth's weapon; this combo will inflict a good amount of damage. Sting Chameleon's weapon is also very effective. However, if you use Spark Mandrill's weapon against Lanturn, Lanturn will recover one-quarter of its total health and not take any damage!

Gallery Stage: Here, Armored Armadillo is replaced by Isabel. Instead of fighting head-on, you'll fight her using the GBA connection method. Beat Isabel on the GBA to clear the stage. Here's Isabel's team:

Aqua Admin Isabel(F): L50 Sharpedo, L50 Ludicolo, L50 Jynx

Ocean Stage: Here, Launch Octopus has been replaced by Blastoise. Blastoise will fight a lot like Launch Octopus, only with ice instead of missiles, but also has a tendency to block like Armored Armadillo. The Boomerang Cutter has no effect on Blastoise, which means you'll have to beat it the hard way. Armored Armadillo's weapon works rather well here, as does Spark Mandrill's.

Tower Stage: Here, Boomer Kuwanger has been replaced by a whole pack of Mightyena. Up to 10 Mightyena will appear on the screen at once; you have to defeat 100 in total. Each Mightyena falls in one hit to each weapon except for the X-Buster, which has no effect on the Mightyena. Boomer Kuwanger's weapon works especially well, since if it's thrown from the far left edge of the screen, you'll most likely beat 15 Mightyena with one charge. The Mightyena can be brutal, though, since their biting is a big risk to X's health!

Forest Stage: Here, Sting Chameleon has been replaced by Shelly. Fight her like you did Isabel to clear the stage. Here's her team:

Aqua Admin Shelly(F): L50 Sharpedo, L50 Starmie, L50 Altaria

Sky Stage: Here, Storm Eagle has been replaced by Feraligatr. Feraligatr will be riding a machine that allows it to fight like Storm Eagle. However, Feraligatr is very susceptible to Spark Mandrill's weapon.

Factory Stage: Here, Flame Mammoth has been replaced by Swampert. Swampert uses an Earthquake attack to summon fire, so it ain't going to be easy fighting it! In most of the battles not on the GBA, Spark Mandrill's weapon had some effectiveness. Here, Spark Mandrill's weapon is completely useless. Sting Chameleon's weapon, though, does tons of damage against it, so try using that instead.

Sigma Stage 1: Here, Vile is once again replaced by Matt. Destroy his capsule like you did Vile's Armored Carrier. After that, you'll be prompted to connect your GBA, and you'll fight Matt. Here's his team:

Aqua Admin Matt(M): L50 Sharpedo, L50 Cloyster, L50 Shelgon

After beating Matt, you'll continue on. Where you rematched Boomer Kuwanger before, you'll find another pack of 50 Mightyena! Beat them like you did the pack of 100. Where you normally fight Bospider, there's nothing there now, so just go through that area.

Sigma Stage 2: You rematch Sharpedo in the Chill Penguin area and Feraligatr in the Storm Eagle area.

Sigma Stage 3: You rematch Isabel in the Armored Armadillo area. She has the same team as before, but this time the levels go up from 50 to 65. Right after that, in the Sting Chameleon area, you rematch Shelly; again, her team is still the same, but at level 65 instead of 50. In the Spark Mandrill area, you'll once again face Lanturn; same goes for rematching Blastoise in the Launch Octopus area and Swampert in the Flame Mammoth area. Nothing appears where D-Rex should, so just go on from there.

Sigma Stage 4: Where you'd normally face Velguader, you'll instead rematch Matt. Like Isabel and Shelly before him, he's also upgraded his team from level 50 to level 65. Finally, where you'd normally face Sigma, it's time to face Archie himself. Archie uses a very powerful team and also uses the GBA connection. Here is Archie's team:

Aqua Leader Archie(M): L75 Mightyena, L75 Crobat, L75 Octillery, L75 Gyarados, L75 Swampert, L75 Sharpedo

After beating Archie, Archie will admit defeat and escape. You'll see a cutscene on the GBA of a blue helicopter flying away from Sigma's fortress. However, you're not quite done with this mission. There's still one more adversary--Kyogre decides to make a surprise appearance and challenge X! You'll fight it on the Sigma stage. Rain will fall during the battle, which will boost the power of Chill Penguin and Spark Mandrill's weapons but reduce the power of Sting Chameleon and Flame Mammoth's weapons. Just keep firing Spark Mandrill's weapon against it to win. Kyogre will use the wolf machine's tactics, though, which means it ain't going to be an easy battle.

Once you've managed to beat Kyogre, you've cleared this mission. You'll also recieve a reward on your GBA game pak as follows:

-The SIGMA SEAL CASE in the Key Items Pocket (if you don't already have it)
-SIGMA SEAL A in the Sigma Seal Case
-50,000 in money
-A TM03 in the TMs Pocket
-A TM18 in the TMs Pocket
-A TMeX2 in the TMs Pocket
-A L5 Carvanha is deposited into your PC. This Carvanha knows Hydro Cannon in addition to its basic moves.


Team Magma's Mission
Game: Mega Man X2
Cards: Magma's Blaziken ex, Magma's Camerupt ex, Magma's Charizard ex, Magma's Houndoom ex, Magma's Mightyena ex, Magma's Typhlosion ex (all EX: Magma's Wrath)
Version Identifiers: XC first, X2 second
Played As: X

Before the action starts on the Gamecube, a message will flash on the DS reading "Proudly serving everyone who has bought this game for the Gamecube. Yes, all 5 of you."

After that, a cutscene will play on the DS. This cutscene depicts an ANA airplane flying through the air above Siberian airspace. Everything appears to be going smooth on the flight--when suddenly two men barge into the cockpit! We see that the two men are Maxie and Harland of Team Magma. Maxie will declare that this is a hijacking and that everyone better listen to what Team Magma has to say. The pilot will refuse to turn over the wheel, and Harland ties him and the copilot up in the closet before taking the wheel. We then cut to two women, Tabitha and Courtney, demanding that the passengers give them their valuables. Tabitha will mention "a piece of the SN chip", but Courtney tells Tabitha that nobody brought it onto the flight, but Team Magma will have it soon. Back in the cockpit, Harland will tell Maxie that he's about to land at the North Pole, and Maxie will commend Harland for finding the location of the piece of the SN chip. Tabitha and Courtney walk into the room, with Courtney carrying in the valuables. Maxie asks Tabitha and Courtney to tie up the passengers to their seats so that they can't interfere with their plan.

After loading Mega Man X2 on the Gamecube, the cutscene will continue there. Team Magma has moved into the base at point 00 and have made plans to expand the land. Maxie deploys Tabitha, Courtney, and Harland onto the field, as well as 6 other Pokémon. Maxie will tell everyone that Team Magma must not be interfered with. The other Pokémon that Maxie deploys are Blaziken, Camerupt, Charizard, Houndoom, Mightyena, and Typhlosion.

Finally, we cut to X. X recieves a transmission from Dr. Cain about a weird force moving in on the land, and asks X to find the abandoned factory and stop this new threat. The cutscene finally ends there.

There are two kinds of battles in this mission. The first involves fighting a Pokémon as X, while the second involves facing a boss using a GBA Pokémon game pak in a GBA connected to the Gamecube via Controller Socket 2. Before a battle involving the second method begins, you'll get a connection screen where you'll be prompted to turn on the GBA connected to Controller Socket 2 with a GBA Pokémon game pak inside. Battles involving the connection method will use the party on your GBA game pak.

The stages are, for the most part, played normally. The bosses, however, are completely different during this mission. No X-Hunters will appear during this mission. Here's the details on how to fight Team Magma:

Abandonded Factory Stage: Here, CF-0 is replaced by a pack of 25 Mightyena. Up to 5 Mightyena will appear on the screen at once. Each Mightyena falls in one hit to each weapon except for the X-Buster, which has no effect on the Mightyena. The Mightyena can be brutal, though, since their biting is a big risk to X's health!

Desert Base Stage: Here, Overdrive Ostrich has been replaced by Camerupt. Camerupt is kind of slow; using Overdrive Ostrich's weapon here is recommended. Bubble Crab's weapon is more lethal but slower, and Camerupt can block it easier than Overdrive Ostrich's weapon. Don't even try using weapons obtained from Morph Moth or Magna Centipede, Camerupt is immune to both. Camerupt can launch fireballs at you and also make lava rise, so you'd better watch out! Also, here's a tip: If a Pokémon can shoot fireballs, DON'T use Morph Moth's weapon against it, it will have no effect.

Weather Control Stage: Here, Wire Sponge has been replaced by Houndoom. Houndoom comes at you with speed, a lot like Overdrive Ostrich, but also fires fireballs. Quick strikes with Bubble Crab's weapon is your best strategy. Wire Sponge's weapon is also effective against Houndoom. Don't even try using Flame Stag's weapon against it; not only will it not damage Houndoom, but the power of Houndoom's fireballs goes up each time you use Flame Stag's weapon on it!

Dinosaur Tank Stage: Here, Wheel Gator is replaced by Harland. Instead of fighting head-on, you'll fight him using the GBA connection method. Beat Harland on the GBA to clear the stage. Here's Harland's team:

Magma Admin Harland(M): L50 Camerupt, L50 Arcanine, L50 Magmar

Deep-Sea Base Stage: Here, Bubble Crab has been replaced by Charizard. Charizard is in a protective bubble that allows it to remain underwater. To defeat Charizard, you need to break the bubble. Wheel Gator's weapon will do it fast. Magna Centipede's weapon is also effective. Because of all the water in the stage, Bubble Crab's weapon is of little use. However, Charizard will fire fireballs to send hot bubbles to damage X. Bubbles that don't glow red just damage X, but a hot bubble that glows red will kill X instantly, so be careful!

Volcanic Zone Stage: Here, Flame Stag has been replaced by a whole pack of Mightyena. Up to 10 Mightyena will appear on the screen at once; you have to defeat 100 in total. Each Mightyena falls in one hit to each weapon except for the X-Buster, which has no effect on the Mightyena. Overdrive Ostrich's weapon works especially well, since its speed will keep most of the Mightyena at bay. The Mightyena are just as brutal as they were back at the Abandoned Factory.

Robot Junkyard Stage: Here, Morph Moth has been replaced by Courtney. Fight her like you did Harland to clear the stage. Here's her team:

Magma Admin Courtney(F): L50 Camerupt, L50 Ninetales, L50 Altaria

Central Computer Stage: Here, Magna Centipede has been replaced by Typhlosion. Typhlosion is using a machine that turns fireballs into electricity and fights a lot like Magna Centipede. You can use Morph Moth's weapon to block the electricity, but it won't have an effect on Typhlosion. Typhlosion is very susceptible to Bubble Crab's weapon.

Energen Crystal Stage: Here, Crystal Snail has been replaced by Blaziken. Blaziken also shoots fireballs, so Morph Moth's weapon is of no use here. Blaziken is also rather fast and adept at physical attacking. The X-Buster is effective here, as is Bubble Crab's and Wire Sponge's weapons.

X-Hunter Stage 1: Here, Neo Violen is replaced by Tabitha. Like Harland and Courtney before her, she'll also require a GBA connection to fight. Here's her team:

Magma Admin Tabitha(F): L50 Camerupt, L50 Crobat, L50 Charizard

X-Hunter Stage 2: There's nobody where you fought the Sagesse Tank. Go on through. There are no other bosses in this area.

X-Hunter Stage 3: There's nobody where you fought the Agile Flyer. Go on through. There are no other bosses in this area.

X-Hunter Stage 4: This is where all the rematches take place. Courtney is in Morph Moth's capsule, and she has the same team as before, except at level 65 instead of 50. Houndoom is in Wire Sponge's capsule. Charizard is in Bubble Crab's capsule. A pack of 50 Mightyena are in Flame Stag's capsule. Typhlosion is in Magna Centipede's capsule. Blaziken is in Crystal Snail's capsule. Camerupt is in Overdrive Ostrich's capsule. Finally, Harland is in Wheel Gator's capsule; his team is the same as before, except at level 65 instead of 50.

Central Computer Stage Revisited: The area where the Zero boss fight takes place at is where you rematch Tabitha. Like Courtney and Harland, her team is also the same but at level 65 instead of 50. Where you'd normally face Neo Sigma, it's time to face Maxie himself. Maxie uses a very powerful team and also uses the GBA connection. Here is Maxie's team:

Magma Leader Maxie(M): L75 Mightyena, L75 Crobat, L75 Houndoom, L75 Rapidash, L75 Typhlosion, L75 Camerupt

After beating Maxie, Maxie will admit defeat and escape. You'll see a cutscene on the GBA of a red helicopter flying away from the North Pole base. However, you're not quite done with this mission. There's still one more adversary--Groudon decides to make a surprise appearance and challenge X! You'll fight it on the Sigma Virus stage. Sun will shine during the battle, which will boost the power of Flame Stag and Morph Moth's weapons but reduce the power of Bubble Crab and Wire Sponge's weapons. However...Groudon also fires fireballs. Morph Moth's weapon is of no use. He's also very large and can't be jumped over easily, but he's also very slow. Your best bet is to use Bubble Crab's weapon despite its reduced power. Groudon's rather slow, though, so Overdrive Ostrich's weapon will also work well. Finally, you might want to take advantage of the sun and use Flame Stag's weapon. Slowly but surely you'll be able to beat Groudon.

Once you've managed to beat Groudon, you've cleared this mission. You'll also recieve a reward on your GBA game pak as follows:

-The SIGMA SEAL CASE in the Key Items Pocket (if you don't already have it)
-SIGMA SEAL B in the Sigma Seal Case
-50,000 in money
-A TM50 in the TMs Pocket
-A TM11 in the TMs Pocket
-A TMeX1 in the TMs Pocket
-A L5 Numel is deposited into your PC. This Numel knows Blast Burn in addition to its basic moves.


Team Flora's Mission
Game: Mega Man X3
Cards: Flora's Cacturne ex, Flora's Exeggutor ex, Flora's Meganium ex, Flora's Mightyena ex, Flora's Sceptile ex, Flora's Venusaur ex (all EX: Flora's Rage)
Version Identifiers: XC first, X3 second
Played As: X
Except for one part early on, you cannot play as Zero at anytime during this mission.
Requirement to Play: Entering the password "7357 5363 6462 7841" to kill Bit, Byte, and Vile if all three aren't dead already

Before the action starts on the Gamecube, a message will flash on the DS reading "Proudly serving everyone who has bought this game for the Gamecube. Yes, all 5 of you."

After that, a cutscene will play on the DS. This cutscene depicts a jungle expedition mapping the jungle. It appears to be going smoothly--until the members of the expedition get conked out by a knockout gas! As soon as the expedition members are asleep, three men walk onto the scene and start grabbing the expedition's materials! We see that the men are Farlie, Brad, and Seth of Team Flora! Farlie will congratulate Brad and Seth of their excellent work in stopping this nature expedition, and that their materials will help them find "a piece of the Saturn chip". The scene shifts to the inside of a green helicopter, where a woman named Xenia is piloting. Xenia sees her male comrades having successfully ripped off the expedition and lands the helicopter next to them. Farlie, Brad, and Seth put the materials aboard, tie up the sleeping expeditionists, and the board the helicopter. After Seth boards the helicopter, he'll close the door and the helicopter will take off again. The scene then cuts to an overhead view of Dr. Doppler's headquarters, where Xenia will comment on how this is the place where they'll find the piece of the Saturn chip. Farlie agrees, and hopes nobody interferes with Team Flora's plans.

After loading Mega Man X3 on the Gamecube and input the password to kill Bit, Byte, and Vile (you can't do this mission without inputting the password), the cutscene will continue there. Team Flora has moved into Dr. Doppler's base and have made plans to expand the forests. Farlie deploys Brad, Seth, and Xenia onto the field, as well as 6 other Pokémon. Maxie will tell everyone that Team Flora must not be interfered with. The other Pokémon that Farlie deploys are Cacturne, Exeggutor, Meganium, Mightyena, Sceptile, and Venusaur.

Finally, we cut to X and Zero. An alarm will blare, and Zero will recognize a new threat is emerging! Zero will ask X to go inside the HQ just in case anyone got in.

There are two kinds of battles in this mission. The first involves fighting a Pokémon as X, while the second involves facing a boss using a GBA Pokémon game pak in a GBA connected to the Gamecube via Controller Socket 2. Before a battle involving the second method begins, you'll get a connection screen where you'll be prompted to turn on the GBA connected to Controller Socket 2 with a GBA Pokémon game pak inside. Battles involving the connection method will use the party on your GBA game pak.

The stages are, for the most part, played normally. The bosses, however, are completely different during this mission. Bit, Byte, and Vile won't be fought during this mission since the password killed them already. Here's the details on how to fight Team Flora:

Maverick Hunter HQ Stage: This is the only place in the mission where you'll play as Zero. You'll play as Zero while X is paralyzed by Mac's attack. You'll be back in control of X before facing the boss. Here, Maoh the Giant is replaced by a pack of 25 Mightyena. Up to 5 Mightyena will appear on the screen at once. Each Mightyena falls in one hit to each weapon except for the X-Buster, which has no effect on the Mightyena. The Mightyena can be brutal, though, since their biting is a big risk to X's health! After beating the last Mightyena, a cutscene will show of Farlie making a transmission that Team Flora has disassembled Zero, and that any attempt to have him put back together will be stopped by Team Flora!

Town of Ice Stage: Here, Blizzard Buffalo has been replaced by Cacturne. Cacturne doesn't move very fast, and it's very susceptible to Blizzard Buffalo's weapon as well as Toxic Seahorse's weapon. Don't try Volt Catfish, Tunnel Rhino, or Crush Crawfish's weapons, neither do much damage. Gravity Beetle's weapon won't do any damage to Cacturne, so don't even try it. Cacturne likes firing Pin Missile attacks, which are easily dodged. However, it will do Needle Arm in melee, which is kind of difficult to fight against. Cacturne will drop one of Zero's parts upon being defeated.

Giant Dam Stage: Here, Toxic Seahorse has been replaced by Exeggutor. Exeggutor's even slower than Cacturne. Exeggutor has the same weaknesses and strengths as Cacturne, except that Exeggutor takes the same amount of damage from Gravity Beetle's weapon as it would from Volt Catfish, Tunnel Rhino, or Crush Crawfish's weapon. Exeggutor will fire Egg Bomb and Psychic attacks to make this battle a challenge. Exeggutor will drop one of Zero's parts upon being defeated.

Quarry Stage: During the course of the stage, you'll find a cameo appearance by King (Mega Man & Bass). He'll ask X to show the strength of the X-Buster. Hit King with one shot of the X-Buster and you'll get one of Zero's parts. Here, Tunnel Rhino is replaced by Xenia. Instead of fighting head-on, you'll fight her using the GBA connection method. Beat Xenia on the GBA to clear the stage. Xenia will drop one of Zero's parts upon being defeated. Here's Xenia's team:

Flora Admin Xenia(F): L50 Cacturne, L50 Vileplume, L50 Tangela

If you missed the cameo and its part, don't worry, you'll see it again later on.

Power Control Center Stage: Here, Volt Catfish has been replaced by Venusaur. Another slow boss. What's with Team Flora and slow Pokémon? Again, it's got the same weakness to Blizzard Buffalo's weapon and the same strengths to Volt Catfish and Crush Crawfish's weapons. Toxic Seahorse's weapon won't do as much damage to Venusaur as to the others, and Venusaur has a weakness to Gravity Beetle's weapon. Venusaur will spend much of its time using Razor Leaf, but won't hesitate to use Body Slam if you go up close. Venusaur will drop one of Zero's parts upon being defeated.

Shipyard Stage: Here, Crush Crawfish has been replaced by a whole pack of Mightyena. Up to 10 Mightyena will appear on the screen at once; you have to defeat 100 in total. Each Mightyena falls in one hit to each weapon except for the X-Buster and Gravity Beetle's weapon, neither of which have any effect on the Mightyena. Neon Tiger's weapon works the best against the Mightyena. The Mightyena are just as brutal as they were back at the Maverick Hunter HQ. The last Mightyena will drop one of Zero's parts upon being defeated.

Safari Park Stage: During the course of this stage, you'll find a cameo appearance by Tron Bonne (both Mega Man Legends games, The Misadventures of Tron Bonne). She'll ask X to show the strength of an icy Maverick weapon. Hit Tron Bonne with Blizzard Buffalo's weapon and you'll get one of Zero's parts. Here, Neon Tiger has been replaced by Seth. Fight him like you did Xenia to clear the stage. Seth will drop one of Zero's parts upon being defeated. Here's his team:

Flora Admin Seth(M): L50 Cacturne, L50 Ludicolo, L50 Mightyena

If you missed the cameo and its part, don't worry, you'll see it again later on.

Aerial Aircraft Carrier Stage: Here, Gravity Beetle has been replaced by Meganium. Yet another slow Pokémon here. It's basically a clone of the Venusaur fight, except Meganium has a weakness to Blizzard Buffalo and Toxic Seahorse's weapons and strengths to Volt Catfish, Tunnel Rhino, and Crush Crawfish's weapons. Meganium will drop one of Zero's parts upon being defated.

Armory Stage: Here, Blast Hornet has been replaced by Sceptile. Finally, a fast foe! Sceptile has the same weaknesses as Meganium does, but moves a whole lot faster. Sceptile uses a lot of Leaf Blade attacks, and it's tough to dodge them because of Sceptile's blinding speed. It may take a few tries to survive this fight. Sceptile will drop one of Zero's parts upon being defeated.

Doppler Lab Stage 1: Here, Press Disposer is replaced by Brad. Like Xenia and Seth before him, he'll also require a GBA connection to fight. Brad will drop one of Zero's parts upon being defeated, commenting that there is only one part left to go. Here's his team:

Flora Admin Brad(M): L50 Cacturne, L50 Crobat, L50 Sceptile

Doppler Lab Stage 2: If you missed a part from a cameo, King and/or Tron Bonne will be waiting for you where Vile-mk2 would normally be. Get the part the way you would have when the cameo first appeared. Once you have all of Zero's parts, X will comment that all that remains is disposing of Team Flora and putting Zero back together. There are no other bosses in this area.

Doppler Lab Stage 3: This is where all the rematches take place, except nobody drops any of Zero's parts this time. Cacturne is in Blizzard Buffalo's capsule. Exeggutor is in Toxic Seahorse's capsule. Sceptile is in Blast Hornet's capsule. Seth is in Neon Tiger's capsule; he uses the same team, except at level 65 instead of 50 this time. Venusaur is in Volt Catfish's capsule. A pack of 50 Mightyena is in Crush Crawfish's capsule. Meganium is in Gravity Beetle's capsule. Finally, Xenia is in Tunnel Rhino's capsule; her team is also the same, except at level 65 instead of 50. The rematch against Brad is where Dr. Doppler would normally be; like Xenia and Seth, his team is also the same except at level 65 instead of 50.

Doppler Lab Stage 4: Where you'd normally face Sigma, it's time to face Farlie himself. Farlie uses a very powerful team and also uses the GBA connection. Farlie will drop Zero's last missing part upon being defeated. Here is Farlie's team:

Flora Leader Maxie(M): L75 Mightyena, L75 Crobat, L75 Jumpluff, L75 Exeggutor, L75 Venusaur, L75 Cacturne

After beating Farlie, Farlie will admit defeat and escape. You'll see a cutscene on the GBA of a green helicopter flying away from Dr. Doppler's lab. However, you're not quite done with this mission. There's still two more adversaries--Moltres decides to make a surprise appearance and challenge X! You'll fight it on the Kaiser Sigma stage. Moltres can fly, thus Tunnel Rhino's weapon is of no use. Your best bet is Volt Catfish or Crush Crawfish's weapons. Moltres likes swooping down and unleashing fireballs. After Moltres goes down, Entei pays a surprise visit. You'll fight Entei on the Sigma Virus stage. Entei runs rather fast and shoots fireballs as well as using Tackle on X. Entei's weaknesses are Tunnel Rhino and Crush Crawfish's weapons.

Once you've managed to beat Entei, you've cleared this mission. After one more cutscene of X putting Zero back together, you'll also recieve a reward on your GBA game pak as follows:

-The SIGMA SEAL CASE in the Key Items Pocket (if you don't already have it)
-SIGMA SEAL C in the Sigma Seal Case
-50,000 in money
-A TM19 in the TMs Pocket
-A TMeJ in the TMs Pocket
-A TMeX3 in the TMs Pocket
-A L5 Cacnea is deposited into your PC. This Cacnea knows Frenzy Plant in addition to its basic moves.


Team Plasma's Mission
Game: Mega Man X4
Cards: Plasma's Aggron ex, Plasma's Ampharos ex, Plasma's Manectric ex, Plasma's Metagross ex, Plasma's Mightyena ex, Plasma's Raichu ex (all EX: Plasma's Anger)
Version Identifiers: XC first, X4 second
Played As: X
You cannot play as Zero at anytime during this mission.

Before the action starts on the Gamecube, a message will flash on the DS reading "Proudly serving everyone who has bought this game for the Gamecube. Yes, all 5 of you."

After that, a cutscene will play on the DS. This cutscene depicts a space shuttle on the launchpad. Everything appears to be go for launch--when suddenly two women barge into the pilot's area of the shuttle! We see that the two women are Plasmae and Rhonda of Team Plasma. Plasmae will declare that Team Plasma is hijacking the space shuttle. The shuttle pilot will refuse to hand over the keys, though, so Plasmae orders Rhonda to tie him up and throw him out. We then cut to the launch center, where two men, David and Jack, use nightsticks to conk out the launch controlmen and orders a number of grunts to man the stations. Once the grunts are in place, Jack will say that the quest to obtain a piece of the Saturn chip is going smoothly. David and Jack head for the shuttle, and the shuttle launches. A little while later, Jack spots Colonel's base, and Plasmae will commend him for finding the space junk that has the piece of the Saturn chip. The shuttle will proceed to dock with the base.

After loading Mega Man X4 on the Gamecube, the cutscene will continue there. Team Plasma has moved into Colonel's base and have made plans to expand storm activity on the planet below. Plasmae deploys David, Rhonda, and Jack onto the field, as well as 6 other Pokémon. Plasmae will tell everyone that Team Plasma must not be interfered with. The other Pokémon that Plasmae deploys are Aggron, Ampharos, Manectric, Metagross, Mightyena, and Raichu.

Finally, we cut to X and Zero. They appear to be relaxing in the Sky Lagoon when X suddenly gets a call for help. Zero decides to keep up the home front while X faces the trouble head-on. The cutscene finally ends there.

There are two kinds of battles in this mission. The first involves fighting a Pokémon as X, while the second involves facing a boss using a GBA Pokémon game pak in a GBA connected to the Gamecube via Controller Socket 2. Before a battle involving the second method begins, you'll get a connection screen where you'll be prompted to turn on the GBA connected to Controller Socket 2 with a GBA Pokémon game pak inside. Battles involving the connection method will use the party on your GBA game pak.

The stages are, for the most part, played normally. The bosses, however, are completely different during this mission. Here's the details on how to fight Team Plasma:

Sky Lagoon: Here, Mecha Dragon is replaced by a pack of 25 Mightyena. Up to 5 Mightyena will appear on the screen at once. Each Mightyena falls in one hit to each weapon except for the X-Buster, which has no effect on the Mightyena. The Mightyena can be brutal, though, since their biting is a big risk to X's health! After beating the last Mightyena, a cutscene will show of Plasmae making a transmission that Team Plasma has disassembled Zero, and that any attempt to have him put back together will be stopped by Team Plasma!

Volcano: Here, Magma Dragoon has been replaced by Manectric. Unlike Team Flora, Team Plasma has quite a few fast foes, and this is one of them. Manectric will abuse the Spark and Thunderbolt attacks. Spark attacks melee for 8 bars off of Zero's health meter, while Thunder attacks from range for 12 bars. Manectric has the Ligntingrod ability, which means that, if you fire Cyber Peacock's weapon at it, it will home in and hit Manectric. Unfortunately, Cyber Peacock's weapon requires 25 hits to defeat Manectric. Split Mushroom's weapon works best against Manectric, it does Manectric in with only 5 hits. Manectric will drop one of Zero's parts upon being defeated.

Snow Base: Here, Frost Walrus has been replaced by Metagross. Metagross isn't the fastest in the bunch while walking on the ground, but when it floats, watch out! Metagross moves twice as fast floating than walking! If you're hit by its floating Meteor Mash, X loses a whole health meter's worth of health. Metagross can also attack while walking using a Psychic attack, which takes away 7 bars of health and freeze X for two seconds. Magma Dragoon's weapon is the most effective against Metagross regardless of whether it's walking or floating. Six hits from Magma Dragoon's weapon does Metagross in. Metagross will drop one of Zero's parts upon being defeated.

Marine Base: During the course of the stage, you'll find a cameo appearance by Roll (the Original Series). She'll ask X to show the strength of the X-Buster. Hit Roll with one shot of the X-Buster and you'll get one of Zero's parts. Here, Jet Stingray is replaced by Jack. Instead of fighting head-on, you'll fight him using the GBA connection method. Beat Jack on the GBA to clear the stage. Jack will drop one of Zero's parts upon being defeated. Here's Jack's team:

Plasma Admin Jack(M): L50 Manectric, L50 Electrode, L50 Electabuzz

If you missed the cameo and its part, don't worry, you'll see it again later on.

Supply Train: Here, Slash Beast has been replaced by Raichu. Raichu is even faster than Manectric, and it does half-the-meter damage to X using an Iron Tail attack! Raichu is also fearsome at range, firing Thunderbolt attacks that do the same damage as Iron Tail. Even worse, Raichu has Static, which means that if you attack Raichu at melee, X could end up paralyzed and can't move until Raichu attacks it again! Abuse Split Mushroom's weapon for seven hits against Raichu to beat it. Raichu will drop one of Zero's parts upon being defeated.

Memorial Hall: Here, Colonel has been replaced by Rhonda. Fight her like you did Jack to clear the stage. Rhonda will drop one of Zero's parts upon being defeated. Here's her team:

Plasma Admin Rhonda(F): L50 Manectric, L50 Lanturn, L50 Mightyena

Amazon: Here, Web Spider has been replaced by a whole pack of Mightyena. Up to 10 Mightyena will appear on the screen at once; you have to defeat 100 in total. Each Mightyena falls in one hit to each weapon except for the X-Buster, which has no effect on the Mightyena. Slash Beast's weapon works the best against the Mightyena. The Mightyena are just as brutal as they were back at the Sky Lagoon. The last Mightyena will drop one of Zero's parts upon being defeated.

Bio Laboratory: During the course of this stage, you'll find a cameo appearance by Lan (the Battle Network series). He'll ask X to show the strength of a watery Maverick weapon. Hit Lan with Jet Stingray's weapon and you'll get one of Zero's parts. Here, Split Mushroom is replaced by David. Like Jack and Rhonda before him, he'll also require a GBA connection to fight. David will drop one of Zero's parts upon being defeated, commenting that there are only a few parts left to go. Here's his team:

Plasma Admin David(M): L50 Manectric, L50 Crobat, L50 Ampharos

If you missed the cameo and its part, don't worry, you'll see it again later on.

Cyber Space: Here, Cyber Peacock has been replaced by Ampharos. Finally, a slow foe that stays slow. Ampharos isn't very nimble, but it sure packs a punch with Thunder for half of X's health meter! If you're unfortunate enough to be face-to-face with Ampharos, Ampharos could use a Dynamicpunch attack that kills X instantly regardless of his Sub-Tank status. Again, Split Mushroom's weapon works best against it. Five hits from it and Ampharos is history. Ampharos will drop one of Zero's parts upon being defated.

Air Force: Here, Storm Owl has been replaced by Aggron. Aggron is also slow and stays slow, but it also has armor that causes certain types of attacks to do less damage. He's supposed to be even weaker against Split Mushroom's weapon than the Electric-types, but Aggron defends against it well. Aggron's also no slouch on the offensive; Metal Claw does 21 bars of damage, and Earthquake will shake up the area and hit X for 15 damage--provided X is on the ground to hit the shockwaves. Your best bet is either Magma Dragoon or Jet Stingray's weapons. Either one will do Aggron in in seven hits. Aggron will drop one of Zero's parts upon being defeated.

Space Port: Where you'd normally face Colonel, you won't find anything there. Go on through like you normally would.

Final Weapon Stage 1: Nothing appears where you'd normally fight Double. If you missed a part from a cameo, Roll and/or Lan will be waiting for you where General would normally be. Get the part the way you would have when the cameo first appeared. Once you have all of Zero's parts, X will comment that all that remains is disposing of Team Plasma and putting Zero back together.

Final Weapon Stage 2: This is where all the rematches take place, except nobody drops any of Zero's parts this time. Manectric is in Magma Dragoon's capsule. Metagross is in Frost Walrus's capsule. Raichu is in Slash Beast's capsule. Jack is in Jet Stingray's capsule; he uses the same team, except at level 65 instead of 50 this time. Ampharos is in Cyber Peacock's capsule. A pack of 50 Mightyena is in Web Spider's capsule. Aggron is in Storm Owl's capsule. Finally, Rhonda is in Split Mushroom's capsule; her team is also the same, except at level 65 instead of 50. The rematch against David is where Reaper Sigma would normally be; like Jack and Rhonda, his team is also the same except at level 65 instead of 50.

Doppler Lab Stage 4: Where you'd normally face Sigma, it's time to face Plasmae herself. Plasmae uses a very powerful team and also uses the GBA connection. Plasmae will drop Zero's last missing part upon being defeated. Here is Plasmae's team:

Plasma Leader Plasmae(F): L75 Mightyena, L75 Crobat, L75 Raichu, L75 Ampharos, L75 Magneton, L75 Manectric

After beating Plasmae, Plasmae will admit defeat and escape. You'll see a cutscene on the GBA of a yellow helicopter flying away from the Space Port. However, you're not quite done with this mission. There's still two more foes to beat. They are Zapdos and Raikou. You'll face them both at once where you'd normally face the Duo Sigmas. Zapdos will start out by attacking in a rage, while Raikou will remain still. Here, you can jump onto Raikou without being hurt. Zapdos will fire a Thunderbolt attack that will drain a full health meter from X if it hits. Hit Zapdos with 12 shots of Frost Walrus's weapon to defeat it, and then make sure you land on the ground (instead of Raikou's back). Once you've beaten Zapdos, Raikou will start attacking. Raikou, too, will use a Thunderbolt attack for the same as Zapdos did, but it will also use a Spark attack to attack X at melee for three-quarters of the health meter. Hit Raikou 12 times with Split Mushroom's weapon to take it down.

Once you've managed to beat Zapdos and Entei, you've cleared this mission. After one more cutscene of X putting Zero back together, you'll also recieve a reward on your GBA game pak as follows:

-The SIGMA SEAL CASE in the Key Items Pocket (if you don't already have it)
-SIGMA SEAL D in the Sigma Seal Case
-50,000 in money
-A TM34 in the TMs Pocket
-A TM24 in the TMs Pocket
-A TMeX4 in the TMs Pocket
-A L5 Electrike is deposited into your PC. This Electrike knows Volt Tackle in addition to its basic moves.


Team Rocket's Mission
Game: Mega Man X5
Cards: Rocket's Ariados ex, Rocket's Chimecho ex, Rocket's Espeon ex, Rocket's Hitmontop ex, Rocket's Houndoom ex, Rocket's Seviper ex (all EX: Rocket's Madness)
Version Identifiers: XC first, X5 second
Played As: X
You cannot play as Zero at anytime during this mission.

Before the action starts on the Gamecube, a message will flash on the DS reading "Proudly serving everyone who has bought this game for the Gamecube. Yes, all 5 of you."

After that, a cutscene will play on the DS. This cutscene depicts the Eurasia space colony floating above the earth. Everything appears to be running just fine--when suddenly the faces of two men and a woman appear on one of the screens! We see that the two men are James and Tyson of Team Rocket and that the woman is Jessie of Team Rocket. Tyson will declare that Team Rocket is now in control of the space colony. The commander is reluctant to hand over control to a madman, so he chooses to fight. Big mistake. Knockout gas fills the room, followed by the entry of a man and two women, the man being Butch, the women being Cassidy and Domino. Domino will tell Tyson that the station is secure and that the piece of the PS chip they're seeking will soon be in their hands. Back on earth, Tyson will congratulate Butch, Cassidy, and Domino for taking full control of the space colony and that he, Jessie, and James will be up shortly.

After loading Mega Man X5 on the Gamecube, the cutscene will continue there. Team Rocket has moved into the space colony and have made plans to take over the planet below. Tyson deploys Jessie and James as a pair, Butch and Cassidy as a pair, and Domino onto the field, as well as himself and 6 other Pokémon. Tyson will tell everyone that Team Rocket must not be interfered with, and that he doesn't want to let Giovanni down. The other Pokémon that Tyson deploys are Ariados, Chimecho, Espeon, Hitmontop, Houndoom, and Seviper. On Domino's request, a Zangoose is sent with the Seviper.

Finally, we cut to X and Zero. They have just arrived at the now-deserted colony when a 16-hour countdown begins! Zero decides to stay put and hopefully give X some more time, while X goes down to deal with the Team Rocket problem. The cutscene finally ends there.

There are two kinds of battles in this mission. The first involves fighting a Pokémon as X, while the second involves facing a boss using a GBA Pokémon game pak in a GBA connected to the Gamecube via Controller Socket 2. Before a battle involving the second method begins, you'll get a connection screen where you'll be prompted to turn on the GBA connected to Controller Socket 2 with a GBA Pokémon game pak inside. Battles involving the connection method will use the party on your GBA game pak.

The stages are, for the most part, played normally. The bosses, however, are completely different during this mission. The 16 hour time limit is in place for this mission, but this time, you cannot destroy the colony until gotten through every stage before the Virus stages. Once you've made it to the first Virus stage, the colony will destroy automatically. If you run out of time, you'll have to restart the mission from right after the Eurasia Attack with a fresh 16 hour timer. Here's the details on how to fight Team Rocket:

Training Stage: Here, Magma Dragoon mk2 is replaced by a single Mightyena. Alone, it really poses no threat, just shoot it once and be done with it.

Eurasia Attack: Here, Sigma Head is replaced by a pack of 25 Mightyena. Up to 5 Mightyena will appear on the screen at once. Each Mightyena falls in one hit to each weapon except for the X-Buster, which has no effect on the Mightyena. The Mightyena can be brutal, though, since their biting is a big risk to X's health! After beating the last Mightyena, a cutscene will show of Tyson making a transmission that Team Rocket has disassembled Zero, and that any attempt to have him put back together will be stopped by Team Rocket!

Chase the Truck!: Here, Grizzly Slash has been replaced by Seviper and Zangoose. Once both of the enter the ring, Zangoose will Slash Seviper three times and defeat it for you. I betcha Domino now wishes she hadn't decided to send a Zangoose with Seviper. Anyway, Zangoose doesn't really have any weaknesses, so four hits from any weapon will defeat it. Zangoose will use the same Slash attack against X that it used to take out Seviper with the same strength. It also moves rather fast. Zangoose will drop one of Zero's parts upon being defeated.

Obliterate the Battleship!: Here, Duff McWhalen has been replaced by Hitmontop. Hitmontop will use its Intimidate to lower the strength of X's melee weapons. Dark Dizzy's weapon has the most effect on it, it takes just four hits of Dark Dizzy's weapon to defeat Hitmontop. Other weapons take eight hits, or 12 if it's a melee weapon. Hitmontop moves around by spinning on its head, and attacks by unleashing Triple Kick attacks. Each hit of a Triple Kick attack is more powerful than the last, but Hitmontop isn't exactly accurate since it can't really see where it's kicking. Hitmontop will drop one of Zero's parts upon being defeated.

Hunter HQ Attack #1!: Here, Dynamo has been replaced by a whole pack of Mightyena. Up to 10 Mightyena will appear on the screen at once; you have to defeat 100 in total. Each Mightyena falls in one hit to each weapon except for the X-Buster, which has no effect on the Mightyena. The Mightyena are just as brutal as they were back in the Eurasia attack. The last Mightyena will drop one of Zero's parts upon being defeated.

Electric Trap!: During the course of the stage, you'll find a cameo appearance by Dr. Wily (the main enemy of the Original Series). He'll ask X to show the strength of the X-Buster. Hit Dr. Wily with one shot of the X-Buster and you'll get one of Zero's parts. Here, Squid Adler is replaced by Domino. Instead of fighting head-on, you'll fight her using the GBA connection method. Beat Domino on the GBA to clear the stage. Domino will drop one of Zero's parts upon being defeated. Here's Domino's team:

Rocket Admin Domino(F): L50 Roselia, L50 Ninetales, L50 Starmie

If you missed the cameo and its part, don't worry, you'll see it again later on.

Fortress Lab Infiltration!: Here, Izzy Glow has been replaced by Espeon. Espeon isn't as fast as Zangoose or Hitmontop, but its Psychic attacks are lethal! If you get hit by one, it will cost you a whole health meter! Espeon also uses a Tackle attack from melee that does 5 bars of damage to X. Five hits of Dark Dizzy's weapon, or 10 hits of any other weapon, will defeat Espeon. Espeon will drop one of Zero's parts upon being defeated.

Escape the Space Trap!: Here, Dark Dizzy has been replaced by Butch and Cassidy. Fight them like you did Domino to clear the stage. Butch and Cassidy will drop one of Zero's parts upon being defeated. Here's their team:

Rocket Admins Butch&Cassidy(M/F): L50 Raticate, L50 Primeape, L50 Houndoom, L50 Hitmontop

Destroy the Time Bombs!: Here, The Skiver has been replaced by a Chimecho. Chimecho is a very easy foe to fight, as all it does is use Heal Bell, which will recover 5 bars of its health--as well as 5 bars of YOUR health! Six hits from any weapon, three from Dark Dizzy's, will do it in.

Hunter HQ Attack #2!: Here, Dynamo has been replaced by another pack of 100 Mightyena. Defeat this pack like you did the previous one.

Red-Hot World!: During the course of this stage, you'll find a cameo appearance by Proto Man (the Original Series). He'll ask X to show the strength of a dark Maverick weapon. Hit Proto Man with Dark Dizzy's weapon and you'll get one of Zero's parts. Here, Mattrex is replaced by Jessie and James. Like Butch and Cassidy as well as Domino before them, they'll also require a GBA connection to fight. Jessie and James will drop one of Zero's parts upon being defeated, commenting that there are only a few parts left to go. Here's their team:

Rocket Admins Jessie&James(F/M): L50 Seviper, L50 Wobbuffet, L50 Cacturne, L50 Meowth

If you missed the cameo and its part, don't worry, you'll see it again later on.

Into the Jungle!: Here, Axle the Red has been replaced by Houndoom. Houndoom comes at you with speed, but also fires fireballs. Quick strikes with Duff McWhalen's weapon is your best strategy. Don't even try using Mattrex's weapon against it; not only will it not damage Houndoom, but the power of Houndoom's fireballs goes up each time you use Mattrex's weapon on it! Houndoom will drop one of Zero's parts upon being defated.

Virus Stage 1: Here, Shadow Devil mk5 has been replaced by Ariados. Ariados ain't a speed demon (it won't move at all), but it launches spider webs. If X hits one, X will lose three bars of health and won't be able to move until either Ariados attacks it or X uses Mattrex's weapon to burn the web. Mattrex's weapon is also handy against Ariados itself, offing Ariados in just three hits, compared to seven with the other weapons. Ariados will drop one of Zero's parts upon being defeated.

Virus Stage 2: Where you'd normally face Rangda Bangda mk2, you won't find anything there. Go on through like you normally would.

Virus Stage 3: If you missed a part from a cameo, Dr. Wily and/or Proto Man will be waiting for you where Zero would normally be. Get the part the way you would have when the cameo first appeared. Once you have all of Zero's parts, X will comment that all that remains is disposing of Team Rocket and putting Zero back together.

Final Weapon Stage 2: This is where all the rematches take place, except nobody drops any of Zero's parts this time. Seviper is in Grizzly Slash's capsule. Since Zangoose doesn't appear this time, you're going to have to face Seviper yourself. Seviper doesn't move as fast as Zangoose does, but its Bite attack does one bar more damage than Zangoose's Slash. Just one hit from Dark Dizzy's weapon, or three from any other weapon, does Seviper in.

Hitmontop is in Duff McWhalen's capsule. Espeon is in Izzy Glow's capsule. Domino is in Squid Adler's capsule; she uses the same team, except at level 65 instead of 50 this time. Ariados is in Dark Dizzy's capsule. Chimecho is in The Skiver's capsule. Houndoom is in Axle the Red's capsule. Finally, Butch and Cassidy are in Mattrex's capsule; their team is also the same, except at level 65 instead of 50. The rematch against Jessie and James is where Sigma would normally be; like Butch and Cassidy as well as Domino, their team is also the same except at level 65 instead of 50.

Where you'd normally face Gamma Sigma, it's time to face Tyson himself. Tyson uses a very powerful team and also uses the GBA connection. Tyson will drop Zero's last missing part upon being defeated. Here is Tyson's team:

Rocket Admin Tyson(M): L75 Fearow, L75 Fearow, L75 Meganium, L75 Torkoal, L75 Manectric, L75 Crawdaunt

After beating Tyson, Tyson will admit defeat and escape. You'll see a cutscene on the GBA of a black helicopter flying away from the normal crash site. However, you're not quite done with this mission. There's still two more foes to beat. They are Articuno and Suicune. You'll face them both at once where you'd normally face Gamma Sigma. Articuno will start out by attacking in a rage, while Suicune will remain still. Here, you can jump onto Suicune without being hurt. Articuno will fire an Ice Beam attack that will drain a full health meter from X if it hits. Hit Articuno with 12 shots of either Mattrex or Squid Adler's weapons to defeat it, and then make sure you land on the ground (instead of Suicune's back). Once you've beaten Articuno, Suicune will start attacking. Suicune has a Hydro Pump attack for the same as Articuno's Ice Beam did, but it will also use a Crunch attack to attack X at melee for three-quarters of the health meter. Hit Suicune 12 times with Squid Adler's weapon to take it down.

Once you've managed to beat Articuno and Suicune, you've cleared this mission. After one more cutscene of X putting Zero back together, you'll also recieve a reward on your GBA game pak as follows:

-The SIGMA SEAL CASE in the Key Items Pocket (if you don't already have it)
-SIGMA SEAL E in the Sigma Seal Case
-50,000 in money
-A TM36 in the TMs Pocket
-A TM26 in the TMs Pocket
-A TMeX5 in the TMs Pocket
-A L5 Meowth is deposited into your PC. This Meowth knows Tri Attack in addition to its basic moves.


Team Cipher's Mission
Game: Mega Man X6
Cards: Plusle ex, Seviper ex, Volbeat ex (all EX: Return to Light)
Version Identifiers: XC first, X6 second
Played As: Zero
You cannot play as X at anytime during this mission.
Requirement to Play: You must have unlocked Zero.

Before the action starts on the Gamecube, a message will flash on the DS reading "Proudly serving everyone who has bought this game for the Gamecube. Yes, all 5 of you."

After that, a cutscene will play on the DS. This cutscene depicts Gate's lab. It appears to be deserted--when suddenly three men walk into the facility! We see that the three men are Greevil, Eldes, and Ardos of Team Cipher. Greevil will declare that this is his new base of operations. Standing guard outside the lab are two other men and a woman; the two men being Gorigan and Snattle, and the woman being Lovrina. Lovrina will tell Greevil that nobody is in sight and that the piece of the PS chip believed to be in Gate's lab will soon belong to Team Cipher.

After loading Mega Man X6 on the Gamecube, the cutscene will continue there. Team Cipher has made plans to use Gate's lab to continue their shadow Pokémon plan. Greevil deploys Lovrina, Snattle, Gorigan, Ardos, and Eldes onto the field, as well 3 other Pokémon. Greevil will tell everyone that Team Cipher must not be interfered with. The other Pokémon that Greevil deploys are Plusle, Seviper, and Volbeat.

Finally, we cut to Zero aboard the crashed Eurasia colony. Yes, X is not present in this scene. Zero will recieve a transmission intended for X about a new threat coming from Gate's lab, but Zero will reply that he doesn't know where X is. Rather than going out to find X, Zero decides to take matters into his own hands and take on the threat himself.

There are two kinds of battles in this mission. The first involves fighting a Pokémon as Zero, while the second involves facing a boss using a GBA Pokémon game pak in a GBA connected to the Gamecube via Controller Socket 2. Before a battle involving the second method begins, you'll get a connection screen where you'll be prompted to turn on the GBA connected to Controller Socket 2 with a GBA Pokémon game pak inside. Battles involving the connection method will use the party on your GBA game pak.

The stages are, for the most part, played normally. Almost all of the bosses, however, are completely different during this mission. Here's the details on how to fight Team Cipher:

Opening Stage: Defeat the Junk Robot as normal. Here, High Max is replaced by XD001 (a.k.a. the shadow Lugia). XD001 is invincible in this battle. Nevertheless, it's very easy to get by. All you have to do is reduce Zero to exactly one bar of health without any Sub-Tanks filled. Your best bet is having Zero keep running into XD001's tail until you get to one bar of health, then have Shadow Blast keep draining the Sub-Tanks. Once Zero has exactly one bar of health left, XD001 will fly away from the scene. Wimp. Once XD001 flies away, an ominous voice will tell Zero that Team Cipher has managed to disassemble X and are planning on reassembling X as a Maverick working for Team Cipher.

Amazon Area: Here, Commander Yammark has been replaced by a non-shadow Seviper. Seviper doesn't move very fast, but its bite will take away half of Zero's health meter. Seviper can also use Wrap, which will only do two bars of damage but slow Zero down. Eight hits from either the Z-Saber or Commander Yammark's weapon will do Seviper in.

There is a one in eight chance that a Zangoose will come with Seviper. If that happens, Zangoose will kill Seviper with one Slash attack. Against Zero, Zangoose will use a Slash attack that does two bars less than half the health meter, as well as a slow Dynamicpunch attack that will kill Zero instantly if it connects. Zangoose also moves twice as fast as Seviper does. It's best to hit it while it's charging Dynamicpunch. Again, eight hits from the Z-Saber or Commander Yammark's weapon will do it in.

Whoever you defeat will drop one of X's parts upon being defeated.

Central Museum: During the course of the stage, you'll find a cameo appearance by Mega Man (the entire Original Series). He'll ask Zero to show the strength of the Z-Saber. Hit Mega Man with one shot of the Z-Saber and you'll get one of X's parts. Here, Ground Scaravich has been replaced by Lovrina. Instead of fighting head-on, you'll fight her using the GBA connection method. Beat Lovrina on the GBA to clear the stage. Lovrina will drop one of X's parts upon being defeated. Here's Lovrina's team:

Cipher Admin Lovrina(F): L50 Shuckle, L50 Misdreavus, L50 Blissey

Magma Area: Here, Blaze Heatnix has been replaced by a Plusle. This is rather easy pickings, though. Sure, it's fast, and it does a Spark attack for five bars of health, but it goes down to four shots from any weapon except Ground Scaravich's weapon, which does Plusle in in one hit! What danger could there be?

...Perhaps if you hit a one in eight chance of a Minun coming with the Plusle? If that's the case, then you'll have to take down both Plusle and Minun! Minun attacks pretty much the same way as Plusle does, but if you have both Plusle and Minun present, both Spark attacks do eight bars of health damage instead of five! A combo Spark from both of them does 17 bars of health damage! It takes a very steady thumb to defeat both Plusle and Minun! Defeat one and you break the pair, reducing Spark to five bars per hit.

Regardless of circumstances, once you beat Plusle and/or Minun, you'll get one of X's parts.

Northpole Area: Here, Blizzard Wolfgang has been replaced by Snattle. Again, you'll fight him using the GBA connection method. Beat Snattle on the GBA to clear the stage. Snattle will drop one of X's parts upon being defeated. Here's Snattle's team:

Cipher Admin Snattle(M): L50 Muk, L50 Electrode, L50 Glalie

Inami Temple: Here, Rainy Turtloid has been replaced by Gorigan. Again, you'll fight him using the GBA connection method. Beat Gorigan on the GBA to clear the stage. Gorigan will drop one of X's parts upon being defeated. Here's Gorigan's team:

Cipher Admin Gorigan(M): L50 Granbull, L50 Hitmontop, L50 Tauros

Recycle Lab: During the course of the stage, you'll find a cameo appearance by Bass (later games in the Original Series). He'll ask Zero to show the strength of a firey weapon. Hit Bass with one shot of the Blaze Heatnix's weapon and you'll get one of X's parts. The sub-boss is gone, so just pass that area normally. Here, Metal Shark Player has been replaced by a Volbeat. Volbeat can Tackle for one bar of health or use Signal Beam from range for five bars. Eight hits from any weapon (except Blaze Heatnix's weapon, which takes only two shots) defeats Volbeat. However...

...hitting a one in eight shot brings an Illumise with the Volbeat! If this is the case, Volbeat and Illumise will start by using Helping Hand on each other. Illumise Tackles the same, but instead of Signal Beam, it has a Silver Wind that normally does four bars of damage. If both Volbeat and Illumise are present, however, both Tackles do three bars, Silver Wind does nine bars, and Signal Beam does half a meter! Illumise goes down the same as Volbeat. Defeat one of the pair and you break the combo and revert the attacks back to normal damage.

Regardless of circumstances, beating Volbeat and/or Illumise will net you one of X's parts.

Laser Institute: Here, Shield Sheldon has been replaced by Ardos. Again, you'll fight him using the GBA connection method. Beat Ardos on the GBA to clear the stage. Ardos will drop one of X's parts upon being defeated. Here's Ardos's team:

Cipher Admin Ardos(M): L50 Sceptile, L50 Charizard, L50 Gengar

Weapon Center: Here, Infinity Mijinion has been replaced by Eldes. Again, you'll fight him using the GBA connection method. Beat Eldes on the GBA to clear the stage. Eldes will drop one of X's parts upon being defeated. Here's Eldes's team:

Cipher Admin Eldes(M): L50 Gengar, L50 Metagross, L50 Snorlax

Gate's Laboratory Area 1: Nothing appears where the Twin Nightmare Cells would normally be. Pass on through.

Gate's Laboratory Area 2: Nothing appears where High Max would be. Pass on through there. Nothing appears where Gate would be, but here, Zero will take time to reassemble X. If you missed the parts Mega Man and/or Bass give you, the ones whose parts you missed will appear to put on the finishing touches. Once X reactivates, X will talk to Zero about Team Cipher. When Zero reveals that he's been fighting Team Cipher, X will be somewhat surprised and yet somewhat proud of Zero. Afterward, X will leave the scene.

Gate's Laboratory Area 3: Do I even need to list them out anymore? Here's the rundown of the rematches:

-Seviper replaces Commander Yammark. 1 in 8 chance a Zangoose joins.
-Lovrina replaces Ground Scaravich. Same team as before, except at level 65 instead of 50.
-Plusle replaces Blaze Heatnix. 1 in 8 chance a Minun joins.
-Snattle replaces Blizzard Wolfgang. Same team as before, except at level 65 instead of 50.
-Gorigan replaces Rainy Turtloid. Same team as before, except at level 65 instead of 50.
-Volbeat replaces Metal Shark Player. 1 in 8 chance an Illumise joins.
-Ardos replaces Shield Sheldon. Same team as before, except at level 65 instead of 50.
-Eldes replaces Infinity Mijinion. Same team as before, except at level 65 instead of 50.

Where you'd normally face the first form of Sigma, you'll face XD001 once again! This time, though, XD001 isn't invincible. You can actually defeat it this time. However, the only weapon that works well is Blizzard Wolfgang's weapon. Ground Scaravich's weapon won't work on XD001, and all other weapons take 150 hits to take out XD001. 20 hits from Blizzard Wolfgang's weapon, however, does XD001 in. XD001 will attack with a Shadow Blast attack that takes away health equivalent to a full health meter, as well as physical wing (half health meter) and tail (one bar) attacks.

Where you'd normally face the second form of Sigma, you'll face Greevil himself. Like the admins, you'll face him via a GBA connection. Here's his team:

Cipher Boss Greevil(M): L75 Articuno, L75 Zapdos, L75 Moltres, L75 Exeggutor, L75 Rhydon, L75 Tauros

After beating Greevil, Greevil will admit defeat and escape. You'll see a cutscene on the GBA of a green helicopter flying away from Gate's lab.

Once the cutscene finishes, you've cleared this mission. After one more cutscene of X thanking Zero for putting him back together, you'll also recieve a reward on your GBA game pak as follows:

-The SIGMA SEAL CASE in the Key Items Pocket (if you don't already have it)
-SIGMA SEAL F in the Sigma Seal Case
-50,000 in money
-A TM29 in the TMs Pocket
-A TM48 in the TMs Pocket
-A TMeG in the TMs Pocket
-A L5 Beldum is deposited into your PC. This Beldum knows both Take Down and Psycho Boost.


Team Snagem's Mission
Game: Mega Man Zero 4
Cards: Zangoose ex (EX: Team Mania), Minun ex, Illumise ex (both EX: Return to Light)
Version Identifier: Z4 (Use only one copy of the confirmation password.)
Played As: Zero
NOTE: After each boss is defeated, you'll be flashed a password. This password serves as both your quick password to redownload the mission from the Inafune server with just one password, as well as a password to resume your progress from where you got the password.

Once the passwords are transmitted, a cutscene will begin playing. This cutscene depicts an open desert, where Gonzap and Wakin of Team Snagem are walking through. Both of them appear dehydrated from the walk, and Wakin suggests making camp for the night. Gonzap disagrees, though, and they continue on. Suddenly, the two spot Ragnarok Control, and Wakin decides that that place must have some water. The two head into Ragnarok Control.

That night, after Gonzap and Wakin have rehydrated, Gonzap decides that this place is perfect for their plan for finding the bridge that connects the SN and Saturn chips together! Calling out a Zangoose, a Minun, an Illumise, and an army of shadow Pokémon, Gonzap sends them and Wakin out to make sure nobody stops Team Snagem from doing what they came to do.

We now cut to a caravan, where we see Zero relaxing, when he suddenly recieves a communication from X! A new threat has emerged out of X's range, and asks Zero to take care of it. Zero agrees to the task and springs into action.

Unlike other missions in this post, there is only one kind of battle in this mission. All enemies are fought directly as Zero without any other communication involved.

The stages are, for the most part, played normally. The bosses, however, are completely different during this mission. Here's the details on how to fight Team Snagem:

Rescue the Caravan!: Here, Sub Core has been replaced by a shadow Teddiursa. Teddiursa will simply charge at Zero with a Shadow Blitz attack. This attack takes away two bars of health from Zero for each hit. Teddiursa ain't all that fast, but you have to remember that each of the shadow Pokémon is weak against one of Zero's standard weapons and completely immune to another. Teddiursa's weakness is the Saber, and the Buster won't work on it. One hit of the Saber or three hits of the Knuckle will do Teddiursa in.

Return to Area 0: Here, Carnage 0 has been replaced by a shadow Ledyba. Ledyba will also use Shadow Blitz against Zero. Ledyba has a tendency to fly, though, so melee attacks aren't a good idea. Ledyba's also a little faster than Teddiursa, it's weak against the Knuckle, and the Saber won't work on it. One hit of the Knuckle or three hits of the Buster will do Ledyba in.

Underground Forest: Here, Noble Mandrago has been replaced by a shadow Poochyena. Poochyena also uses Shadow Blitz against Zero. However, it also has a tendency to use Shadow Hold, which slows down Zero in both running speed and attack rate. Poochyena's a medium-speed runner, it's weak against the Buster, and the Knuckle won't work on it. One hit of the Buster or three hits of the Saber will do Poochyena in.

Particle Beam: Here, Heat Genblem has been replaced by a shadow Houndour. Houndour also mainly attacks with Shadow Blitz and is a little faster than Poochyena. Houndour, however, is slightly more powerful; Houndour takes away four bars of health instead of two with Shadow Blitz. Houndour is weak against the Saber, and the Knuckle won't work on it. One hit of the Saber or three hits of the Buster will do Houndour in.

Deep Sea: Here, Tech Kraken has been replaced by a shadow Spheal. Spheal uses a Shadow Wave attack that does less damage than a regular Shadow Blitz (on Spheal, Shadow Wave deals just one bar of damage). However, Shadow Wave is a projectile attack, which means Spheal doesn't have to move far to use it. Good thing, too; Spheal's slow. Spheal is also a little bit better on defense; it's weak against the Knuckle, and the Buster won't work on it. Two hits of the Knuckle or five hits of the Saber will do Spheal in.

Hibernation Chamber: Here, Fenri Lunaedge has been replaced by a non-shadow Zangoose. Zangoose is the fastest foe you've faced as of yet, and it's got a Slash attack that does quite a bit of damage, as well as a Dynamicpunch that, if it connects, will kill Zero instantly (no amount of sub-tanks will help here). However, the Dynamicpunch is slow and easy to dodge. Only a special Z-Knuckle attack will even damage Zangoose, and even so, it will take eight hits to off Zangoose!

...Well, that's how you should take it if Zangoose comes alone. There is a one in eight chance that a Seviper will come with it. If Seviper comes, it will off Zangoose using three quick bites. Seviper is a bit slower than Zangoose is, but its biting does more damage than Zangoose's Slash! It also knows Wrap, which slows down Zero's movement and attack speeds but does way less damage than its bite. Seviper also takes eight hits to off, but Seviper is vulnerable to any weapon.

Defend the Settlement!: Here, Craft has been replaced by a shadow Baltoy. Baltoy will also charge at you with Shadow Blitz; however, Baltoy uses it while spinning like a top. This battle should bring back memories of fighting Top Man in Mega Man 3. Baltoy is only slightly faster than Spheal while not spinning, but it's as fast as Ledyba while it is. Baltoy's weak against the Buster, and the Saber won't work on it. One hit of the Buster or three hits of the Knuckle will do Baltoy in.

Prison Escape: Here, TheGiant has been replaced by Wakin. Wakin will send out his Pokémon in four phases, and Zero will fight them in four waves. The first wave is Mantine, the second wave is Forretress, and the third wave is Grumpig. The fourth wave is an army of Gloom.

Mantine flies through the air rather fast and will come at you with a Wing Attack. This attack takes four bars of health from Zero. If Mantine and Zero are on opposite sides of the stage, Mantine can also launch a Bubblebeam from range, and this attack takes two bars of health from Zero. The Z-Buster is the only weapon that works on Mantine; eight hits does the trick. Mantine will drop a health pickup upon being defeated.

Forretress will come in after Mantine is defeated. Get to a safe spot immediately, as it will use Explosion! If Zero is caught up in it, Zero loses health, ranging from two bars from the farthest reach of impact to instant death if it's right next to Forretress when it bursts! Forretress is defeated once the explosion clears, and drops a health pickup upon being defeated. Oddly enough, if you can manage to get in eight hits with the Z-Saber, you'll defeat Forretress without it blowing up, but what are the odds of getting in eight very fast hits with the Z-Saber?

Grumpig comes in after Forretress is defeated. Grumpig uses a Magic Coat attack on defense. It can't move when using Magic Coat; however, it also can't be damaged while that attack is on. Grumpig tends to attack from one spot and unleash Psywave against Zero. Psywave hits for random damage with each attack, ranging from one bar of health to a full health meter (after a sub-tank kicks in). Psywave always goes in a straight line, though, so if you can get Grumpig to aim diagonally while Zero is heading down, you should get in a cheap shot with the Z-Knuckle, the only weapon that works against Grumpig. Eight shots of it while Grumpig's not under Magic Coat will do in Grumpig. Grumpig will drop an extra life upon being defeated.

Finally, three Gloom will come in after Grumpig falls. These Gloom do nothing but launch powder attacks at Zero, and the powder attacks do no damage. Stun Spore slows down Zero's movement, while Sleep Powder slows down Zero's attacks. Additionally, each Gloom has powder floating over their head that resembles either a blue X (for X), a red Z (for Zero), or a yellow A (for Axl, from X7 and X8). If it's a blue X, it's susceptible to Z-Buster; if it's a red Z, it's suceptible to Z-Saber; finally, if it's a yellow A, it's susceptible to Z-Knuckle. Hit a Gloom with its susceptible weapon and it will change the powder floating above it. Hit a Gloom four times and it will fall in defeat. As if it wasn't easy enough already, if Seviper came with Zangoose, X will send help in the form of a Camerupt, whose Flamethrower will take down all three Gloom instantly. Take down all three Gloom and Wakin will admit defeat and leave.

Living City: Here, Popla Cocapetri has been replaced by a shadow Mareep. It, too, attacks mainly with Shadow Blitz, and it ain't that fast a runner (it's slightly slower than Teddiursa). Careful using a melee attack on it, though; if Static triggers, Zero won't be move until Mareep attacks it! Mareep is also a good defender; it's weak against the Saber, and the Buster won't work on it. Two hits of the Saber or five hits of the Knuckle will do Mareep in.

Hanging Gardens: Here, Pegasolta Eclair has been replaced by a shadow Gulpin. Gulpin also uses Shadow Blitz, but it's as slow as Spheal, which means it ain't that effective. However, Gulpin can use Shadow Hold to slow Zero down as well! It may take awhile to complete this fight, especially with Gulpin's defense! Gulpin's weak against the Buster, and the Knuckle won't work on it. Two hits of the Buster or five hits of the Saber will do Gulpin in.

Magnetic Zone: Here, Mino Magnus has been replaced by a shadow Seedot. Seedot is the most dangerous shadow Pokémon you've faced. Not only does it use Shadow Wave, which fires projectiles (and Seedot does 2 bars of damage with a Shadow Wave), it can also use Shadow Hold to slow Zero down! On top of that, Seedot can spin like Baltoy can, and it moves at 1.5 times Houndour's speed while spinning! It moves just slightly slower than Ledyba while not spinning. Seedot's defenses aren't all that great, though, and the Saber won't work on it, while it's weak against the Knuckle. One hit of the Knuckle or three hits of the Buster will do Seedot in.

Artificial Sun: Here, Sol Titanion has been replaced by a non-shadow Minun. This is rather easy pickings, though. Sure, it's fast, and it does a Spark attack for five bars of health, but it goes down to four shots from any weapon! What danger could there be?

...Perhaps if you hit a one in eight chance of a Plusle coming with the Minun? If that's the case, then you'll have to take down both Plusle and Minun! Plusle attacks pretty much the same way as Minun does, but if you have both Plusle and Minun present, both Spark attacks do eight bars of health damage instead of five! A combo Spark from both of them does 17 bars of health damage! It takes a very steady thumb to defeat both Plusle and Minun! Defeat one and you break the pair, reducing Spark to five bars per hit.

Ragnarok Control: Here, TheGiant has been replaced by a non-shadow Illumise, and Craft has been replaced by a non-shadow Skarmory.

Illumise can Tackle for one bar of health or use Silver Wind from range for four bars. Eight hits from any weapon defeats Illumise. However...

...hitting a one in eight shot brings a Volbeat with the Illumise! If this is the case, Volbeat and Illumise will start by using Helping Hand on each other. Volbeat Tackles the same, but instead of Silver Wind, it has a Signal Beam that normally does five bars of damage. If both Volbeat and Illumise are present, however, both Tackles do three bars, Silver Wind does nine bars, and Signal Beam does half a meter! Volbeat also goes down in eight hits. Defeat one of the pair and you break the combo and revert the attacks back to normal damage.

Skarmory is a tough Pokémon to beat. It has a devastating Steel Wing attack, which does 25 bars of health damage to Zero on contact. Air Cutter also hits for 14 bars of health damage. Z-Saber won't work on it, and it takes 30 shots of either Z-Buster or Z-Knuckle to take it down! However, if you got either Plusle or Volbeat to assist you, Camerupt will arrive to use Eruption to take off half of Skarmory's health. If you got both Plusle and Volbeat to assist you, after Camerupt's Eruption, a Flygon will fly by, use Dragon Claw, and drop Skarmory's health to one-quarter. After defeating Skarmory, Gonzap will arrive on the scene, chewing you out for defeating his right-hand Pokémon, and will challenge you deeper in the base.

Teleporter Base: Here, R. Bandam has been replaced by Gonzap. Gonzap also attacks in waves, and these are much harder than the ones Wakin sent! Gonzap sends out Venusaur, Charizard, Blastoise, Slaking, and Salamence.

Venusaur is first. It's not fast, but don't underestimate its power. A Body Slam attack will cost X a full health meter and move on to the next sub-tank. Razor Leaf will do 3 bars of health damage to Zero per hit. Once Venusaur is down to a quarter of its health, it will start using Frenzy Plant to hit Zero from range with an attack that costs Zero ten bars of health! However, once Venusaur uses Frenzy Plant, it will recharge for 15 seconds, which will allow you to cheaply finish it. Five hits from the Z-Saber or nine hits from either Z-Buster or Z-Knuckle will do Venusaur in. Venusaur will drop a powerup that restores all of Zero's health and sub-tanks.

Charizard comes next. It moves faster than Venusaur does, but it doesn't have an attack as powerful as Body Slam. Charizard also flies around, which means you can't use the Z-Saber. Slash will do eight bars of damage, and Ember does six. Ember is launched from range, while Slash is done in melee. Once Charizard is down to quarter-health, it will start using Blast Burn to hit Zero from range, costing Zero ten bars of health! However, once Charizard uses Blast Burn, it will land and recharge for 15 seconds, which will allow you to not only cheaply finish it but also use the Z-Saber on it! Charizard goes down to five Z-Buster hits or nine hits from any combinaton of Z-Knuckle or Z-Saber (if Charizard is recharging from Blast Burn). Charizard will drop a powerup that restores all of Zero's health and sub-tanks.

Blastoise comes after Charizard. It's closer to Venusaur in speed, but its defenses are very good. Z-Buster won't work on it unless a certain condition is met. As for attacks, Blastoise uses a Focus Punch attack. If it connects, it's an instant kill, but if you hit Blastoise while a Focus Punch is being charged, Blastoise will flinch. Blastoise will also use Hydro Pump from range for 7 bars of health. Once you have Blastoise down to one-quarter health, Blastoise will also start using Hydro Cannon from range, costing Zero ten bars of health per hit! However, once Blastoise uses Hydro Cannon, it will recharge for 15 seconds, which will allow you to not only cheaply finish it but also use the Z-Buster on it! Blastoise goes down to 8 hits from Z-Knuckle or 15 hits from any combination of Z-Saber or Z-Buster (if Blastoise is recharging from Hydro Cannon). Blastoise will drop a powerup that restores all of Zero's health and sub-tanks.

Slaking comes next. Slaking moves at medium speed and attacks with a Façade attack for half a health meter. However, once Slaking uses the attack, it will loaf around for 15 seconds, allowing you to get some cheap hits in. Once Slaking is down to one-quarter health, it will use Hyper Beam to take off 15 bars of health from range! Again, it will loaf after using Hyper Beam, but this time for 30 seconds! Opportunity to get in some cheap hits! 20 hits from any weapon will do Slaking in. Slaking drops an extra life upon being defeated.

Finally, Salamence comes in. However, if you got lucky enough to encounter Seviper, Plusle, and Volbeat, Axl will send assistance in the form of a Flygon. Flygon's Dragon Claw defeats Salamence instantly. If you're not lucky enough to get Flygon's help, Zero will have to put 25 Z-Knuckle shots or 51 Z-Buster shots into Salamence to defeat it while dodging Salamence's own Dragon Claw, which does around 20 bars of damage to Zero per hit! And there's no cheap-hitting against Salamence! Take down Salamence and Gonzap will admit defeat. You'll then see a cutscene of Team Snagem leaving the area via an orange helicopter, followed shortly thereafter of three legendary Pokémon arriving in the area.

Teleporter Circuit: Here, Cyball has been replaced by Regirock! Regirock is a legendary Pokémon, and this one is way larger than Zero! Regirock has a very good Defense stat, but isn't that great at either speed or range. Regirock will attack with two attacks. One is a Superpower attack from melee. The first time it connects, it will do a whole health meter's worth of damage to Zero. However, every time it connects, its attack power and defense will drop by three-eighths of what it had before using Superpower. It will only reduce six times. The other is an Ancientpower attack, which is launched as a shockwave and can hit Zero for a base 12 bars of damage from range. However, that range is only half a screen, so if Zero is more than half a screen away from Regirock, Ancientpower does no damage. At Regirock's initial Defense, it would take 120 shots of any of Zero's weapons to do it in. However, if you manage to get Regirock's Defense down six stages, a mere 7 hits will do it.

Ragnarok Core: Here, Dr. Weil has been replaced by Regice, and Final Weil has been replaced by Registeel! Regice again has good Defenses, but they're not as good as Regirock's, and it's also not that fast; its range is better than Regirock, though. Regice will attack with two attacks. One is the same Superpower attack Regirock had, with the exact same effect as before. The other is an Icy Wind attack, which hits Zero from range for just 3 bars of damage but also serves to slow Zero down. Range is three-quarters of a screen, which means a wide gap will cause Icy Wind to do no damage. At Regice's initial Defense, it would take 80 shots from any of Zero's weapons to do it in. Reduce Regice's Defense down six stages, a mere 5 hits does Regice in. Regice drops a powerup that fills up Zero's health and sub-tanks.

Registeel, on the other hand, is pure murder. Not only is it faster than Regirock and Regice, but its Defense is better than both and it also has perfect range! It, like Regirock and Regice, also has a Superpower attack, with the same effect. However, Registeel will realize its effect after connecting three times with it, meaning you can't get it down six stages. The other attack is a Swift attack, which homes in on Zero (meaning it's unavoidable) and does five bars of damage per hit. The range is the whole screen, which means Zero cannot dodge a Swift attack. At Registeel's initial defense, it would take 200 hits from any of Zero's weapons. Once Registeel realizes what Superpower does, 49 hits is enough to finish Registeel off.

Once you beat Registeel, you have cleared the mission and will be flashed a password. Take note of this password. Turn off the DS and switch Mega Man Zero 4 with a GBA Pokémon game pak that already has the Sigma Seal Case. Activate the password program and put in the code. Attempt to transmit it to any server. You will be told the password is wrong. After you're told the password is wrong, boot up the GBA Pokémon game and you'll recieve these rewards:

-SIGMA SEAL G in the Sigma Seal Case
-50,000 in money
-A TM01 in the TMs Pocket
-A TM31 in the TMs Pocket
-A TMe0 (zero) in the TMs Pocket
-A L5 Skarmory is deposited into your PC. This Skarmory knows Meteor Mash in addition to its basic moves.


Team Draco's Mission
Game: Mega Man Battle and Chase
Cards: Draco's Altaria ex, Draco's Dragonite ex, Draco's Flygon ex, Draco's Kingdra ex, Draco's Mightyena ex, Draco's Salamence ex (all EX: Draco's Emergence)
Version Identifier: XC first, BC second
Played As: Dr. Wily
Hey, if Capcom ain't consistent, why should we?
Requirement to Play: You must have unlocked Dr. Wily.

To take on this mission, you must have already gotten all seven Sigma Seals. Once you have all seven, seals A and B will form into the complete SN chip, seals C and D will form into the complete Saturn chip, seals E and F will form into the complete PS chip, and seal G will form into the bridge that connects the SN and Saturn chips! However, it's not a complete device yet. There is the matter of the bridge connecting the Saturn and PS chips. Since you've already thumped everyone else, it should be no surprise that Team Draco is in pursuit of the last piece. However, this challenge isn't like the others one bit. You'll have to win it on the track using the most unlikely person for the job.

In this mission, you must have a GBA with a Pokémon GBA game pak connected to the Gamecube and powered up at all times. You will be prompted to make the connection upon loading Mega Man Battle and Chase onto the Gamecube.

Before the action starts on the Gamecube, a message will flash on the DS reading "Proudly serving everyone who has bought this game for the Gamecube. Yes, all 5 of you."

After that, a cutscene will play on the DS. This cutscene depicts three Altaria space orbiters, the signature compact vehicle of Team Draco, flying above the earth. We cut to inside one, where a man, namely Murphy of Team Draco, has finished scouting out road courses. A radio transmission from a woman, Dralene, will demand that Murphy send her the data immediately. Murphy gladly sends the data to the two other orbiters. We cut to another orbiter, where we see two more women, Rachel and Vikki, looking over the data. Vikki is confident that one of those tracks has the bridge piece that connects the Saturn and PS chips together, but Rachel isn't sure that the tracks are safe. She'll comment that a mad scientist has been seen on the tracks lately, and says that said mad scientist could complicate their plans. Finally, we cut to the last orbiter, where Dralene is inside, and she'll comment that a mad scientist is a work of evil and that no mad scientist would ever side against Team Draco, before ordering the orbiters to dock with the mother ship so that Team Draco can hit the racetracks.

After loading Mega Man Battle and Chase on the Gamecube, the cutscene will continue there. Team Draco has made plans to use the race courses in an attempt to stablize the weather. Dralene deploys Rachel, Vikki, and Murphy onto the field, as well 6 other Pokémon. Dralene will tell everyone that Team Draco must not be interfered with. The other Pokémon that Dralene deploys are Altaria, Dragonite, Flygon, Kingdra, Mightyena, and Salamence.

Finally, we cut to Dr. Wily. Dr. Wily is inside a racecar at the starting line on a track when he sees a strange craft fly through the sky. Wily thinks this is a strange occurence, and he decides to check it out himself, calling upon six other Robot Masters to assist him. Guts Man, Quick Man, Ice Man, Shadow Man, Napalm Man, and Spring Man are quick to arrive to the call, and Wily tells them they're about to seek out a strange occurence.

Once the cutscene ends, you're going to embark on a series of races. You will always be in control of Dr. Wily throughout each track race.

Street Course: The GBA is used to select two Robot Masters to take on Altaria. The recommended ones are Quick Man and Ice Man. Altaria doesn't even use a car, and it's not all that fast flying around the track. To clear this challenge, Dr. Wily and at least one of the Robot Masters must place ahead of Altaria.

Mountain Course: Here is the first challenge against a Team Draco Admin. Your opponent is Murphy. Before any race can take place, you'll take on Murphy in a battle using your current GBA team. Events in this battle will affect the race against Murphy. Here is Murphy's team:

Draco Admin Murphy(M): L50 Charizard, L50 Mightyena, L50 Altaria, L50 Sceptile, L50 Banette, L50 Kingdra

After the end of the fight against Murphy, if you beat Murphy, you will be asked to deploy Robot Masters onto the track. Exactly how many depends on how many Pokémon you had remaining when you won; you'll deploy one Robot Master for each of your Pokémon that didn't faint. (Example: If only one of your Pokémon fainted, you get to deploy 5 Robot Masters onto the track.) The race will involve Dr. Wily, Murphy, and any Robot Masters you deployed onto the track. Murphy is using Mega Man's car for the race. To clear this challenge, Dr. Wily and half of the Robot Masters deployed in the race, rounded down, must place ahead of Murphy. If you deployed zero or one Robot Masters, only Dr. Wily must place ahead of Murphy. If you deployed two or three Robot Masters, one Robot Master and Dr. Wily must place ahead of Murphy. If you deployed four or five Robot Masters, two Robot Masters and Dr. Wily must place ahead of Murphy. If you deployed all six Robot Masters, three Robot Masters and Dr. Wily must place ahead of Murphy.

Crystal Course: The GBA is used to select two Robot Masters to take on Dragonite. The recommended ones are Guts Man and Ice Man. Dragonite also doesn't use a car, but it moves very fast flying around the track. However, Dragonite has a problem making turns and is also prone to slamming into ceilings. To clear this challenge, Dr. Wily and at least one of the Robot Masters must place ahead of Dragonite.

Sunset Course: The GBA is used to select two Robot Masters to take on Flygon. The recommended ones are Ice Man and Shadow Man. Flygon doesn't use a car, and it moves at medium speed with average cornering flying around the track. This is your first real challenge against a Pokémon. To clear this challenge, Dr. Wily and at least one of the Robot Masters must place ahead of Flygon.

Toy Factory Course: This is another Admin battle. Your opponent is Vikki. Before any race can take place, you'll take on Vikki in a battle using your current GBA team. Events in this battle will affect the race against Vikki. Here is Vikki's team:

Draco Admin Vikki(F): L50 Crobat, L50 Mightyena, L50 Altaria, L50 Flygon, L50 Seviper, L50 Sceptile

After the end of the fight against Vikki, if you beat Vikki, you will be asked to deploy Robot Masters onto the track. Exactly how many depends on how many Pokémon you had remaining when you won; you'll deploy one Robot Master for each of your Pokémon that didn't faint. (Example: If three of your Pokémon fainted, you get to deploy 3 Robot Masters onto the track.) The race will involve Dr. Wily, Vikki, and any Robot Masters you deployed onto the track. Vikki is using Roll's car for the race. To clear this challenge, Dr. Wily and half of the Robot Masters deployed in the race, rounded down, must place ahead of Vikki. If you deployed zero or one Robot Masters, only Dr. Wily must place ahead of Vikki. If you deployed two or three Robot Masters, one Robot Master and Dr. Wily must place ahead of Vikki. If you deployed four or five Robot Masters, two Robot Masters and Dr. Wily must place ahead of Vikki. If you deployed all six Robot Masters, three Robot Masters and Dr. Wily must place ahead of Vikki.

South Pole Course: The GBA is used to select two Robot Masters to take on Kingdra. The recommended ones are Napalm Man and Ice Man. Kingdra uses a vehicle in this race, it's Duo's car. To clear this challenge, Dr. Wily and at least one of the Robot Masters must place ahead of Kingdra.

Ridge Course: This race is a straight-on race. You won't deploy any Robot Masters in this race. This challenge is a ten-lap race against a pack of Mightyena. The Mightyena run on the track with their feet, but they are very good at making turns. On the first lap, there's 10 Mightyena on the track. At the end of each lap, any Mightyena that are behind Dr. Wily are taken off the track and 10 more Mightyena join the race. At the end of 10 laps, if 90 or more Mightyena were taken off the track during the race, you clear the challenge.

Arms Factory Course: This is another Admin battle. Your opponent is Rachel. Before any race can take place, you'll take on Rachel in a battle using your current GBA team. Events in this battle will affect the race against Rachel. Here is Vikki's team:

Draco Admin Rachel(F): L50 Altaria, L50 Dragonite, L50 Kingdra, L50 Flygon, L50 Mightyena, L50 Crobat

After the end of the fight against Rachel, if you beat Rachel, you will be asked to deploy Robot Masters onto the track. Exactly how many depends on how many Pokémon you had remaining when you won; you'll deploy one Robot Master for each of your Pokémon that didn't faint. (Example: If five of your Pokémon fainted, you get to deploy 1 Robot Master onto the track.) The race will involve Dr. Wily, Rachel, and any Robot Masters you deployed onto the track. Rachel is using Proto Man's car for the race. To clear this challenge, Dr. Wily and half of the Robot Masters deployed in the race, rounded down, must place ahead of Rachel. If you deployed zero or one Robot Masters, only Dr. Wily must place ahead of Rachel. If you deployed two or three Robot Masters, one Robot Master and Dr. Wily must place ahead of Rachel. If you deployed four or five Robot Masters, two Robot Masters and Dr. Wily must place ahead of Rachel. If you deployed all six Robot Masters, three Robot Masters and Dr. Wily must place ahead of Rachel.

City Course: The GBA is used to select two Robot Masters to take on Salamence. The recommended ones are Ice Man and Spring Man. Salamence doesn't use a vehicle, but it has relatively good speed and decent turning as it flies around the track, although its acceleration leaves something to be desired. To clear this challenge, Dr. Wily and at least one of the Robot Masters must place ahead of Salamence.

Star Course: This is it. The absolute final showdown. Everybody except the Mightyena are back, and their leader has joined in. First, you must take on the Draco Admins again. The admins have the same team as before, except their levels are now 65 instead of 50. After facing each admin in sequence, it's time to face Dralene herself. Here is her team:

Draco Leader Dralene(F): L75 Mightyena, L75 Crobat, L75 Kingdra, L75 Flygon, L75 Dragonite, L75 Altaria

How the battles played out affects the challenge. If you beat Murphy, he'll pull out of the race. If you beat Vikki, she'll pull out of the race. If you beat Rachel, she'll pull out of the race. If you beat Dralene, all of the Pokémon (Altaria, Dragonite, Flygon, Kingdra, Salamence) will pull out of the race. Those that didn't pull out will join Dralene on the track to face Dr. Wily. The Pokémon and Admins are the same as they were before; Dralene is using Bass's car in the race. To clear this challenge. Dr. Wily must win the race.

Upon clearing the last challenge, Dralene will admit defeat and escape. You'll see a cutscene on the GBA of a teal helicopter flying away from the Star Track. However, you're not done yet--three legendary Pokémon, namely Latias, Latios, and Rayquaza, all at level 70, will show up to challenge you! You will face them using a dual interface, both on the racetrack and with your own Pokémon. You will race all of the tracks in the same order that you faced Team Draco on to face these legendary Pokémon. You will face the pair of Latias and Latios first. Latios and Latias fly over the track together. On the track, the two are rather fast and good at turning, but if you manage to catch up with them (or they manage to catch up with you), the battle will move to the GBA, where you'll use two Pokémon and face Latios and Latias in a double battle for one turn. After that one turn, if either Latias or Latios faints, that Pokémon will leave the track and the other will remain on the track. Latias and Latios get slower and have more trouble cornering the less HP they have. If you finish a track and you still haven't defeated Latios and/or Latias, you'll face another GBA battle between tracks before going to the next one. Once you manage to defeat both Latios and Latias, Rayquaza tags in to finish the fight. Rayquaza is the fastest thing you've faced so far in this mission, and has medium cornering. You face Rayquaza the same way you faced Latios and Latias, but in a single battle rather than a double battle. Rayquaza, too, slows down and starts having trouble cornering as its HP goes down. Once Rayquaza falls, you have cleared this mission. You'll also recieve a reward on your GBA game pak as follows:

-The SIGMA CHIP in the Key Pocket (replaces the Sigma Seal Case)
-50,000 in money
-A TM02 in the TMs Pocket
-A TMe9 in the TMs Pocket
-A TMeS in the TMs Pocket
-A L5 Swablu is deposited into your PC. This Swablu knows Outrage in addition to its basic moves.

The Sigma Chip is the completed device made up of the SN Chip, Saturn Chip, PS Chip, and the two bridges connecting the chips together.


The Mystery of the Sigma Chip

Once you have the Sigma Chip, all that's left to do is to figure out its secret. As it turns out, if you use it from the Key Items Pocket, it gives you a password. Transmit that password to the Tajiri server using the same confirmation password that matches the game pak that has the Sigma Chip on it. This password will transmit a special Battle Tower challenge where you'll face off against a certain squadron of Mavericks and other baddies from the Mega Man X games. Note that, if you're playing FireRed/LeafGreen, you must have the Anabel's Tower Enigma Island active to do this.

The surprise is waiting at the Battle Tower. Enter a single-battle challenge, and you'll find out that you're facing 13 bad guys consecutively. They all have L100 Pokémon in Ruby/Sapphire if Anabel's Tower is not the active Enigma Island, or Open Level Pokémon in all other situations. All of the usual check-in procedures apply; bring 6 Pokémon of any level, no level limits, just as long as there's 6 different kinds, and no eggs. During this challenge, you'll be facing a select squad of Mavericks and other villains from the Mega Man X series. Here is how they're set up:

Official Tower Name: MAVERICK CHILL PENGUIN
Entry Phrase: "Once I'm done with you, I'll freeze the entire land!"
Pokémon: Glalie, Jynx, Delibird, Piloswine, Sneasel, Dewgong
Victory Phrase: "Yes! Cold planet, here I come!"
Defeat Phrase: "YOWCH! You're playing with fire, kid!"
An instrumental of the Mega Man X boss theme plays during this battle.

Official Tower Name: MAVERICK MAGMA DRAGOON
Entry Phrase: "Cover the land in firey hot lava. My first step in heating up the planet!"
Pokémon: Magcargo, Charizard, Houndoom, Blaziken, Typhlosion, Camerupt
Victory Phrase: "This planet's going to be red-hot soon!"
Defeat Phrase: "YOWCH! Don't douse me like that!"
An instrumental of the Mega Man X4 boss theme plays during this battle.

Official Tower Name: MAVERICK MAGNA CENTIPEDE
Entry Phrase: "Once I control all of the electricity in the world, I'll plunge it into an eternal blackout!"
Pokémon: Lanturn, Magneton, Electrode, Raichu, Ampharos, Manectric
Victory Phrase: "Soon, the world's lights are going out!"
Defeat Phrase: "YOWCH! I'm grounded!"
An instrumental of the Mega Man X2 boss theme plays during this battle.

Official Tower Name: MAVERICK STORM EAGLE
Entry Phrase: "Hog the air for myself. All for me and none for you!"
Pokémon: Fearow, Tropius, Crobat, Xatu, Aerodactyl, Skarmory
Victory Phrase: "No! I'm losing altitude!"
Defeat Phrase: "YOWCH! That shock clipped my wings!"
An instrumental of the Mega Man X6 boss theme plays during this battle.

Official Tower Name: MAVERICK MORPH MOTH
Entry Phrase: "Those BUG CATCHERS will need to find a new hobby once I'm done with them!"
Pokémon: Butterfree, Beedrill, Parasect, Heracross, Armaldo, Shedinja
Victory Phrase: "BUGS, come to your master!"
Defeat Phrase: "YOWCH! That burns!"
An instrumental of the Mega Man X7 boss theme plays during this battle.

Official Tower Name: MAVERICK ARMORED ARMADILLO
Entry Phrase: "All of the rare stones will be mine someday. Even STEVEN STONE cannot stop me!"
Pokémon: Golem, Aerodactyl, Kabutops, Cradily, Armaldo, Aggron
Victory Phrase: "There goes my stone collection..."
Defeat Phrase: "YOWCH! You soaked me!"
An instrumental of the Mega Man X8 boss theme plays during this battle.

Official Tower Name: MAVERICK WHEEL GATOR
Entry Phrase: "TEAM DRACO is a bunch of wimps! I can handle DRAGONS twice as better as DRALENE, RACHEL, VIKKI, and MURPHY put together twice over!"
Pokémon: Dragonite, Kingdra, Altaria, Salamence, Charizard, Sceptile
Victory Phrase: "I told you DRAGONS reigned supreme!"
Defeat Phrase: "YOWCH! That's a freeze to the back!"
An instrumental of the Mega Man X2 boss theme plays during this battle.

Official Tower Name: MAVERICK AXLE THE RED
Entry Phrase: "Who needs a bunch of underlings? Every blade of grass will one day be mine!"
Pokémon: Breloom, Ludicolo, Parasect, Vileplume, Bellossom, Cradily
Victory Phrase: "The world's about to become my garden!"
Defeat Phrase: "YOWCH! A frost burn! Get it off, get it off!"
An instrumental of the Mega Man X5 boss theme plays during this battle.

Official Tower Name: MAVERICK DARK DIZZY
Entry Phrase: "Plunge the world into darkness. Such is my goal!"
Pokémon: Umbreon, Murkrow, Sneasel, Houndoom, Tyranitar, Cacturne
Victory Phrase: "Goodbye, cruel sun!"
Defeat Phrase: "YOWCH! The light pierces so!"
An instrumental of the Mega Man X boss theme plays during this battle.

Official Tower Name: MAVERICK TOXIC SEAHORSE
Entry Phrase: "Who needs life when I can make everything poison!"
Pokémon: Crobat, Victreebel, Tentacruel, Nidoking, Swalot, Venomoth
Victory Phrase: "Everything will be toxic soon enough!"
Defeat Phrase: "YOWCH! My formula's been diluted!"
An instrumental of the Mega Man X3 boss theme plays during this battle.

Official Tower Name: CROOK DR. DOPPLER
Entry Phrase: "What? You got by every single MAVERICK? Guess it's time for me to finish you!"
Pokémon: Ditto, Kecleon, Castform, Porygon2, Smeargle, Sudowoodo
Victory Phrase: "Yes! My imitation is perfect!"
Defeat Phrase: "<OOPS!> No better than those MAVERICKS!"
<OOPS!>--A four-letter word best left unsaid at Pokégym. Think the fourth Chaos Emerald in Shadow the Hedgehog.
An instrumental of Dr. Doppler's theme from Mega Man X3 plays during this battle.

Official Tower Name: CROOK GATE
Entry Phrase: "You've got some nerve beating a DOCTOR! Well, no matter, because I'm going to destroy you!"
Pokémon: Articuno, Zapdos, Moltres, Regirock, Regice, Registeel
Victory Phrase: "I don't see why DR. DOPPLER couldn't beat you."
Defeat Phrase: "OOPS! Well, no matter. You're about to face a virus, anyway."
An instrumental of Gate's theme from Mega Man X6 plays during this battle.

Official Tower Name: COMPUTER VIRUS SIGMA
Entry Phrase: "<a long series of zeroes and ones that makes no sense>"
Pokémon: Seviper, Umbreon, Mr. Mime, Misdreavus, Exeggutor, Medicham
Victory Phrase: "<a long series of zeroes and ones that makes no sense>"
Defeat Phrase: "Why did I even bother talking in binary? You can't understand it!"
An instrumental of Sigma's theme from Mega Man X8 plays during this battle.

Official Tower Name: MAVERICK HUNTER ZERO
Entry Phrase: "I saw you defeat SIGMA. I know you were promised only 13 and this would make 14, but I've got to see how tough you are."
Pokémon: Dugtrio, Scizor, Crawdaunt, Zangoose, Kingler, Farfetch'd
Victory Phrase: "I don't know how to classify you."
Defeat Phrase: "Looks like you really were worthy enough to defeat SIGMA!"
An instrumental of the Mega Man Zero 4 boss theme plays during this battle.

Official Tower Name: MAVERICK HUNTER MEGAMAN-X
Entry Phrase: "I know, I'm number 15, but I'll see if you really were worthy enough to beat SIGMA."
Pokémon: Meganium, Typhlosion, Feraligatr, Sceptile, Blaziken, Swampert
Victory Phrase: "Well, if you managed to better ZERO, you might still make a good MAVERICK HUNTER. What do you say?"
Defeat Phrase: "You're worthy!"
An instrumental of the Mega Man X7 theme plays during this battle.
Reward: The first time you win this battle, you'll recieve an X-TV (counts as a television) for your Secret Base. Subsequent times, you win one of the following: a TMeX1, a TMeX2, a TMeX3, a TMeX4, or a TMeX5.

 

[Carrington388]

This piece of data utilizes the Pokémon-*. Transmit the passwords on a preset group of four Pokémon-* to the Tajiri server along with the universal confirmation password, "C4F-4M0-Vxx", where xx denotes a two-letter version identifier; RU for Ruby, SA for Sapphire, FR for FireRed, LG for LeafGreen, EM for Emerald, CO for Colosseum, and XD for XD: Gale of Darkness. In sets with 4 Pokémon-*, all four of the cards make one combination. EX: Team Mania and EX: Return to Light combine for their combination of four. The combination of passwords from EX: Draco's Emergence will not work in Colosseum.

Transmitting the passwords will allow you to face an odd man called "The Shine Master" in battle. Here's where you'll find him by version:

Ruby and Sapphire: e-Card room in Mossdeep
FireRed/LeafGreen: Altering Cave
Emerald: e-Card room in Sootopolis OR Altering Cave
Colosseum*: Pyrite Town, Duel Square
XD: Gale of Darkness: Cave Poké Spot

Anyway, once you make it to that spot, talk to the Shine Master to battle him. You won't get any experience or money, however. Here are his possible teams, with every Pokémon he uses being of the alternate color (a.k.a. shining) form:

The Shine Master(M): L100 Sharpedo, L100 Blastoise, L100 Feraligatr, L100 Swampert
You get this team by transmitting the passwords from the Pokémon-* in EX: Aqua's Fury.

The Shine Master(M): L100 Blaziken, L100 Charizard, L100 Camerupt, L100 Typhlosion
You get this team by transmitting the passwords from the Pokémon-* in EX: Magma's Wrath.

The Shine Master(M): L100 Cacturne, L100 Meganium, L100 Sceptile, L100 Venusaur
You get this team by transmitting the passwords from the Pokémon-* in EX: Flora's Rage.

The Shine Master(M): L100 Ampharos, L100 Manectric, L100 Manectric, L100 Raichu
You get this team by transmitting the passwords from the Pokémon-* in EX: Plasma's Anger.

The Shine Master(M): L100 Crobat, L100 Dustox, L100 Persian, L100 Victreebel
You get this team by transmitting the passwords from the Pokémon-* in EX: Rocket's Madness.

The Shine Master(M): L100 Yanma, L100 Aipom, L100 Delibird, L100 Sudowoodo
You get this team by transmitting the passwords from the Pokémon-* in EX: Team Mania and EX: Return to Light.

The Shine Master(M): L100 Altaria, L100 Kingdra, L100 Dragonite, L100 Salamence
You get this team by transmitting the passwords from the Pokémon-* in EX: Draco's Emergence. This team is not compatible with Colosseum.


If you transmit the passwords on a secret card or boxtopper from any set to the Tajiri server, you’ll be able to watch 1 or 2 Pokémon episodes that either involve criminal activity, is one of the Pokémon Chronicles, or has not yet aired in Japan. You’ll watch the episode on the top screen while the bottom screen offers some play options. The episodes are presented with crisp, Advance Generation-quality color, lighting, and sound and there is no screen clutter, such as logos on the screen. Here’s more on the episodes.

For the episode layouts, they actually in this case all happen to be as it started with Season 4. In other words, regardless of which episode you’re watching, the beginning of the episode comes first, then the Pokémon Advanced Battle opening (this is regardless of which episode you’re watching), the episode title (the title is represented like the titles are in the Kanto Battle Frontier Saga, regardless of which episode you’re watching), the first half of the episode, a Trainer’s Choice question (regardless of which episode you’re watching), the second half of the episode, a Pokémon Advanced Battle logo commercial entry and exit, and the episode ending.

You can use the stylus like a VCR remote control to play, stop, pause, rewind, or fast-forward the episode. For those who'd rather use buttons than the bottom screen, A is both play and pause, B is rewind, X is fast forward, Y is stop. There is also a Closed Captioning option that can be turned on or off.

Now for the episodes themselves, each one has a Trainer’s Choice question of their own. When a Trainer’s Choice question is asked, there will be 1-minute intermission between the question and the answer. Now, here are the episodes:

Sharpedo Sea Vehicle (EX: Aqua's Fury): Episode 293: Stairway to Devon, and Episode 294: On a Wingull and a Prayer! (Team Aqua's anime debut)
Trainer's Choice (293): Trainers, which Pokémon evolves into Crawdaunt? (Choices: Krabby, Kingler, Corphish. Answer: Corpish.)
Trainer's Choice (294): Trainers, which Pokémon is not the best choice to battle Crawdaunt? (Choices: Natu, Mareep, Mankey. Answer: Natu.)

Camerupt Lava Tank (EX: Magma's Wrath): Episode 278: A Ruin with a View (Team Magma's anime debut)
Trainer's Choice: Trainers, hich Pokémon cannot be evolved using a Fire Stone? (Choices: Vulpix, Houndour, Eevee. Answer: Houndour.)

Cacturne Forest Rig (EX: Flora's Rage): Chronicles 17: Those Darn Electabuzz! (Chronicle starring Casey)
Trainer's Choice: Trainers, which Pokémon is not the name of a baseball team Ash mentioned to taunt me the first time we met? (Choices: Magikarp, Poliwrath, Starmie. Answer: Poliwrath.)
In this instance, Casey is the one who reads the Trainer's Choice instead of Ash.

Manectric City Hovertruck (EX: Plasma's Anger): Chronicles 12: Celebi and Joy, and Chronicles 18: The Search for a Legend! (Chronicles starring Ritchie)
Trainer's Choice (C12): Trainers, which Pokémon shares the exact same types as Celebi? (Choices: Exeggutor, Starmie, Breloom. Answer: Exeggutor.)
Trainer's Choice (C18): Trainers, which Pokémon did I nickname Happy? (Choices: Pikachu, Charmander, Butterfree. Answer: Butterfree.)
In both instances, Ritchie is the one who reads the Trainer's Choice instead of Ash.

Weezing Sky Helicopter (EX: Rocket's Madness): Episode 2: Pokémon Emergency, and Chronicles 13: Training Daze! (Team Rocket's anime debut and a Chronicle flashback)
Trainer's Choice (2): Trainers, which Pokémon appeared in the prior episode? (Choices: Sentret, Remoraid, Ho-Oh. Answer: Ho-Oh.)
Trainer's Choice (C13): All right, sports fans. Which Pokémon have I never been disguised as? (Choices: Sunflora, Porygon, Wailord. Answer: Porygon.)
The Trainer's Choice in Chronicles 13 is read by Meowth instead of Ash.

Impostor Professor Oak (EX: Team Mania): 10th Anniversary Special: The Mastermind of Mirage Pokémon! (Original dub) (Presented in two parts) (Not yet seen in Japan)
Trainer's Choice (Part 1): Trainers, which Mirage Pokémon used Thunder Wave and Bullet Seed against Misty? (Choices: Aggron, Omastar, Kabutops. Answer: Aggron.)
Trainer's Choice (Part 2): Trainers, which Mirage Pokémon did Dr. Yung call a flawed specimen? (Choices: Entei, Mewtwo, Mew. Answer: Mew.)

Metagross Spider Walker (EX: Team Mania): Chronicles 6: Cerulean Blue!, and Chronicles 16: Luvdisc Is A Most Splendored Thing (Chronicles starring Misty)
Trainer's Choice (C6): Trainers, which Pokémon did I not have when I faced Ash at the Cerulean Gym? (Choices: Staryu, Psyduck, Starmie. Answer: Psyduck.)
Trainer's Choice (C16): Trainers, which of these Pokémon is not a Water-type? (Choices: Togepi, Luvdisc, Gyarados. Answer: Togepi.)
In both instances, Misty is the one who reads the Trainer's Choice instead of Ash.

Skarmory Electromagnet Jet (EX: Return to Light): Episode 194: The Wayward Wobbuffet (Involves a crook with a gun)
Trainer's Choice: Trainers, which Pokémon did Team Rocket trade away to obtain Wobbuffet? (Choices: Arbok, Weezing, Lickitung. Answer: Lickitung.)

Torkoal (EX: Draco's Emergence): Episode 248: Wish Upon a Star Shape, and Episode 363: Crazy as a Lunatone! (Both involve the PMC)
Trainer's Choice (248): Trainers, which Pokémon does not use a Moon Stone to evolve? (Choices: Clefairy, Jigglypuff, Eevee. Answer: Eevee.)
Trainer's Choice (363): <The same one used in the episode originally.>


Additionally, transmitting the passwords on any 3 secret cards/boxtoppers will download two more sets of Chronicles episodes to view. Here's their data:

The Complete Chronicles 19: Part 1: Of Meowth and Pokémon, and Part 2: A Little Skitty
Trainer's Choice (Part 1): All right, sports fans. Which Pokémon is the best fit for the gym leader Sabrina? (Choices: Girafarig, Fearow, Skitty. Answer: Girafarig.)
Trainer's Choice (Part 2): All right, sports fans. Which Pokémon cannot learn Heal Bell? (Choices: Skitty, Roselia, Chansey. Answer: Roselia.)
In both instances, Meowth is the one who reads the Trainer's Choice instead of Ash.

The Complete Chronicles 21: Part 1: Big Meowth, Little Dreams, and Part 2: Piece'a Pizza Peace Pizazz
Trainer's Choice (Part 1): All right, sports fans. Which Pokémon is the best choice to battle me, Meowth? (Choices: Heracross, Surskit, Silcoon. Answer: Heracross.)
Trainer's Choice (Part 2): All right, sports fans. Which Pokémon does not make a good pizza topping? (Choices: Tauros, Miltank, Altaria. Answer: Altaria.)
In both instances, Meowth is the one who reads the Trainer's Choice instead of Ash.

You'll have to redownload the episode(s) each time you want to see it (or them).


And with that, that's all the transmittable data I've got to offer. Sunflorazumarill's got some more, coming up shortly.

 

[Sunflorazumarill]

Transmit the passwords on all eight teams' Gyms other than those belonging to Team Draco, and make sure there's a Wi-Fi connection streaming to a Gamecube with a Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness disc in it. You must have completed both the Final Fantasy VII mission and the Anime Mission in XD: Gale of Darkness to partake in this mission. Your P*DA will go off with an E-mail. This E-mail is from Eagun, who’ll tell you to head over to Orre Colosseum. When you arrive there, talk to Eagun and he’ll tell you that the evil teams have come back to Orre, and have this time set up a major challenge in the Colosseum! With each round you have to fight a different team, and each round consists of two strong Grunts of that team, followed by an Admin. You must fight through all three without losing. The Final battle of the round pits you up against the leader of that team, also with a very powerful lineup. For the record, Team Snagem’s round is the same as it is in the normal Colosseum challenge. Once this challenge is complete, there will be a new option with the receptionist called “Team Challenge”, which will allow you to take this challenge again. Below is this challenge in much more detail. These Trainers have tactics and strategies in store to use against you! In other words, be prepared for anything!

CHALLENGE 1

BATTLE 1: TEAM MAGMA GRUNT ♂
L60+ Torkoal♂ – Heat Wave, Rock Slide, Iron Tail, Sunny Day
(Type: Fire) (AB: White Smoke) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Hypno♀ – Psychic, Hidden Power, Fire Punch, Thunderpunch
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Insomnia) (Item: Juan Berry)
L60+ Mightyena♀ – Shadow Ball, Iron Tail, Sand-Attack, Toxic
(Type: Dark) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Wallaceberry)
L60+ Ninetales♀ – Overheat, Faint Attack, Dig, Iron Tail
(Type: Fire) (AB: Flash Fire) (Item: White Herb)
L60+ Hitmontop♂ – Hi Jump Kick, Mega Kick, Rock Slide, Counter
(Type: Fighting) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Focus Band)
L60+ Swellow♂ – Façade, Sky Attack, Steel Wing, Hidden Power
(Type: Normal/Flying) (AB: Guts) (Item: Barret Berry)

BATTLE 2: TEAM MAGMA GRUNT ♀
L60+ Houndoom♀ – Overheat, Solarbeam, Crunch, Sunny Day
(Type: Dark/Fire) (AB: Flash Fire) (Item: White Herb)
L60+ Rapidash♀ – Flamethrower, Solarbeam, Double Kick, Sunny Day
(Type: Fire) (AB: Flash Fire) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Typhlosion♂ – Flamethrower, Earthquake, Thunderpunch, Endure
(Type: Fire) (AB: Blaze) (Item: Petaya Berry)
L60+ Aggron♂ – Flamethrower, Solarbeam, Dragon Claw, Sunny Day
(Type: Steel/Rock) (AB: Sturdy) (Item: Will Berry)
L60+ Rhydon♀ – Fire Blast, Solarbeam, Earthquake, Megahorn
(Type: Ground/Rock) (AB: Lightningrod) (Item: Cloud Berry)
L60+ Moltres – Fire Blast, Sky Attack, Hyper Beam, Sunny Day
(Type: Fire/Flying) (AB: Pressure) (Item: Lance Berry)

SEIMFINAL: MAGMA ADMIN HARLAND ♂
L60+ Camerupt♀ – Earthquake, Overheat, Rock Slide, Protect
(Type: Fire/Ground) (AB: Magma Armor) (Item: White Herb)
L60+ Claydol – Earthquake, Psychic, Rock Slide, Reflect
(Type: Ground/Psychic) (AB: Levitate) (Item: Lance Berry)
L60+ Crobat♂ – Bite, Sludge Bomb, Mean Look, Confuse Ray
(Type: Poison/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Charizard♂ – Earthquake, Flamethrower, Aerial Ace, Dragon Dance
(Type: Fire/Flying) (AB: Blaze) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Flygon♀ – Earthquake, Dragon Claw, Crunch, Fire Blast
(Type: Ground/Dragon) (AB: Levitate) (Item: Cloud Berry)
L60+ Salamence♂ – Earthquake, Dragon Claw, Brick Break, Flamethrower
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Barret Berry)

FINAL: MAGMA LEADER MAXIE ♂
L60+ Camerupt♂ – Eruption, Earthquake, Rock Slide, Explosion
(Type: Fire/Ground) (AB: Magma Armor) (Item: Luka Berry)
L60+ Crobat♀ – Aerial Ace, Confuse Ray, Protect, Sunny Day
(Type: Poison/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: Norman Berry)
L60+ Mightyena♂ – Iron Tail, Sand-Attack, Protect, Sunny Day
(Type: Dark) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Houndoom♂ – Overheat, Solarbeam, Crunch, Sunny Day
(Type: Dark/Fire) (AB: Flash Fire) (Item: White Herb)
L60+ Blaziken♀ – Blaze Kick, Double-Edge, Earthquake, Sky Uppercut
(Type: Fire/Fighting) (AB: Blaze) (Item: Scope Lens)
L60+ Latias♀ – Psychic, Dragon Claw, Solarbeam, Thunderbolt
(Type: Dragon/Psychic) (AB: Levitate) (Item: Vincentberry)

CHALLENGE 2

BATTLE 1: TEAM AQUA GRUNT ♀
L60+ Sharpedo♀ – Icy Wind, Bite, Hydro Pump, Swagger
(Type: Water/Dark) (AB: Rough Skin) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Wailord♂ – Icy Wind, Astonish, Hydro Pump, Earthquake
(Type: Water) (AB: Oblivious) (Item: Whitneyberry)
L60+ Umbreon♂ – Bite, Confuse Ray, Wish, Mean Look
(Type: Dark) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: Bugsy Berry)
L60+ Jynx♀ – Icy Wind, Water Pulse, Psychic, Mean Look
(Type: Ice/Psychic) (AB: Oblivious) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Feraligatr♂ – Icy Wind, Rock Slide, Surf, Earthquake
(Type: Water) (AB: Torrent) (Item: Scope Lens)
L60+ Swampert♀ – Icy Wind, Rock Slide, Surf, Earthquake
(Type: Water/Ground) (AB: Torrent) (Item: Lax Incense)

BATTLE 2: TEAM AQUA GRUNT ♂
L60+ Crawdaunt♂ – Guillotine, Crunch, Bubblebeam, Body Slam
(Type: Water/Dark) (AB: Shell Armor) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Walrein♀ – Sheer Cold, Blizzard, Waterfall, Attract
(Type: Ice/Water) (AB: Thick Fat) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Whiscash♂ – Fissure, Surf, Earthquake, Amnesia
(Type: Water/Ground) (AB: Oblivious) (Item: Drakeh berry)
L60+ Cloyster♂ – Sheer Cold, Surf, Supersonic, Spikes
(Type: Water/Ice) (AB: Shell Armor) (Item: Diamondshell)
L60+ Glalie♀ – Sheer Cold, Ice Beam, Crunch, Light Screen
(Type: Ice) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: Lax Incense)
L60+ Articuno – Sheer Cold, Blizzard, Mind Reader, Hail
(Type: Ice/Flying) (AB: Pressure) (Item: Lance Berry)

SEIMFINAL: AQUA ADMIN ISABEL ♀
L60+ Lapras♀ – Thunder, Hydro Pump, Blizzard, Rain Dance
(Type: Water/Ice) (AB: Shell Armor) (Item: Whitneyberry)
L60+ Lanturn♂ – Thunder, Hydro Pump, Ice Beam, Rain Dance
(Type: Water/Electric) (AB: Volt Absorb) (Item: Focus Band)
L60+ Starmie – Thunder, Hydro Pump, Psychic, Ice Beam
(Type: Water/Psychic) (AB: Natural Cure) (Item: Barret Berry)
L60+ Ludicolo♀ – Ice Beam, Hydro Pump, Giga Drain, Rain Dance
(Type: Water/Grass) (AB: Rain Dish) (Item: Leftovers)
L60+ Dragonite♂ – Thunder, Dragon Claw, Surf, Blizzard
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: Scope Lens)
L60+ Regice – Thunder, Hidden Power, Ice Beam, Rain Dance
(Type: Ice) (AB: Clear Body) (Item: Quick Claw)

FINAL: AQUA LEADER ARCHIE ♂
L60+ Sharpedo♂ – Surf, Earthquake, Crunch, Rain Dance
(Type: Water/Dark) (AB: Rough Skin) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Crobat♀ – Bite, Confuse Ray, Toxic, Rain Dance
(Type: Poison/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Mightyena♀ – Crunch, Giga Drain, Protect, Rain Dance
(Type: Dark) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Gyarados♀ – Ice Beam, Hydro Pump, Thunder, Earthquake
(Type: Water/Flying) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Cloud Berry)
L60+ Blastoise♂ – Hydro Pump, Ice Beam, Mirror Coat, Counter
(Type: Water) (AB: Torrent) (Item: Whitneyberry)
L60+ Latios♂ – Psychic, Dragon Claw, Surf, Thunder
(Type: Dragon/Psychic) (AB: Levitate) (Item: Vincentberry)

CHALLENGE 3

BATTLE 1: TEAM FLORA GRUNT ♀
L60+ Jumpluff♀ – Giga Drain, Aerial Ace, Helping Hand, Stun Spore
(Type: Grass/Flying) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Cloud Berry)
L60+ Roselia♀ – Magical Leaf, Toxic, Leech Seed, Spikes
(Type: Grass/Poison) (AB: Poison Point) (Item: Norman Berry)
L60+ Scizor♂ – Steel Wing, Silver Wind, Body Slam, Aerial Ace
(Type: Bug/Steel) (AB: Swarm) (Item: Scope Lens)
L60+ Mightyena♀ – Shadow Ball, Poison Fang, Sand-Attack, Scary Face
(Type: Dark) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Lax Incense)
L60+ Altaria♂ – Dragon Claw, Ice Beam, Flamethrower, Safeguard
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Natural Cure) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Sceptile♂ – Leaf Blade, Dragon Claw, Crunch, Thunderpunch
(Type: Grass) (AB: Overgrow) (Item: Vincentberry)

BATTLE 2: TEAM FLORA GRUNT ♂
L60+ Sunflora♀ – Solarbeam, Hidden Power, Synthesis, Helping Hand
(Type: Grass) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Norman Berry)
L60+ Shiftry♂ – Solarbeam, Faint Attack, Synthesis, Sunny Day
(Type: Grass/Dark) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Lance Berry)
L60+ Crobat♀ – Bite, Mean Look, Toxic, Confuse Ray
(Type: Poison/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Heracross♂ – Megahorn, Earthquake, Endure, Reversal
(Type: Bug/Fighting) (AB: Swarm) (Item: Salac Berry)
L60+ Shuckle♀ – Wrap, Sandstorm, Toxic, Protect
(Type: Bug/Rock) (AB: Sturdy) (Item: Leftovers)
L60+ Venusaur♂ – Solarbeam, Sludge Bomb, Synthesis, Sunny Day
(Type: Grass/Poison) (AB: Overgrow) (Item: Cissy Berry)

SEMIFINAL: FLORA ADMIN XENIA ♀
L60+ Cacturne♀ – Needle Arm, Faint Attack, Thunderpunch, Double Team
(Type: Grass/Dark) (AB: Sand Veil) (AB: Wallaceberry)
L60+ Gligar♀ – Sandstorm, Earthquake, Guillotine, Double Team
(Type: Ground/Flying) (AB: Sand Veil) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Skarmory♂ – Drill Peck, Sandstorm, Spikes, Whirlwind
(Type: Steel/Flying) (AB: Sturdy) (Item: Espio Berry)
L60+ Cradily♂ – Giga Drain, Sandstorm, Mirror Coat, Double Team
(Type: Rock/Grass) (AB: Suction Cups) (Item: Cream Berry)
L60+ Nidoqueen♀ – Earthquake, Sludge Bomb, Thunderbolt, Double Team
(Type: Poison/Ground) (AB: Poison Point) (Item: Lax Incense)
L60+ Regirock – Sandstorm, Ancientpower, Earthquake, Brick Break
(Type: Rock) (AB: Clear Body) (Item: Brightpowder)

FINAL: FLORA LEADER FARLIE ♂
L60+ Cacturne♂ – Solarbeam, Faint Attack, Thunderpunch, Protect
(Type: Grass/Dark) (AB: Sand Veil) (Item: Lance Berry)
L60+ Crobat♂ – Toxic, Confuse Ray, Mean Look, Sunny Day
(Type: Poison/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Mightyena♀ – Bite, Sand-Attack, Scary Face, Sunny Day
(Type: Dark) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Exeggutor♂ – Solarbeam, Psychic, Hidden Power, Synthesis
(Type: Grass/Psychic) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Scope Lens)
L60+ Meganium♀ – Solarbeam, Earthquake, Reflect, Light Screen
(Type: Grass) (AB: Overgrow) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Latias♀ – Mist Ball, Dragon Claw, Solarbeam, Hidden Power
(Type: Dragon/Psychic) (AB: Levitate) (Item: Vincentberry)

CHALLENGE 4

BATTLE 1: TEAM PLASMA GRUNT ♂
L60+ Electabuzz♂ – Thunderbolt, Fire Punch, Focus Punch, Substitute
(Type: Electric) (AB: Static) (Item: Tails Berry)
L60+ Electrode – Shock Wave, Explosion, Thunder Wave, Mirror Coat
(Type: Electric) (AB: Static) (Item: Vector Berry)
L60+ Alakazam♂ – Psychic, Ice Punch, Hidden Power, Reflect
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Synchronize) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Fearow♀ – Double-Edge, Drill Peck, Steel Wing, Protect
(Type: Normal/Flying) (AB: Keen Eye) (Item: Luana Berry)
L60+ Raichu♀ – Thunderbolt, Iron Tail, Endure, Reversal
(Type: Electric) (AB: Static) (Item: Salac Berry)
L60+ Magneton – Shock Wave, Hidden Power, Metal Sound, Thunder Wave
(Type: Electric/Steel) (AB: Sturdy) (Item: Quick Claw)

BATTLE 2: TEAM PLASMA GRUNT ♀
L60+ Manectric♂ – Bite, Thunderbolt, Double Team, Thunder Wave
(Type: Electric) (AB: Lightningrod) (Item: Cream Berry)
L60+ Exploud♂ – Astonish, Smellingsalt, Earthquake, Shadow Ball
(Type: Normal) (AB: Soundproof) (Item: Barret Berry)
L60+ Granbull♀ – Bite, Smellingsalt, Attract, Thunder Wave
(Type: Normal) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Jolteon♀ – Bite, Thunderbolt, Hidden Power, Thunder Wave
(Type: Electric) (AB: Volt Absorb) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Crobat♀ – Bite, Confuse Ray, Mean Look, Double Team
(Type: Poison/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: Lax Incense)
L60+ Xatu♂ – Psychic, Faint Attack, Confuse Ray, Thunder Wave
(Type: Psychic/Flying) (AB: Synchronize) (Item: Espio Berry)

SEIMFINAL: PLASMA ADMIN JACK ♂
L60+ Raichu♂ – Iron Tail, Volt Tackle, Return, Thunder Wave
(Type: Electric) (AB: Static) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Lanturn♀ – Hydro Pump, Thunderbolt, Ice Beam, Confuse Ray
(Type: Water/Electric) (AB: Volt Absorb) (Item: Focus Band)
L60+ Snorlax♂ – Body Slam, Earthquake, Shadow Ball, Curse
(Type: Normal) (AB: Immunity) (Item: Leftovers)
L60+ Gengar♀ – Shadow Ball, Psychic, Giga Drain, Hypnosis
(Type: Ghost/Poison) (AB: Levitate) (Item: Cloud Berry)
L60+ Raikou – Thunderbolt, Crunch, Hidden Power, Calm Mind
(Type: Electric) (AB: Pressure) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Metagross – Psychic, Meteor Mash, Earthquake, Hidden Power
(Type: Steel/Psychic) (AB: Clear Body) (Item: Barret Berry)

FINAL: PLASMA LEADER PLASMAE ♀
L60+ Manectric♀ – Thunder, Iron Tail, Crunch, Thunder Wave
(Type: Electric) (AB: Lightningrod) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Crobat♂ – Bite, Confuse Ray, Mean Look, Rain Dance
(Type: Poison/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Mightyena♀ – Crunch, Double Team, Attract, Rain Dance
(Type: Dark) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Luana Berry)
L60+ Magneton – Thunder, Supersonic, Reflect, Thunder Wave
(Type: Electric/Steel) (AB: Magnetic Pull) (Item: Lax Incense)
L60+ Ampharos♀ – Thunder, Hidden Power, Light Screen, Thunder Wave
(Type: Electric) (AB: Static) (Item: Norman Berry)
L60+ Latios♂ – Luster Purge, Thunder, Dragon Claw, Surf
(Type: Dragon/Psychic) (AB: Levitate) (Item: Vincentberry)

CHALLENGE 5

BATTLE 1: TEAM SNAGEM BIDEN ♂
L60+ Jolteon♀ – Thunderbolt, Bite, Quick Attack, Protect
(Type: Electric) (AB: Volt Absorb) (Item: Lum Berry)
L60+ Weezing♂ – Sludge Bomb, Fire Blast, Shadow Ball, Explosion
(Type: Poison) (AB: Levitate) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Houndoom♀ – Crunch, Fire Blast, Endure, Reversal
(Type: Dark/Fire) (AB: Flash Fire) (Item: Salac Berry)
L60+ Ninjask♀ – Shadow Ball, Baton Pass, Swords Dance, Protect
(Type: Bug/Flying) (AB: Speed Boost) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Steelix♂ – Earthquake, Rock Tomb, Double-Edge, Explosion
(Type: Steel/Ground) (AB: Rock Head) (Item: Focus Band)
L60+ Hitmonlee♂ – Mach Punch, Earthquake, Endure, Reversal
(Type: Fighting) (AB: Limber) (Item: Liechi Berry)

BATTLE 2: TEAM SNAGEM JEDO ♂
L60+ Meganium♀ – Giga Drain, Light Screen, Reflect, Body Slam
(Type: Grass) (AB: Overgrow) (Item: Focus Band)
L60+ Typhlosion♀ – Flamethrower, Attract, Thunderpunch, Protect
(Type: Fire) (AB: Blaze) (Item: Focus Band)
L60+ Feraligatr♂ – Hydro Pump, Ancientpower, Earthquake, Brick Break
(Type: Water) (AB: Torrent) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Slowking♂ – Psychic, Water Pulse, Ice Beam, Fire Blast
(Type: Water/Psychic) (AB: Own Tempo) (Item: Leftovers)
L60+ Crobat♂ – Aerial Ace, Sludge Bomb, Shadow Ball, Confuse Ray
(Type: Poison/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: Scope Lens)
L60+ Raikou – Thunderbolt, Bite, Thunder Wave, Protect
(Type: Electric) (AB: Pressure) (Item: Brightpowder)

SEMIFINAL: TEAM SNAGEM WAKIN ♂
L60+ Sceptile♂ – Leaf Blade, Dragon Claw, Crunch, Thunderpunch
(Type: Grass) (AB: Overgrow) (Item: Scope Lens)
L60+ Blaziken♀ – Fire Blast, Earthquake, Endure, Reversal
(Type: Fire/Fighting) (AB: Blaze) (Item: Salac Berry)
L60+ Swampert♀ – Hydro Pump, Ice Beam, Mirror Coat, Counter
(Type: Water/Ground) (AB: Torrent) (Item: Leftovers)
L60+ Gardevoir♀ – Psychic, Thunderbolt, Fire Punch, Destiny Bond
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Trace) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Swellow♀ – Aerial Ace, Return, Steel Wing
(Type: Normal/Flying) (AB: Guts) (Item: Choice Band)
L60+ Vileplume♂ – Solarbeam, Sunny Day, Moonlight, Sleep Powder
(Type: Grass/Poison) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Focus Band)

FINAL: SNAGEM HEAD GONZAP ♂
L60+ Skarmory♂ – Drill Peck, Attract, Sand-Attack, Roar
(Type: Steel/Flying) (AB: Keen Eye) (Item: Lax Incense)
L60+ Salamence♀ – Hyper Beam, Aerial Ace, Earthquake, Brick Break
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Scope Lens)
L60+ Slaking♂ – Hyper Beam, Shadow Ball, Earthquake
(Type: Normal) (AB: Truant) (Item: Choice Band)
L60+ Venusaur♀ – Frenzy Plant, Sleep Powder, Light Screen, Roar
(Type: Grass/Poison) (AB: Overgrow) (Item: Lum Berry)
L60+ Charizard♂ – Blast Burn, Dragon Claw, Bite, Roar
(Type: Fire/Flying) (AB: Blaze) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Blastoise♀ – Hydro Cannon, Ice Beam, Yawn, Roar
(Type: Water) (AB: Torrent) (Item: Leftovers)

CHALLENGE 6

BATTLE 1: TEAM ROCKET GRUNT ♂
L60+ Golem♂ – Explosion, Rock Slide, Earthquake, Protect
(Type: Rock/Ground) (AB: Sturdy) (Item: Choice Band)
L60+ Muk♂ – Explosion, Sludge Bomb, Shadow Punch, Protect
(Type: Poison) (AB: Sticky Hold) (Item: Rocket Berry)
L60+ Electrode – Explosion, Thunderbolt, Mirror Coat, Protect
(Type: Electric) (AB: Static) (Item: Plasma Berry)
L60+ Camerupt♀ – Explosion, Flamethrower, Earthquake, Protect
(Type: Fire/Ground) (AB: Magma Armor) (Item: Magma Berry)
L60+ Cloyster♀ – Explosion, Ice Beam, Hydro Pump, Protect
(Type: Water/Ice) (AB: Shell Armor) (Item: Diamondshell)
L60+ Shiftry♂ – Explosion, Fake Out, Faint Attack, Protect
(Type: Grass/Dark) (AB: Early Bird) (Item: Quick Claw)

BATTLE 2: TEAM ROCKET GRUNT ♀
L60+ Hypno♀ – Dream Eater, Shadow Ball, Hypnosis, Nightmare
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Insomnia) (Item: Vector Berry)
L60+ Rapidash♂ – Flamethrower, Solarbeam, Double-Edge, Sunny Day
(Type: Fire) (AB: Flash Fire) (Item: Juan Berry)
L60+ Cradily♀ – Mirror Coat, Toxic, Ingrain, Recover
(Type: Rock/Grass) (AB: Suction Cups) (Item: Leftovers)
L60+ Crobat♀ – Bite, Fly, Confuse Ray, Mean Look
(Type: Poison/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Scizor♂ – Steel Wing, Silver Wind, Endure, Reversal
(Type: Bug/Steel) (AB: Swarm) (Item: Salac Berry)
L60+ Suicune – Hydro Pump, Ice Beam, Double-Edge, Calm Mind
(Type: Water) (AB: Pressure) (Item: Trixie Berry)

SEIMFINAL: ROCKET EXECUTIVE ♀
L60+ Ninjask♀ – Swords Dance, Double Team, Substitute, Baton Pass
(Type: Bug/Flying) (AB: Speed Boost) (Item: Leftovers)
L60+ Slaking♂ – Body Slam, Shadow Ball, Earthquake, Brick Break
(Type: Normal) (AB: Truant) (Item: Barret Berry)
L60+ Claydol – Psychic, Earthquake, Rock Slide, Skill Swap
(Type: Ground/Psychic) (AB: Levitate) (Item: Lance Berry)
L60+ Azumarill♂ – Double-Edge, Water Pulse, Brick Break, Light Screen
(Type: Water) (AB: Huge Power) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Smeargle♀ – Spore, Imprison, Transform, Endeavor
(Type: Normal) (AB: Own Tempo) (Item: Aeris Berry)
L60+ Espeon♀ – Psychic, Swill Swap, Reflect, Helping Hand
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Synchronize) (Item: Brightpowder)

FINAL: ROCKET LEADER GIOVANNI ♂
L60+ Rhydon♂ – Rock Slide, Earthquake, Brick Break, Megahorn
(Type: Ground/Rock) (AB: Lightningrod) (Item: Barret Berry)
L60+ Flygon♀ – Dragon Claw, Earthquake, Double-Edge, Rock Slide
(Type: Ground/Dragon) (AB: Levitate) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Machamp♂ – Cross Chop, Body Slam, Earthquake, Bulk Up
(Type: Fighting) (AB: Guts) (Item: Charmy Berry)
L60+ Gyarados♀ – Surf, Hidden Power, Earthquake, Dragon Dance
(Type: Water/Flying) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Trixie Berry)
L60+ Metagross – Psychic, Meteor Mash, Earthquake, Shadow Ball
(Type: Steel/Psychic) (AB: Clear Body) (Item: Scope Lens)
L60+ Tyranitar♂ – Crunch, Rock Slide, Earthquake, Dragon Dance
(Type: Rock/Dark) (AB: Sand Stream) (Item: Focus Band)

CHALLENGE 7

BATTLE 1: CIPHER PEON FIRTIO ♂
L60+ Skarmory♂ – Steel Wing, Spikes, Whirlwind, Protect
(Type: Steel/Flying) (AB: Sturdy) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Blissey♀ – Seismic Toss, Softboiled, Thunder Wave, Attract
(Type: Normal) (AB: Natural Cure) (Item: Leftovers)
L60+ Nidoking♂ – Earthquake, Thunderbolt, Megahorn, Brick Break
(Type: Poison/Ground) (AB: Poison Point) (Item: Scope Lens)
L60+ Steelix♀ – Rock Slide, Sand Tomb, Earthquake, Sandstorm
(Type: Steel/Ground) (AB: Sturdy) (Item: Knuckleberry)
L60+ Machamp♂ – Façade, Cross Chop, Earthquake, Rock Slide
(Type: Fighting) (AB: Guts) (Item: Barret Berry)
L60+ Ninjask♀ – Toxic, Substitute, Double Team, Baton Pass
(Type: Bug/Flying) (AB: Speed Boost) (Item: Cream Berry)

BATTLE 2: CIPHER PEON SECAYLA ♀
L60+ Regirock – Superpower, Ancientpower, Explosion, Earthquake
(Type: Rock) (AB: Clear Body) (Item: White Herb)
L60+ Regice – Ice Beam, Thunderbolt, Explosion, Hidden Power
(Type: Ice) (AB: Clear Body) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Registeel – Explosion, Hidden Power, Ancientpower, Earthquake
(Type: Steel) (AB: Clear) (Item: Barret Berry)
L60+ Cacturne♂ – Giga Drain, Faint Attack, Spikes, Protect
(Type: Grass/Dark) (AB: Sand Veil) (Item: Lance Berry)
L60+ Porygon2 – Psychic, Thunderbolt, Blizzard, Tri Attack
(Type: Normal) (AB: Trace) (Item: Vincentberry)
L60+ Nidoqueen♀ – Earthquake, Crunch, Rock Slide, Ice Beam
(Type: Poison/Ground) (AB: Poison Point) (Item: Scope Lens)

SEIMFINAL: CIPHER PEON THIRELD ♂
L60+ Raikou – Thunderbolt, Crunch, Thunder Wave, Calm Mind
(Type: Electric) (AB: Pressure) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Entei – Flamethrower, Solarbeam, Double-Edge, Calm Mind
(Type: Fire) (AB: Pressure) (Item: Scope Lens)
L60+ Suicune – Ice Beam, Surf, Mirror Coat, Calm Mind
(Type: Water) (AB: Pressure) (Item: Whitneyberry)
L60+ Sceptile♂ – Leaf Blade, Dragon Claw, Crunch, Leech Seed
(Type: Grass) (AB: Overgrow) (Item: Vincentberry)
L60+ Jynx♀ – Ice Beam, Psychic, Lovely Kiss, Mean Look
(Type: Ice/Psychic) (AB: Oblivious) (Item: Lance Berry)
L60+ Umbreon♂ – Faint Attack, Psychic, Confuse Ray, Wish
(Type: Dark) (AB: Synchronize) (Item: Leftovers)

FINAL: CIPHER BOSS GREEVIL ♂
L60+ Articuno – Ice Beam, Water Pulse, Sheer Cold, Mind Reader
(Type: Ice/Flying) (AB: Pressure) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Zapdos – Thunderbolt, Drill Peck, Thunder Wave, Light Screen
(Type: Electric/Flying) (AB: Pressure) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Moltres – Flamethrower, Aerial Ace, Steel Wing, Reflect
(Type: Fire/Flying) (AB: Pressure) (Item: Cloud Berry)
L60+ Exeggutor♀ – Giga Drain, Psychic, Ancientpower, Protect
(Type: Grass/Psychic) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Lance Berry)
L60+ Rhydon♂ – Earthquake, Megahorn, Rock Slide, Iron Tail
(Type: Ground/Rock) (AB: Lightningrod) (Item: Barret Berry)
L60+ Tauros♂ – Return, Earthquake, Iron Tail, Scary Face
(Type: Normal) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Scope Lens)

 

[Sunflorazumarill]

Once you’ve completed the Team Challenge at Orre Colosseum, transmit the passwords on all eight teams' Technical Machine 02’s other than Team Draco’s. Your P*DA will go off with another E-mail. This E-mail happens to be from an anonymous person, who’ll tell you that he remembers the first Shadow Pokémon incident and to go to Orre Colosseum to learn more. When you arrive there, talk to Eagun and he’ll tell you that an unknown person has arranded another challenge in the Colosseum! You must once again first through three Trainers per round without losing. When you get to the Final battle of the round, a surprise opponent is waiting for you. This person happens to be a former Cipher member from Pokémon Colosseum, and each will bring up how Wes foiled their Shadow Pokémon scheme! You’ll also face off with Fein (surprisingly allied with Turks) and Deep King Agnol (allied with former Deep Dwellers (Miror B. Peons)). (Once this challenge is complete, there will be a new option with the receptionist called “Retro Challenge”, which will allow you to take this challenge again. Below is this challenge in much more detail. These Trainers have tactics and strategies in store to use against you! In other words, be prepared for anything!

CHALLENGE 1

BATTLE 1: HUNTER FEDELIA ♀
L60+ Sunflora♀ – Solarbeam, Faint Attack, Endeavor, Helping Hand
(Type: Grass) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Lance Berry)
L60+ Camerupt♂ – Eruption, Earthquake, Rock Slide, Amnesia
(Type: Fire/Ground) (AB: Magma Armor) (Item: Leftovers)
L60+ Azumarill♀ – Surf, Brick Break, Ice Beam, Rain Dance
(Type: Water) (AB: Thick Fat) (Item: Vector Berry)
L60+ Jumpluff♀ – Solarbeam, Aerial Ace, Synthesis, Helping Hand
(Type: Grass/Flying) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Torkoal♂ – Overheat, Rock Slide, Body Slam, Sunny Day
(Type: Fire) (AB: White Smoke) (Item: White Herb)
L60+ Corsola♂ – Surf, Ancientpower, Ice Beam, Mirror Coat
(Type: Water/Rock) (AB: Hustle) (Item: Aeris Berry)

BATTLE 2: HUNTER REFERT ♂
L60+ Shiftry♀ – Solarbeam, Faint Attack, Extrasensory, Sunny Day
(Type: Grass/Dark) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Arcanine♂ – Overheat, Extremespeed, Dig, Crunch
(Type: Fire) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: White Herb)
L60+ Tangela♂ – Solarbeam, Psychic, Synthesis, Sunny Day
(Type: Grass) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Jason Berry)
L60+ Magmar♀ – Flamethrower, Psychic, Thunderpunch, Cross Chop
(Type: Fire) (AB: Flame Body) (Item: Lax Incense)
L60+ Vileplume♀ – Solarbeam, Sludge Bomb, Synthesis, Stun Spore
(Type: Grass/Poison) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Fearow♂ – Tri Attack, Drill Peck, Steel Wing, Sunny Day
(Type: Normal/Flying) (AB: Keen Eye) (Item: Scope Lens)

SEIMFINAL: LADY VIOLE ♀
L60+ Ludicolo♂ – Surf, Razor Leaf, Ice Beam, Rain Dance
(Type: Water/Grass) (AB: Swift Swim) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Glalie♀ – Blizzard, Water Pulse, Crunch, Light Screen
(Type: Ice) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Omastar♂ – Hydro Pump, Ice Beam, Rock Slide, Bite
(Type: Rock/Water) (AB: Swift Swim) (Item: Scope Lens)
L60+ Lanturn♀ – Surf, Ice Beam, Thunder, Confuse Ray
(Type: Water/Electric) (AB: Volt Absorb) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Manectric♀ – Thunder, Iron Tail, Thunder Wave, Rain Dance
(Type: Electric) (AB: Lightningrod) (Item: Leftovers)
L60+ Pidgeot♂ – Hyper Beam, Air Cutter, Steel Wing, Rain Dance
(Type: Normal/Flying) (AB: Keen Eye) (Item: Trixie Berry)

FINAL: EX-CIPHER DAKIM ♂
L60+ Entei – Flamethrower, Solarbeam, Double-Edge, Sunny Day
(Type: Fire) (AB: Pressure) (Item: Leftovers)
L60+ Golem♀ – Earthquake, Explosion, Rock Slide, Protect
(Type: Rock/Ground) (AB: Sturdy) (Item: Anabel Berry)
L60+ Forretress♂ – Earthquake, Double-Edge, Hidden Power, Protect
(Type: Bug/Steel) (AB: Sturdy) (Item: Karen Berry)
L60+ Flygon♂ – Earthquake, Dragon Claw, Solarbeam, Flamethrower
(Type: Ground/Dragon) (AB: Levitate) (Item: Scope Lens)
L60+ Cradily♀ – Earthquake, Solarbeam, Mirror Coat, Protect
(Type: Rock/Grass) (AB: Suction Cups) (Item: Barret Berry)
L60+ Swampert♂ – Earthquake, Surf, Ice Beam, Protect
(Type: Water/Ground) (AB: Torrent) (Item: Nevermeltice)

CHALLENGE 2

BATTLE 1: ROLLER BOY JAKETEER ♂
L60+ Victreebel♀ – Sludge Bomb, Razor Leaf, Double-Edge, Stun Spore
(Type: Grass/Poison) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Luana Berry)
L60+ Nidoqueen♀ – Sludge Bomb, Earthquake, Thunderbolt, Blizzard
(Type: Poison/Ground) (AB: Poison Point) (Item: Barret Berry)
L60+ Swalot♂ – Sludge Bomb, Giga Drain, Thunderpunch, Body Slam
(Type: Poison) (AB: Liquid Ooze) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Glalie♂ – Blizzard, Water Pulse, Crunch, Light Screen
(Type: Ice) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: Scope Lens)
L60+ Jynx♀ – Blizzard, Water Pulse, Psychic, Calm Mind
(Type: Ice/Psychic) (AB: Oblivious) (Item: Vincentberry)
L60+ Walrein♂ – Blizzard, Water Pulse, Sheer Cold, Hail
(Type: Ice/Water) (AB: Thick Fat) (Item: Brightpowder)

BATTLE 2: HULA DANCER FIERETTA ♀
L60+ Vileplume♂ – Solarbeam, Sludge Bomb, Synthesis, Stun Spore
(Type: Grass/Poison) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Shiftry♂ – Solarbeam, Hidden Power, Faint Attack, Fake Out
(Type: Grass/Dark) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Tangela♀ – Solarbeam, Psychic, Thunderpunch, Sunny Day
(Type: Grass) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Vincentberry)
L60+ Magcargo♀ – Fire Blast, Rock Slide, Acid Armor, Amnesia
(Type: Fire/Rock) (AB: Magma Armor) (Item: Aeris Berry)
L60+ Houndoom♂ – Overheat, Solarbeam, Crunch, Hidden Power
(Type: Dark/Fire) (AB: Flash Fire) (Item: White Herb)
L60+ Flareon♀ – Flamethrower, Shadow Ball, Hidden Power, Sunny Day
(Type: Fire) (AB: Flash Fire) (Item: Luka Berry)
For the record, Fieretta has red hair, a green hula skirt, and a green hair flower.

SEIMFINAL: HULA DANCER AGULIRA ♀
L60+ Blastoise♂ – Hydro Pump, Ice Beam, Mirror Coat, Rain Dance
(Type: Water) (AB: Torrent) (Item: Whitneyberry)
L60+ Kingdra♀ – Hydro Pump, Ice Beam, Dragonbreath, Rain Dance
(Type: Water/Dragon) (AB: Swift Swim) (Item: Electraberry)
L60+ Starmie – Hydro Pump, Thunder, Ice Beam, Psychic
(Type: Water/Psychic) (AB: Natural Cure) (Item: Vincentberry)
L60+ Jolteon♀ – Thunder, Thunder Wave, Hidden Power, Substitute
(Type: Electric) (AB: Volt Absorb) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Ampharos♂ – Thunder, Thunder Wave, Hidden Power, Light Screen
(Type: Electric) (AB: Static) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Zapdos – Thunder, Thunder Wave, Drill Peck, Light Screen
(Type: Electric/Flying) (AB: Pressure) (Item: Brightpowder)
For the record, Agulira has yellow hair, a blue hula skirt, and a blue hair flower.

FINAL: EX-CIPHER VENUS ♀
L60+ Suicune – Surf, Ice Beam, Hidden Power, Calm Mind
(Type: Water) (AB: Pressure) (Item: Scope Lens)
L60+ Meganium♀ – Giga Drain, Ancientpower, Leech Seed, Attract
(Type: Grass) (AB: Overgrow) (Item: Flaneryberry)
L60+ Rapidash♀ – Toxic, Fire Spin, Stomp, Attract
(Type: Fire) (AB: Flash Fire) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Blissey♀ – Seismic Toss, Softboiled, Thunder Wave, Attract
(Type: Normal) (AB: Natural Cure) (Item: Leftovers)
L60+ Steelix♂ – Rock Slide, Iron Tail, Sand Tomb, Attract
(Type: Steel/Ground) (AB: Sturdy) (Item: Janine Berry)
L60+ Electabuzz♂ – Thunderbolt, Fire Punch, Thunder Wave, Attract
(Type: Electric) (AB: Static) (Item: Eusine Berry)

CHALLENGE 3

BATTLE 1: CHASER KEIALYI ♀
L60+ Ludicolo♂ – Surf, Giga Drain, Ice Beam, Leech Seed
(Type: Water/Grass) (AB: Rain Dish) (Item: Leftovers)
L60+ Altaria♂ – Dragonbreath, Ice Beam, Hidden Power, Rain Dance
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Natural Cure) (Item: Scope Lens)
L60+ Ninetales♀ – Flamethrower, Fire Spin, Faint Attack, Hypnosis
(Type: Fire) (AB: Flash Fire) (Item: Vincentberry)
L60+ Magneton – Thunder, Hidden Power, Reflect, Thunder Wave
(Type: Electric/Steel) (AB: Magnetic Pull) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Claydol – Earthquake, Ancientpower, Ice Beam, Light Screen
(Type: Ground/Psychic) (AB: Levitate) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Clefable♀ – Thunder, Water Pulse, Psychic, Rain Dance
(Type: Normal) (AB: Cute Charm) (Item: Juan Berry)
For the record, Keialyi is a red shirt Chaser (Female).

BATTLE 2: CHASER SIERYET ♀
L60+ Magmar♂ – Overheat, Thunderpunch, Psychic, Sunny Day
(Type: Fire) (AB: Flame Body) (Item: White Herb)
L60+ Bellossom♀ – Solarbeam, Sludge Bomb, Attract, Sleep Powder
(Type: Grass) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Golduck♂ – Surf, Ice Beam, Psychic, Rain Dance
(Type: Water) (AB: Damp) (Item: Vincentberry)
L60+ Medicham♀ – Fire Punch, Brick Break, Rock Slide, Shadow Ball
(Type: Fighting/Psychic) (AB: Pure Power) (Item: Charmy Berry)
L60+ Togetic♀ – Psychic, Water Pulse, Follow Me, Thunder Wave
(Type: Normal/Flying) (AB: Serene Grace) (Item: Ct.Sithberry)
L60+ Shedinja – Silver Wind, Shadow Ball, Swords Dance, Confuse Ray
(Type: Bug/Ghost) (AB: Wonder Guard) (Item: Quick Claw)
For the record, Siervet is a yellow shirt Chaser (Female).

SEIMFINAL: GAMER TERSTRET ♂
L60+ Nidoking♂ – Horn Drill, Earthquake, Megahorn, Double Team
(Type: Poison/Ground) (AB: Poison Point) (Item: Espio Berry)
L60+ Walrein♀ – Sheer Cold, Surf, Body Slam, Blizzard
(Type: Ice/Water) (AB: Thick Fat) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Pinsir♀ – Guillotine, Brick Break, Body Slam, Rock Slide
(Type: Bug) (AB: Hyper Cutter) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Whiscash♂ – Fissure, Surf, Earthquake, Blizzard
(Type: Water/Ground) (AB: Oblivious) (Item: Drakeh Berry)
L60+ Crawdaunt♂ – Guillotine, Surf, Faint Attack, Blizzard
(Type: Water/Dark) (AB: Shell Armor) (Item: Lax Incense)
L60+ Dugtrio♀ – Fissure, Rock Slide, Earthquake, Sand-Attack
(Type: Ground) (AB: Arena Trap) (Item: Cream Berry)

FINAL: EX-CIPHER EIN ♂
L60+ Raikou – Thunderbolt, Crunch, Hidden Power, Calm Mind
(Type: Electric) (AB: Pressure) (Item: Leftovers)
L60+ Gyarados♂ – Waterfall, Earthquake, Hidden Power, Dragon Dance
(Type: Water/Flying) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Trixie Berry)
L60+ Rhydon♀ – Earthquake, Megahorn, Rock Slide, Toxic
(Type: Ground/Rock) (AB: Lightningrod) (Item: Ltsurgeberry)
L60+ Tangela♀ – Giga Drain, Bind, Hidden Power, Toxic
(Type: Grass) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Pryce Berry)
L60+ Lapras♀ – Thunder, Water Pulse, Blizzard, Rain Dance
(Type: Water/Ice) (AB: Water Absorb) (Item: Petaya Berry)
L60+ Crobat♂ – Mean Look, Confuse Ray, Toxic, Rain Dance
(Type: Poison/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: King’s Rock)

CHALLENGE 4

BATTLE 1: RESEARCHER JONAFELD ♂
L60+ Heracross♂ – Façade, Megahorn, Endure, Reversal
(Type: Bug/Fighting) (AB: Guts) (Item: Salac Berry)
L60+ Starmie – Surf, Ice Beam, Psychic, Light Screen
(Type: Water/Psychic) (AB: Natural Cure) (Item: Petaya Berry)
L60+ Exeggutor♂ – Giga Drain, Psychic, Sleep Powder, Nightmare
(Type: Grass/Psychic) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Lance Berry)
L60+ Houndoom♀ – Flamethrower, Crunch, Solarbeam, Dream Eater
(Type: Dark/Fire) (AB: Flash Fire) (Item: Vincentberry)
L60+ Ampharos♂ – Thunderbolt, Fire Punch, Thunder Wave, Reflect
(Type: Electric) (AB: Static) (Item: Luana Berry)
L60+ Gengar♀ – Shadow Ball, Psychic, Thunderbolt, Toxic
(Type: Ghost/Poison) (AB: Levitate) (Item: Scope Lens)

BATTLE 2: POKéFAN MARTHEY ♀
L60+ Dragonite♂ – Dragon Claw, Ice Beam, Thunderbolt, Aerial Ace
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: Barret Berry)
L60+ Blaziken♂ – Overheat, Rock Slide, Endure, Reversal
(Type: Fire/Fighting) (AB: Blaze) (Item: Salac Berry)
L60+ Cradily♀ – Toxic, Recover, Ingrain, Mirror Coat
(Type: Rock/Grass) (AB: Suction Cups) (Item: Leftovers)
L60+ Cloyster♀ – Blizzard, Hydro Pump, Explosion, Supersonic
(Type: Water/Ice) (AB: Shell Armor) (Item: Diamondshell)
L60+ Magneton – Zap Cannon, Lock-On, Thunder Wave, Supersonic
(Type: Electric/Steel) (AB: Magnetic Pull) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Sableye♀ – Faint Attack, Psychic, Shadow Ball, Body Slam
(Type: Dark/Ghost) (AB: Keen Eye) (Item: Aeris Berry)

SEIMFINAL: KIMONO GIRL HARUCHAN ♀
L60+ Salamence♂ – Dragon Claw, Crunch, Flamethrower, Hydro Pump
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Vincentberry)
L60+ Tropius♀ – Magical Leaf, Aerial Ace, Earthquake, Attract
(Type: Grass/Flying) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Lapras♀ – Ice Beam, Thunderbolt, Surf, Confuse Ray
(Type: Water/Ice) (AB: Water Absorb) (Item: Leftovers)
L60+ Rhydon♂ – Earthquake, Megahorn, Brick Break, Rock Slide
(Type: Ground/Rock) (AB: Lightningrod) (Item: Luka Berry)
L60+ Magneton – Thunderbolt, Tri Attack, Thunder Wave, Metal Sound
(Type: Electric/Steel) (AB: Magnetic Pull) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Moltres – Overheat, Aerial Ace, Steel Wing, Agility
(Type: Fire/Flying) (AB: Pressure) (Item: White Herb)

FINAL: EX-CIPHER NASCOUR ♂
L60+ Metagross – Psychic, Meteor Mash, Earthquake, Shadow Ball
(Type: Steel/Psychic) (AB: Clear Body) (Item: Vector Berry)
L60+ Gengar♀ – Psychic, Thunderbolt, Fire Punch, Confuse Ray
(Type: Ghost/Poison) (AB: Levitate) (Item: Petaya Berry)
L60+ Blaziken♂ – Blaze Kick, Sky Uppercut, Thunderpunch, Swagger
(Type: Fire/Fighting) (AB: Blaze) (Item: Luka Berry)
L60+ Venusaur♀ – Razor Leaf, Earthquake, Sludge Bomb, Leech Seed
(Type: Grass/Poison) (AB: Overgrow) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Walrein♂ – Ice Beam, Waterfall, Body Slam, Sheer Cold
(Type: Ice/Water) (AB: Thick Fat) (Item: Trixie Berry)
L60+ Ampharos♀ – Thunderbolt, Light Screen, Fire Punch, Thunder Wave
(Type: Electric) (AB: Static) (Item: Leftovers)

CHALLENGE 5

BATTLE 1: BEAUTY THALIEN ♀
L60+ Dusclops♀ – Ice Beam, Rock Slide, Earthquake, Imprison
(Type: Ghost) (AB: Pressure) (Item: Whitneyberry)
L60+ Magneton – Thunderbolt, Hidden Power, Metal Sound, Thunder Wave
(Type: Electric/Steel) (AB: Magnetic Pull) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Cloyster♂ – Ice Beam, Surf, Double-Edge, Protect
(Type: Water/Ice) (AB: Shell Armor) (Item: Diamondshell)
L60+ Venusaur♀ – Razor Leaf, Light Screen, Sunny Day, Leech Seed
(Type: Grass/Poison) (AB: Overgrow) (Item: Janine Berry)
L60+ Moltres – Overheat, Aerial Ace, Steel Wing, Protect
(Type: Fire/Flying) (AB: Pressure) (Item: White Herb)
L60+ Latios♂ – Psychic, Dragon Claw, Thunder, Solarbeam
(Type: Dragon/Psychic) (AB: Levitate) (Item: Vincentberry)

BATTLE 2: COOLTRAINER SERIFA ♀
L60+ Articuno – Ice Beam, Water Pulse, Aerial Ace, Protect
(Type: Ice/Flying) (AB: Pressure) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Altaria♀ – Dragon Claw, Solarbeam, Flamethrower, Protect
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Natural Cure) (Item: Vincentberry)
L60+ Charizard♀ – Heat Wave, Dragon Claw, Fly, Earthquake
(Type: Fire/Flying) (AB: Blaze) (Item: Trixie Berry)
L60+ Lanturn♂ – Hydro Pump, Thunderbolt, Blizzard, Thunder Wave
(Type: Water/Electric) (AB: Volt Absorb) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Exeggutor♂ – Solarbeam, Psychic, Hidden Power, Explosion
(Type: Grass/Psychic) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Lax Incense)
L60+ Clefable♀ – Fire Blast, Solarbeam, Sunny Day, Follow Me
(Type: Normal) (AB: Cute Charm) (Item: Juan Berry)

SEIMFINAL: POKéFAN MERVENE ♂
L60+ Aerodactyl♂ – Rock Slide, Aerial Ace, Earthquake, Fire Blast
(Type: Rock/Flying) (AB: Pressure) (Item: Barret Berry)
L60+ Walrein♀ – Blizzard, Waterfall, Sheer Cold, Body Slam
(Type: Ice/Water) (AB: Thick Fat) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Umbreon♂ – Faint Attack, Confuse Ray, Helping Hand, Wish
(Type: Dark) (AB: Synchronize) (Item: Whitneyberry)
L60+ Hariyama♀ – Cross Chop, Rock Slide, Earthquake, Helping Hand
(Type: Fighting) (AB: Thick Fat) (Item: Lax Incense)
L60+ Snorlax♂ – Double-Edge, Earthquake, Curse, Rest
(Type: Normal) (AB: Immunity) (Item: Leftovers)
L60+ Metagross – Psychic, Meteor Mash, Earthquake, Thunderpunch
(Type: Steel/Psychic) (AB: Clear Body) (Item: Scope Lens)

FINAL: EX-CIPHER HEAD EVICE ♂
L60+ Tyranitar♂ – Rock Slide, Brick Break, Earthquake, Dragon Dance
(Type: Rock/Dark) (AB: Sand Stream) (Item: Lance Berry)
L60+ Salamence♂ – Aerial Ace, Double-Edge, Rock Slide, Dragon Dance
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Scope Lens)
L60+ Machamp♂ – Cross Chop, Earthquake, Rock Slide, Bulk Up
(Type: Fighting) (AB: Guts) (Item: Whitneyberry)
L60+ Arcanine♀ – Extremespeed, Crunch, Fire Blast, Agility
(Type: Fire) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Steelix♀ – Iron Tail, Earthquake, Rock Slide, Iron Defense
(Type: Steel/Ground) (AB: Sturdy) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Slowking♀ – Psychic, Surf, Flamethrower, Calm Mind
(Type: Water/Psychic) (AB: Own Tempo) (Item: Sonic Berry)

CHALLENGE 6

BATTLE 1: TURK AMATEUR JACSTEAU ♂
L60+ Sunflora♀ – Razor Leaf, Endeavor, Helping Hand, Leech Seed
(Type: Grass) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Sonic Berry)
L60+ Azumarill♀ – Surf, Ice Beam, Attract, Light Screen
(Type: Water) (AB: Thick Fat) (Item: Vincentberry)
L60+ Ninetales♂ – Overheat, Faint Attack, Hypnosis, Confuse Ray
(Type: Fire) (AB: Flash Fire) (Item: White Herb)
L60+ Jolteon♂ – Thunderbolt, Hidden Power, Thunder Wave, Helping Hand
(Type: Electric) (AB: Volt Absorb) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Gardevoir♂ – Psychic, Thunderbolt, Reflect, Will-o-Wisp
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Trace) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Umbreon♀ – Faint Attack, Confuse Ray, Helping Hand, Wish
(Type: Dark) (AB: Synchronize) (Item: Leftovers)

BATTLE 2: TURK AMATEUR PERAULT ♀
L60+ Castform♀ – Sunny Day, Rain Dance, Hail, Weather Ball
(Type: Normal) (AB: Forecast) (Item: Dusk Adapter)
L60+ Jumpluff♂ – Solarbeam, Hidden Power, Synthesis, Helping Hand
(Type: Grass/Flying) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Cloud Berry)
L60+ Rapidash♀ – Overheat, Solarbeam, Stomp, Sunny Day
(Type: Fire) (AB: Flash Fire) (Item: White Herb)
L60+ Lanturn♀ – Thunder, Hydro Pump, Blizzard, Rain Dance
(Type: Water/Electric) (AB: Volt Absorb) (Item: Vincentberry)
L60+ Glalie♂ – Blizzard, Water Pulse, Crunch, Hail
(Type: Ice) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: Scope Lens)
L60+ Altaria♂ – Solarbeam, Flamethrower, Ice Beam, Dragon Claw
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Natural Cure) (Item: Barret Berry)

SEMIFINAL: TURK MIDLEVEL EDORON ♂
L60+ Starmie♂ – Psychic, Hydro Pump, Thunder Wave, Confuse Ray
(Type: Water/Psychic) (AB: Natural Cure) (Item: White Herb)
L60+ Flygon♂ – Giga Drain, Flamethrower, Crunch, Dragon Claw
(Type: Ground/Dragon) (AB: Levitate) (Item: Vincentberry)
L60+ Ampharos♀ – Thunderbolt, Fire Punch, Light Screen, Reflect
(Type: Electric) (AB: Static) (Item: Norman Berry)
L60+ Vileplume♂ – Petal Dance, Sludge Bomb, Thunderpunch, Stun Spore
(Type: Grass/Poison) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Arcanine♀ – Overheat, Extremespeed, Aerial Ace, Roar
(Type: Fire) (AB: Flash Fire) (Item: White Herb)
L60+ Snorlax♂ – Body Slam, Earthquake, Rest, Curse
(Type: Normal) (AB: Thick Fat) (Item: Leftovers)

FINAL: SHADY GUY FEIN ♂
L60+ Togetic♂ – Sweet Kiss, Attract, Thunder Wave, Follow Me
(Type: Normal/Flying) (AB: Serene Grace) (Item: Whitneyberry)
L60+ Manectric♀ – Thunderbolt, Crunch, Hidden Power, Iron Tail
(Type: Electric) (AB: Lightningrod) (Item: Lax Incense)
L60+ Cradily♀ – Toxic, Sandstorm, Protect, Mirror Coat
(Type: Rock/Grass) (AB: Suction Cups) (Item: Leftovers)
L60+ Charizard♂ – Fire Blast, Dragon Claw, Earthquake, Wing Attack
(Type: Fire/Flying) (AB: Blaze) (Item: Luka Berry)
L60+ Gyarados♀ – Hydro Pump, Hidden Power, Earthquake, Dragon Dance
(Type: Water/Flying) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Trixie Berry)
L60+ Armaldo♂ – Rock Slide, Brick Break, Earthquake, Swords Dance
(Type: Rock/Bug) (AB: Battle Armor) (Item: Scope Lens)

CHALLENGE 7

BATTLE 1: MIROR B. PEON YANGREY ♂
L60+ Metagross – Meteor Mash, Psychic, Shadow Ball, Earthquake
(Type: Steel/Psychic) (AB: Clear Body) (Item: Scope Lens)
L60+ Ampharos♀ – Iron Tail, Thunderbolt, Body Slam, Fire Punch
(Type: Electric) (AB: Static) (Item: Salac Berry)
L60+ Scizor♂ – Steel Wing, Silver Wind, Aerial Ace, Hyper Beam
(Type: Bug/Steel) (AB: Swarm) (Item: Wallaceberry)
L60+ Meganium♀ – Iron Tail, Earthquake, Rock Slide, Razor Leaf
(Type: Grass) (AB: Overgrow) (Item: Norman Berry)
L60+ Nidoking♂ – Iron Tail, Earthquake, Rock Slide, Megahorn
(Type: Poison/Ground) (Item: Ct.Sithberry)
L60+ Rapidash♂ – Iron Tail, Double Kick, Body Slam, Flamethrower
(Type: Fire) (AB: Flash Fire) (Item: King’s Rock)

BATTLE 2: MIROR B. PEON YINOELA ♀
L60+ Manectric♂ - Thunderbolt, Crunch, Thunder Wave, Protect
(Type: Electric) (AB: Static) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Piloswine♂ – Ice Beam, Earthquake, Rock Slide, Protect
(Type: Ice/Ground) (AB: Oblivious) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Exeggutor♂ – Giga Drain, Psychic, Ancientpower, Explosion
(Type: Grass/Psychic) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Flaneryberry)
L60+ Houndoom♀ – Flamethrower, Crunch, Solarbeam, Protect
(Type: Dark/Fire) (AB: Flash Fire) (Item: Janine Berry)
L60+ Poliwrath♀ – Hydro Pump, Earthquake, Dynamicpunch, Mind Reader
(Type: Water/Fighting) (AB: Damp) (Item: Wattsonberry)
L60+ Salamence♂ – Dragon Claw, Earthquake, Flamethrower, Rock Slide
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Levitate) (Item: Scope Lens)

SEIMFINAL: MIROR B. PEON RIKKU ♀
L60+ Articuno – Blizzard, Aerial Ace, Water Pulse, Reflect
(Type: Ice/Flying) (AB: Pressure) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Zapdos – Thunder, Hidden Power, Drill Peck, Light Screen
(Type: Electric/Flying) (AB: Pressure) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Moltres – Fire Blast, Sky Attack, Steel Wing, Safeguard
(Type: Fire/Flying) (AB: Pressure) (Item: Lax Incense)
L60+ Exeggutor♀ – Solarbeam, Psychic, Hidden Power, Sunny Day
(Type: Grass/Psychic) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Eusine Berry)
L60+ Alakazam♂ – Psychic, Fire Punch, Ice Punch, Rain Dance
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Synchronize) (Item: Juan Berry)
L60+ Aggron♀ – Iron Tail, Thunder, Fire Blast, Solarbeam
(Type: Steel/Rock) (AB: Sturdy) (Item: Vincentberry)

FINAL: DEEP KING ANGOL ♂
L60+ Shuckle♂ – Bind, Sandstorm, Toxic, Rest
(Type: Bug/Rock) (AB: Sturdy) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Kingdra♀ – Hydro Pump, Blizzard, Hidden Power, Attract
(Type: Water/Dragon) (AB: Swift Swim) (Item: Barret Berry)
L60+ Ninetales♀ – Overheat, Faint Attack, Double-Edge, Hypnosis
(Type: Fire) (AB: Flash Fire) (Item: White Herb)
L60+ Sceptile♂ – Leaf Blade, Thunderpunch, Crunch, Brick Break
(Type: Grass) (AB: Overgrow) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Dragonite♂ – Aerial Ace, Brick Break, Earthquake, Dragon Dance
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: Lance Berry)
L60+ Shedinja – Silver Wind, Shadow Ball, Confuse Ray, Swords Dance
(Type: Bug/Ghost) (AB: Wonder Guard) (Item: Rudy Berry)

 

[Sunflorazumarill]

Once you’ve completed the Team Draco XD Mission, the Team Challenge, and the Retro Challenge, transmit the passwords on Team Draco' Gyms and Technical Machine 02. Your P*DA will go off with one more E-mail. This E-mail is from Eagun, who’ll tell you that Team Draco’s come back to Orre and has taken over Orre Colosseum! When you arrive there, talk to Eagun and he’ll tell you that Team Draco’s arranged a Knockout Challenge of their own! This set of four battles once more involves Pokémon using e-Reader Berries, so it’s more difficult than you’d expect if you’re not prepared with e-Reader Berry-equipped Pokémon of your own. Below is this challenge in much more detail. These Trainers have tactics and strategies in store to use against you! In other words, be prepared for anything!

BATTLE 1: TEAM DRACO GRUNT ♂
L60+ Altaria♂ – Dragon Claw, Double-Edge, Aerial Ace, Dragon Dance
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Natural Cure) (Item: Karen Berry)
L60+ Clefable♀ – Ice Beam, Thunderbolt, Psychic, Follow Me
(Type: Normal) (AB: Cute Charm) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Aerodactyl♀ – Aerial Ace, Rock Slide, Earthquake, Dragon Claw
(Type: Rock/Flying) (AB: Pressure) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Dusclops♀ – Faint Attack, Ice Beam, Earthquake, Imprison
(Type: Ghost) (AB: Pressure) (Item: Steven Berry)
L60+ Aggron♂ – Rock Slide, Iron Tail, Dragon Claw, Earthquake
(Type: Steel/Rock) (AB: Sturdy) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Feraligatr♂ – Hydro Pump, Dragon Claw, Earthquake, Brick Break
(Type: Water) (AB: Torrent) (Item: Barret Berry)

BATTLE 2: TEAM DRACO GRUNT ♀
L60+ Charizard♀ – Heat Wave, Dragon Claw, Aerial Ace, Earthquake
(Type: Fire/Flying) (AB: Blaze) (Item: Luka Berry)
L60+ Gyarados♂ – Waterfall, Hidden Power, Earthquake, Dragon Dance
(Type: Water/Flying) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Trixie Berry)
L60+ Lapras♀ – Blizzard, Hydro Pump, Sheer Cold, Confuse Ray
(Type: Water/Ice) (AB: Shell Armor) (Item: Leftovers)
L60+ Shedinja – Shadow Ball, Silver Wind, Confuse Ray, Swords Dance
(Type: Bug/Ghost) (AB: Wonder Guard) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Flygon♀ – Dragon Claw, Crunch, Flamethrower, Earthquake
(Type: Ground/Dragon) (AB: Levitate) (Item: Barret Berry)
L60+ Tyranitar♂ – Crunch, Rock Slide, Earthquake, Dragon Dance
(Type: Rock/Dark) (AB: Sand Stream) (Item: Scope Lens)

SEIMFINAL: DRACO ADMIN RACHEL ♀
L60+ Sceptile♂ – Leaf Blade, Dragon Claw, Crunch, Thunderpunch
(Type: Grass) (AB: Overgrow) (Item: Vincentberry)
L60+ Gengar♀ – Psychic, Ice Punch, Thunder, Confuse Ray
(Type: Ghost/Poison) (AB: Levitate) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Milotic♀ – Hydro Pump, Mirror Coat, Ice Beam, Confuse Ray
(Type: Water) (AB: Marvel Scale) (Item: Whitneyberry)
L60+ Kingdra♂ – Hydro Pump, Blizzard, Hidden Power, Rain Dance
(Type: Water/Dragon) (AB: Swift Swim) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Steelix♀ – Iron Tail, Earthquake, Rock Slide, Explosion
(Type: Steel/Ground) (AB: Sturdy) (Item: Lax Incense)
L60+ Dragonite♂ – Surf, Dragon Claw, Thunder, Earthquake
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: Barret Berry)

FINAL: DRACO LEADER DRALENE ♀
L60+ Altaria♀ – Dragon Claw, Solarbeam, Flamethrower, Aerial Ace
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Natural Cure) (Item: Shingo Berry)
L60+ Crobat♂ – Aerial Ace, Sludge Bomb, Confuse Ray, Rain Dance
(Type: Poison/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Mightyena♀ – Iron Tail, Shadow Ball, Torment, Sunny Day
(Type: Dark) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Salamence♂ – Dragon Claw, Fire Blast, Hydro Pump, Brick Break
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Barret Berry)
L60+ Latias♀ – Dragonbreath, Water Pulse, Thunderbolt, Helping Hand
(Type: Dragon/Psychic) (AB: Levitate) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Latios♂ – Dragon Claw, Psychic, Solarbeam, Thunder
(Type: Dragon/Psychic) (AB: Levitate) (Item: Vincentberry)

If you haven’t noticed earlier, in addition to normal Pokécoupon prizes, completing each of these three Orre Colosseum challenges also nets you another Battle CD. The Battle CD’s here are #55 (Team Challenge), #56 (Retro Challenge), and #57 (Team Draco Challenge). Also, here’s what’s on the Battle CD’s

Battle CD 55:
Name: The Sunkern Superpower!
Description: "Does a SUNKERN have what it takes?"
Sim Trainer Type: Supertrainer (Male)
Sim Trainer Name: Kalven
Battle Type: Single
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon
L5 Sunkern – Absorb, Endeavor, Endure, Protect
(Type: Grass) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Leppa Berry)
Opponent Pokémon
L100 Venusaur – Frenzy Plant
(Type: Grass/Poison) (AB: Overgrow)
L100 Charizard – Blast Burn
(Type: Fire/Flying) (AB: Blaze)
L100 Blastoise – Hydro Cannon
(Type: Water) (AB: Torrent)
L100 Meganium – Frenzy Plant
(Type: Grass) (AB: Overgrow)
L100 Typhlosion – Blast Burn
(Type: Fire) (AB: Blaze)
L100 Feraligatr – Hydro Cannon
(Type: Water) (AB: Torrent)

Battle CD 56:
Name: Switchout Cup!
Description: "Predict the OPPONENT’s swaps!"
Sim Trainer Type: Supertrainer (Female)
Sim Trainer Name: Keelette
Battle Type: Single
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon
L50 Sunflora – Giga Drain
(Type: Grass) (AB: Chlorophyll)
L50 Hariyama – Brick Break
(Type: Fighting) (AB: Thick Fat)
L50 Flareon - Flamethrower
(Type: Fire) (AB: Flash Fire)
L50 Banette – Shadow Ball
(Type: Ghost) (AB: Insomnia)
Opponent Pokémon
L50 Crobat – Aerial Ace
(Type: Poison/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus)
L50 Scizor – Silver Wind
(Type: Bug/Steel) (AB: Swarm)
L50 Quagsire - Surf
(Type: Water/Ground) (AB: Water Absorb)
L50 Sneasel – Faint Attack
(Type: Dark/Ice) (AB: Keen Eye)

Battle CD 57:
Name: Metronome Cup Plus!
Description: "The return of the METRONOMEs!"
Sim Trainer Type: Cooltrainer (Male)
Sim Trainer Name: Joshson
Battle Type: Single
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon
L50 Golem – Metronome
(Type: Rock/Ground) (AB: Rock Head)
L50 Gengar – Metronome
(Type: Ghost/Poison) (AB: Levitate)
Opponent Pokémon
L50 Alakazam – Metronome
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Synchronize)
L50 Machamp – Metronome
(Type: Fighting) (AB: Guts)

This is all the DS-Transmitted data that is needed for this set block.

 

[supermuffin2]

draco emergence is the best booster if it was made keep making new ideas and send to pokemon tcg good luck

born once died twice born twice died once